All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The attack that killed seven volunteers from World Central Kitchen is Israel’s latest assault on the humanitarian aid system in Gaza. This time most of the dead are Westerners, so Israel will have a hard time playing the strike down

*

Somewhere in the Israel Defense Forces’ chain of command, a decision was made to attack an international aid convoy based on a suspicion that at some point an armed man had traveled in that convoy. In the attack, missiles fired from an air force drone killed seven aid workers from the group World Central Kitchen.

It’s hard to overstate the gravity of the decision to open fire and the headache the drone operators have caused the IDF and Israel’s PR efforts. This headache wouldn’t have happened if the seven dead had been Palestinians, not Westerners, as six of them were.

After all, Israel has repeatedly claimed that Hamas hides behind civilians, so if the victims are Palestinians, it can say Hamas was responsible. Normally, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu wouldn’t have rushed to express regret at the “tragic case of our forces unintentionally hitting innocent people in the Gaza Strip.”

Israel’s PR efforts can’t justify the attack or obscure the repercussions – not only because of the identity of the people killed, but also because of World Central Kitchen‘s importance in the process Israel has been advancing for months: hindering the work of UNRWA to the point of eradicating the refugee agency. And this is happening as malnutrition and starvation ravage Gaza – especially in the north – and as the International Court of Justice expects Israel to ensure Gazans access to humanitarian aid.

World Central Kitchen has been the main player getting aid into northern Gaza by sea. This is the route the United States has promoted for the north since Israel rejected requests from the aid groups to open the short, fast and inexpensive land route through the northern border crossings, sparing the long and dangerous trip from the Rafah and Kerem Shalom crossings in the south.

World Central Kitchen’s first, experimental shipment of aid by sea, funded by the United Arab Emirates, arrived in Gaza at the beginning of March. The second shipment, also funded by the Emirates, arrived near the Gaza City shore only this past Monday. But of the 400 tons of food and equipment for 1 million meals, only 100 tons were unloaded from the ships. Now, because of the attack and the organization’s decision to suspend its operations in Gaza, the ships are returning full to Cyprus.

Click here to read the full article on Haaretz.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: People inspect the site where World Central Kitchen workers were killed in Deir al-Balah, Gaza Strip, on Tuesday, April 2, 2024. Photo: Abdel Kareem Hana/Associated Press

Video: The Last Word on Overpopulation

April 8th, 2024 by James Corbett

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

[This video was originally published in 2011.]

Welcome. This is James Corbett of corbettreport.com with the last word on overpopulation.

As human beings, we are hard wired to be constantly on the lookout for potential dangers. This is to be expected. Thousands of years ago, our ancestors had to be ever-vigilant to the threat of natural predators, contagious disease and inclement weather, or suffer the consequences. Today we have largely overcome many of the natural dangers which plagued our forebears, but the same instincts compel us to guard against threats both real and imagined, and heed the call of those who raise the alarm of potential new threats.

This concept has been well understood for thousands of years by those who have sought to control populations.

Before the modern understanding of our solar system had been articulated, the ancient Egyptians believed that the sun itself was a god named Ra who was devoured every evening by an evil snake god named Apep. It was by no means assured that Ra would be able to escape Apep to return in the morning, and the priest class manipulated this basic fear by developing elaborate rites for warding off the snake god. These rites, of course, could only be properly administered by the priests themselves, thus assuring them a central role in ancient Egyptian society.

We may laugh at the gullibility of the ancient Egyptians, but for them the existence of Apep and the importance of the rituals were instilled from an early age and reinforced by the pronouncements of the priestly class. To question the reality of the sun god myth would have been akin to questioning the fabric of Egyptian society itself.

To think that we are not capable of being similarly manipulated in our modern “enlightened” era would be the grossest form of historical naïveté.

In the 20th century, fears over the red menace of the Soviet Union and its supposed military juggernaut were used to steer the course of American society. Jack Kennedy himself became president campaigning on the notion that the Eisenhower  administration had allowed a dangerous missile gap to build up between the Soviets and the Americans. According to this scare story, fed to the Kennedy campaign by RAND Corporation analysts, the Soviet Union had 500 Intercontinental Ballistic Missiles ready to fire at America at a moment’s notice. In reality, the Soviets only had 4 such missiles at that time, but that did not stop the military-industrial propaganda machine from convincing Americans that they had to pump ever more of their resources into arms purchases from defense contractors in order to counter the Soviet threat.

Incredibly, in some cases the same threat has been touted for centuries, always coming with the same dire warnings that the end of the world is nigh unless the public is willing to give up money, sovereignty, or even their lives in order to avert it.

In the late 18th century an Anglican priest named Thomas Malthus demonstrated with “mathematical certainty” that the world was heading toward demographic disaster. After all, human population increases exponentially while food supply increases arithmetically. From this it logically follows that it is only a matter of time before the world population outstrips our ability to feed ourselves.

Of course, just as a parent might look at his infant son’s first year of growth and extrapolate that he will be 20 feet tall by the time he’s 30, over 200 years of the expected population crisis failing to arrive has demonstrated that there are fundamental flaws in Malthus’ reasoning. The earth is not a zero-sum game and human ingenuity has always and in every generation manged to bake a bigger pie even as they take a bigger and bigger slice of it. Now even the United Nations’ most alarmist predictions admit that global population will level off and begin declining in 2050, and Malthus is now understood to have been a third-rate scholar spreading Chicken Little sky-is-falling fantasies for the benefit of the British East India Company that employed him.

Amazingly, though, despite every one of the doomsday predictions of Malthus and his Malthusian acolytes proving to be false decade after decade for two centuries on end, Malthus’ ideas are still being taken seriously and still being hyped and promoted by the moneyed oligarchs who benefit from the idea that there are too many useless eaters using up the world’s resources.

Malthus himself, an Anglican minister, wrote that: “We are bound in justice and honour formally to disdain the Right of the poor to support,” arguing for a law making it illegal for the Anglican church to give any food, clothing or support to any children. Not content with consigning thousands of children to death for the misfortune of being born poor, however, Malthus also advocated actively contributing to the deaths of more of the poor through social engineering:

“Instead of recommending cleanliness to the poor, we should encourage contrary habits. In our towns we should make the streets narrower, crowd more people into the houses, and court the return of the plague. In the country, we should build our villages near stagnant pools, and particularly encourage settlement in all marshy and unwholesome situations. But above all we should reprobate specific remedies for ravaging diseases; and restrain those benevolent, but much mistaken men, who have thought they are doing a service to mankind by protecting schemes for the total extirpation of particular disorders.”

The horrific nature of this idea is made all the more preposterous by the fact that Malthus was encouraging the spread of disease and plague in order to “save” humanity from the diseases and plagues that overpopulation fosters. But this self-contradiction is completely lost on those whose bloodlust drives them to support such drastic population reduction schemes to kill off the poor and downtrodden of society.

As repulsive as Malthus’ ideas are to our sensibilities, they have provided an ideological framework for those with a psychopathic urge to dominate others for the past two hundred years.

In his infamous 1968 book, The Population Bomb, Paul Ehrlich and his wife Anne wrote: “A cancer is an uncontrolled multiplication of cells; the population explosion is an uncontrolled multiplication of people. [. . .] We must shift our efforts from the treatment of the symptoms to the cutting out of the cancer. The operation will demand many apparently brutal and heartless decisions.” He felt the cancer of newborn babies was so potentially devastating to humanity that in 1969 he actually advocated adding sterilants to the food and water supply. Lest there were any doubt about his remarks, he further elaborated on them in Ecoscience, a 1977 book that he co-authored with Obama’s current science czar, John Holdren, where they once again advocated adding sterilants to the water supply.

In 1972, ex-World Bank advisor and UN functionary Maurice Strong advocated government licensing for women’s right to have children.

In 1988, Prince Philip uttered his deplorable comment, “[i]n the event I am reborn, I would like to return as a deadly virus, in order to contribute something to solve overpopulation.”

In the 1990s, Ted Turner told Audubon magazine that a total world population of 250-300 million people—a 95 percent decline from present levels—would be ideal.

Of course, the overpopulation myth itself crumbles under the slightest scrutiny. No one, not even the UN, is projecting limitless growth of the human population. Even the most alarmist projections show the world population leveling off within 40 years. What’s more, the birth rate in every major industrialized nation in the world is now below the replacement level of 2.1, meaning that they are in fact dying nations of aging populations that require an ever-increasing influx of immigrants just to maintain their population level. In addition to the well-known phenomenon of industrialization reducing the sizes of families, there are now indications that chemicals called endocrine disruptors which are mysteriously ending up in our foods, plastics and drinking water are limiting our biological ability to reproduce, with sperm rates among Western men declining a staggering 50% in the last 50 years with 85% of the remaining sperm being abnormal.

But still, even if we were to take the hysteria over population size at face value, the “solutions” suggested by the Malthusians—forced sterilization programs, de-industrialization, and even genocide—represent the biggest fraud of all: the idea that merely reducing the size of a population will somehow reduce the inequalities and iniquities within that society.

NARRATOR: War, one of the leading causes of world hunger, destroys crops and disrupts relief efforts. Widespread poverty prevents many from buying the food that they need. And a lack of infrastructure means that there isn’t a reliable way to transport food to areas that need it.

This is why reducing the number of hungry people will not make the remaining people less hungry. Those who have access to the food will continue to have access to it, and those who don’t will still be hungry.

Reducing population will not magically cause food to be spread around equally. And blaming overpopulation for everything does nothing but distract us from the real problems that we actually have.

SOURCE: Food: There’s Lots Of It

But therein lies the secret. The people who fret over the overpopulation non-problem cannot be reasoned with because their concern for humanity is only a pretense. The way they approach the problem itself displays their bias. Most people see an increase in the number of people on the planet not as a scourge, but as an opportunity to increase our understanding of the human species and its capabilities. In the twisted vision of the overpopulation fearmongers, however, newborn babies are not a joy to behold, not a gift, not the living, breathing potential of the future of the human race, but a cancer that must be killed.

The Malthusians are not interested in increasing food production, lifting the poor out of poverty or developing technology to increase our ability to share in the abundant wealth of the world. Instead they wish for the forcible sterilization of the poor, the consignment of billions around the world to grinding poverty and the elimination of vast swathes of the population. They do not wish to reduce the pain and suffering in the world, but to increase it. In short, the overpopulation hysteria is a convenient lie for the Chicken Littles who stand to benefit from the panic they themselves cause.

For the rest of us, it comes down to a simple question: After 200 years of the sky failing to fall, isn’t it time to stop listening to Chicken Little?

For The Corbett Report in western Japan, I am James Corbett.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from Flickr

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The US plans to use the NATO access of Nordic countries to increase its military presence in the Arctic. In a recent statement, an American official announced Washington’s plan to build a large weapons warehouse in the region, with Finnish and Swedish support. The measure will significantly increase the militarization of the Arctic and aims to help the US overcome Russian military superiority in the region.

The plan was announced by US Materiel Commander Christopher Mohan during an interview with the newspaper Breaking Defense. According to him, Finland and Sweden could help the US with the project, considering their strategic geography. He did not give any details about the possible location of the depot, but stated that NATO is jointly analyzing all possibilities. He also stated that the US and allies are discussing what would be the most appropriate equipment to deploy in the region.

“The addition of the NATO partners changes the security landscape and our responsibilities as part of NATO (…) [This project will] embrace and integrate Finland and Sweden into the NATO enterprise, and that’s going to drive some changes on the ground,” he said.

The measure is just one of several policies adopted by Washington and its allies in recent years to try to reverse Russian military superiority in the Arctic. For decades, the US has not had any special focus on the Arctic in its defense strategies. The main objective of American strategic plans has always been to “encircle” and “isolate” Russia. The US has focused for many years on achieving this goal through the militarization of Europe and the destabilization of Central Asia and the Middle East, but Americans have paid little attention to the Arctic – a region where the Russians have become very strong over the decades.

Now, however, the US is concerned about this weakness in the region. With the escalation of tensions with Russia, Washington is trying to improve its positions in the Arctic in order to reverse the current scenario of Russian advantage. In recent years, several escalatory policies have been promoted by the US – some of them even openly provocative and targeted at Russia.

For example, in 2022, Lawrence Melnicoff, commander of the European Special Operations Command, stated that the US should actually “provoke” Russia in the Arctic. According to him, Washington should seek joint strategies with Norway to increase its presence in the Arctic Circle and thus deter Russia in the region. He states that Russia has expansionist plans that will be prevented only through direct deterrence, which is why NATO should maintain strategic positions that allow it to neutralize Russian forces in the Arctic in a possible conflict scenario.

“We are intentionally trying to be provocative without being escalatory (…) We’re trying to deter Russian aggression, expansionist behavior, by showing enhanced capabilities of the allies (…) It complicates Russian decision-making because we know that they’re targeting very, very large specific aggregations of allied power, [such as] Ramstein Air Base, RAF Lakenheath, things like that (…) If worse comes to worst and somebody takes out these power hubs, we can forward-project precision artillery fire across the alliance with our partners”, he said at the time.

Obviously, this is a fallacious US narrative. The Arctic is a region traditionally occupied by the countries that have access to it. Russia has the Arctic as a vital point in its strategic environment and naturally seeks to maintain a strong military presence in the region to guarantee its national security. The US and NATO countries, however, do not use access to the Arctic to develop a defensive strategy. On the contrary, they are looking for the Arctic as a possible point of attack against Russia. The Western objective in the Arctic is simply to harm Russia, not to protect itself. If the West adopted a policy of diplomacy and peaceful dialogue with Moscow, there would be no military race in the Arctic, but clearly NATO’s intention is to hurt Russia as much as possible.

Source: InfoBrics

To achieve these provocative objectives, the US will use the strategic location of NATO’s new members as a tool of war. The Nordic countries will be induced to actively participate in the Arctic militarization process, co-leading with Washington an escalation of tensions with Russia. And this will be extremely harmful for them, because, if the crisis escalates into an open conflict in the future, these countries will be priority targets and will be in a much greater risk zone for Russian attacks than the US.

Once again, access to NATO appears to be a trap for Finland and Sweden, which are being used as mere war tools by the US.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Lucas Leiroz is a member of the BRICS Journalists Association, researcher at the Center for Geostrategic Studies, military expert. You can follow Lucas on X (former Twitter) and Telegram. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

Introduction

The collapse, at about 1 AM on 26 March 2024, of the Francis Scott Key (FSK) Bridge in Baltimore, spanning the 2.4 km large Patapsco River, is a mystery as of this day.

The river is used by massive cargo ships from Baltimore Harbor to reach the Chesapeake Bay and then the Atlantic Ocean and in reverse.

The official version, as of this day, says the Merchant Vessel (MV) “The Dali” hitting one of the bridges two main pylons was an accident”.

However, a more plausible story goes that the downfall of the bridge was caused by the container ship’s planned change of course, so it would hit precisely one of these two crucial support pillars. This could be a remote-controlled cyber-attack, or an on-board wanton deviation of the vessel to hit the pylon. 

The official video shows clearly that the slow-gliding ship makes a rather unusual turn towards the pillar.

Was it an Accident?

The incidence raises many questions, some of them may take a long time to clear or answer. Few witnesses were around at 1 AM.  

Who made the only official “witness”-video of the collision and the bridge’s collapse?

Had it gone straight on its course, The Dali would have most likely safely cleared the bridge. See for yourself  (click lower right corner to go full-screen)

Video

You may also notice, the very moment the Dali hits the pillar, the entire 2.4 km long bridge comes down, as if it were built with matchsticks.

Strange. This bridge weighs tens if not hundreds of thousands of tons, is almost 100 meters wide, and takes tens of thousands of tons of traffic weight per day. 

The MV The Dali, Singapore-registered, was apparently headed for Sri Lanka, coming from the Baltimore harbor, the 9th largest in the US, but the nation’s most important port for specialized cargo and passenger facilities.  

The Dali is about 300 meters long, can carry 10,000 standard-size containers (6 m long), and weighs empty 95,000 tons. The ship was carrying about 4,700 containers with an average weight of 2.5 tons per container, total cargo weight approximately 12,000 tons.

The sluggishly slow speed of The Dali, about 14 km/h, with its total weight of roughly 110,000 tons supposedly rammed one of the main pilons of the FSK Bridge, bringing the entire bridge down within seconds, literally as if it was made of toothpicks.

The Dali is owned by Singapore-based Grace Ocean Private Ltd. It is managed by Synergy Marine Pte Ltd., also based in Singapore. The MV Dali was built in South Korea by Hyundai Heavy Industries, and completed in 2015, for Oceanbulk Container Management of Greece.

As of March 2024, the vessel is chartered by Maersk (Danish). The captain of The Dali, when it hit the bridge was supposedly Ukrainian.

The complexity of flag-registration, ownership, management, construction, destination after construction, ship-chartering, is so confusing that most readers will roll their eyes and stop thinking. 

Protocol demands that a Chesapeake Bay pilot is on board to guide large vessels in and out of the harbor. Was this the case with MV Dali?

Strangely, The Dali ship’s black box has 2 minutes of missing data right before it crashed into the Francis Scott Key Bridge.

Synergy Marine Group is said to have strong business links to China, though no further explanations are given, other than apparently a growing number of Synergy Marine Group’s managed vessels are owned by China, and secondarily, because a large portion of Dali’s cargo from-and-to is between China and the United States.

There is no clear evidence on either claim. The destination of Dali, leaving Baltimore harbor at mid-night was supposedly Sri Lanka.

 The wreckage of the bridge, is detrimental for trade with China and South East Asia.

Worldwide, the Baltimore bridge collapse, the blocking passage into and out of the port of Baltimore has a devastating impact on global maritime trade.

How long will it take to clear the Patapsco River of the destroyed bridge’s debris? 

Early reports say months, maybe years. However, recent reports assure that within a couple of weeks the Baltimore port will be again accessible.

The Army Corps of Engineers (ACE) is already working on removing the wreckage. The ACE predicts reopening of the Bay for one-way traffic by end April 2024. 

However, will the Baltimore harbor really going to be accessible again for heavy container ships, so as NOT to disrupt world trade and international supply chains?

Or are such statements deviation maneuvers, to hide an agenda behind the mysterious collapse of the FSK Bridge? – Time will tell.

Black Swan Event?

The first reaction by General Mike Flynn was that “the accident” was a Black Swan event, similar to 9/11 – with financial and political implications way beyond what meets the eye.

“Black Swan” means an extremely negative event that suddenly appears from nowhere, unpredicted, and unstoppable.

The term is most often used in the world of finance. See this interview by “Redacted” –

Video 

Currently an almost uncountable number of rumors, “conspiracy theories”, accusations, innuendos, are making the round. None is fully substantiated.

“China Did It”

One that could immediately be expected is, China Did It.

If the bridge take-down is not an accident, one may indeed speculate on foul play against China.

That stems from the speculation, though without proof, that it was a cyber-attack, and China apparently is specialized in cyber-science, leading to “cyber-attacks”. This is pure western hypothesis and an unproven accusation.

Geopolitical analyst, Lara Logan from “Real America’s Voice”, refers to inside information (no source given, though) to the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) being behind this attack.

When asked whether it was a terrorist group or a state actor, she said clearly, “100% a state actor” – and meant China. But nothing is substantiated.

As far as China is the “culprit”, also see this . Joe Hoft, author of this article, also claims that China specializes in “Remote System Monitoring”, meaning in straight language “cyber-attacks”.

But again, no justification for this accusation is given. .

Considering the Baltimore port’s importance for US-China trade, blaming China for the downing of the bridge is nonsensical.

Source: Screen Scan SCMP

But for “false flaggers” it is a logical reaction: Immediately blame an outside enemy.

  • Blocking passage into and out of the Port of Baltimore, the wreckage is shutting down ninth largest harbour in the US, a vital link to both Southeast Asia and China
  • China was Baltimore’s No 2 import and No 3 export destination in 2023, and a leading consumer of coal shipped through the port

China, an economic super-power, a conceived threat for the west, is a rational target for western blames. It is either – Russia, Russia, Russia! (a “wish-we-owned-it” military super-power) – or – China, China, China!

Most often there is no proof, just western propaganda-indoctrinated hatred. It is Tavistock at its best.

Tavistock is a UK-based agency known for its science of social engineering and mind manipulation, perfected during the last about eight decades. Tavistock is closely linked to the Pentagon think tank, DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency). Tavistock is responsible for many  lies with which western societies have been brainwashed over the past decades, to believe the World Economic Forum’s (WEF) and the UN Agenda 2030 deception theories for world dominance, by a One World Order or a One World Government, is a good thing;

that the elite’s silly-sounding, non-explicit slogan, of “build back better”, is good for society. It never says, what needs to be built back better, first must be destroyed, clearly expressed by the Club of Rome’s “First Global Revolution” (1991).

For more on Tavistock, see Daniel Estulin’s book “Tavistock Institute: Social Engineering of the Masses” (2015)

Most westerners do not know, that an aggressive act like the downing of the Francis Scott Key Bridge, is not China’s way.

Historically and philosophically, China does not know aggression western style. China is reserved, discrete, diplomatic, mediating, and does not mingle in other countries’ business and politics.

China can de facto and de jure be excluded from the list of potential suspects.

Cyber Security and Infrastructure

More plausible versions may be looking for “US-internal” reasons, as in a “false flag”.

If it was indeed a cyber-attack that knocked out the ships navigation system and replaced it with remote cyber-guidance, one would have to ask, who has control of cybersecurity in the port?

CISA (Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency) oversees cyber security.

CISA was created in November 2018 by then President Trump. The law was enhanced by President Biden’s Executive Order (EO) 14028, “Improving the Nation’s Cybersecurity” in May 2021.

See also this transcript of a podcast of Whitney Webb and Clayton Morris on Redacted, discussing Cyberreason, an outfit with close ties to Israeli Intelligence and its role in CISA activities.

The World Economic Forum’s Cyber Security Simulation

A few years ago, Klaus Schwab, CEO of the World Economic Forum (WEF), conducted a simulation of Cyber Attacks involving a scenario of Paralysis of the Power Supply, Communications, Transportation, The Internet.  

Klaus Schwab intimated in no uncertain terms based on “a simulated scenario” that a cyber-attack:

“Could bring a complete halt to the power supply, transportation, hospital services, our society as a whole …  The COVID-19 crisis would be seen in this respect as a small disturbance in comparison to a major cyberattack.” (emphasis added)

The geopolitics of this exercise are complex. The Russian Federation was a partner of this 2021 WEF initiative, which was largely dominated by Wall Street and the Western financial establishment.

Why was China –which is an ally of Russia– excluded from the Cyber Polygon Exercise?

The Cyber Attack is categorized as a Terrorist Act. Ask yourself the question: Who has the capabilities of carrying out such an attack?

Russia’s financial and banking establishment were actively involved in the July 2021 Cyber Scenario.

Was the exercise intended to create divisions between China and Russia as well as within Russia?

The event was chaired by Russia’s Prime Minister  Mikhail Mishustin together with Klaus Schwab. Numerous Russian financial institutions, media and communications entities had been invited by the WEF.

Supply Chain Failures

This “accident” on the FSK Bridge has repercussions on the Baltimore harbor, meaning an economic disaster, a supply chain disruption for the US and worldwide – including crisis in retail trade and food shortages.

The Baltimore port is one of the busiest on the US East Coast and the most important one for special cargos. It connects any point of the US East Coast through highway I-95 that runs all the way from Florida to Canada.

With the Baltimore port out of container service at least for several years – who knows for how long – cargo vessels may have to be rerouted via New York, and other East Coast Sea ports, a massive cost to the US economy and a supply chain disruption affecting the world beyond the US. See this.

In the United States, the bridge collapse may be the beginning of a series of cyber-based “false flags”? 

***

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He lectures at universities in the US, Europe and South America. He writes regularly for online journals and is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version). 

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

First published on December 15, 2021, Update May 21, 2023, April 8, 2024 

Author’s Introduction and Update

The World Economic Forum (WEF) which represents the Western financial elites, played a key role in the launching of the March 11, 2020 corona lockdown, which was conducive to a Worldwide process of economic and social chaos. It also supported the launching of the Covid-19 vaccine in November 2020, which (amply documented) has been conducive (Worldwide) to an upward trend in mortality and morbidity

And now they are “promising” us a Crisis which is “Much Worse than Covid”. 

Over the last four years, starting in January 2020, “the deliberate triggering of  chaos” has become part of a broad and complex agenda:

  • the war in Ukraine,
  • the hike in energy prices,
  • the triggering of bankruptcies,
  • the collapse of economic activity,
  • widespread poverty, famine and despair. 

In recent developments, Washington has endorsed 

  • Israel’s genocide directed against the People of Palestine,
  • An unfolding US-NATO-Israel military agenda against the broader Middle East.
  • US Threats against Iran
  • US-NATO threats directed against the Russian Federation 
  • Confrontation directed against China

Cyber-Attacks

The article below focusses on the dangers of Cyber Warfare, which were first announced by the World Economic Forum (WEF) in 2020

In 2021, the WEF conducted a simulation of Cyber Attacks involving a scenario of Paralysis of the Power Supply, Communications, Transportation, The Internet. 

Klaus Schwab intimated in no uncertain terms based on “a simulated scenario” that a cyber-attack:  

Could bring a complete halt to the power supply, transportation, hospital services, our society as a whole …

 The COVID-19 crisis would be seen in this respect as a small disturbance in comparison to a major cyberattack.” (emphasis added) 

Barack and Michelle Obama’s “Leave the World Behind” Movie: Cyberattack, “Synchronized Chaos”, Collapse, “Civil War”

Another controversial element has recently emerged. Available on Netflix, Hollywood has released “Leave the World Behind” produced by former President Barack Obama and First Lady Michelle Obama, based on the script of Rumaan Alam‘s novel. The film director is Sam Esmail.

“Leave the World Behind” “depicts the unraveling of society in the wake of a surprise attack by an unknown assailant, which “predicts a cyberattack on the U.S. power grid”.

Rumaan Alam’s novel “Leave the World Behind,” was published in October 2020, several month following the fear campaign and the March 11, 2020 Covid-19 “Lockdown”. In an interview with The Guardian: (October 26, 2021) Rumaan Alam says:  

I’d never even heard the word coronavirus prior to February 2020. On a very basic level, the book dramatises being trapped in at home and not having enough information – and it happened to be published into a reality in which many readers felt that they were trapped in their homes and didn’t have enough information. So it’s a strange resonance. [namely]… the individual relationship to anxiety over the climate, the absurdity of the contemporary moment, our warped relationship to technology. People are thinking and talking about this stuff so it makes sense that there will be books about it.  

… The people I’m talking about are the person I am. The day lockdown began, what was the first thing we did? Aside from grocery shopping, everyone I know, myself included, went shopping …  

According to Joseph Mercola in a carefully researched review of the “Leave the World Behind” movie:

“Leave the World Behind” depicts the unraveling of society in the wake of a surprise attack by an unknown assailant. Many believe the film, produced by Barack and Michelle Obama, predicts a cyberattack on the U.S. power grid

A cyberattack that will make the COVID pandemic look like a minor inconvenience in comparison to what has been repeatedly “promised” in recent years by World Economic Forum (WEF) founder Klaus Schwab

“Leave the World Behind” doesn’t preach preparedness ideologies or indulge in apocalyptic fantasies. Instead, it offers a glimpse into the potential ramifications of societal breakdowns and the human condition’s capacity for both despair and resilience  (See Mercola’s analysisJanuary 7, 2024, see Schwab quotation above) 

Rumaan Alam’s novel depicts the social impacts of a Blackout affecting the entire U.S. East Coast.

There is no concrete evidence at this stage that the producers and director of “Leave the World Behind” were cognizant of the World Economic Forum’s (WEF) Simulation of a Cyber Attack first conducted in July 2020. The matter requires further investigation. 

Video: “Leave the World Behind”

 

Video: the WEF Cyber Polygon 2020 Simulation. “The Year that has Changed the World”

An engineered “Cyber Terrorist Attack” conducive to unprecedented disruptions? Is this something that we should take seriously?

The World Economic Forum warns us of a new crisis of “even more significant economic and social implications than COVID19.”

“Protect People Properly”, Says former UK Prime Minister Tony Blair in the above video.

What threat could possibly be more impactful?”

The Ice Age Farmer in the video below: 

“breaks down the WEF’s “Cyber Polygon” tabletop exercise, its participants, and predictive programming around a looming large scale cyberattack on critical infrastructure that would unleash a Dark Winter and help to usher in the Great Reset.”

Video: The Next Crisis “Bigger than Covid”

Jeremy Jurgens, WEF Managing Director:

In the words of Jeremy Jurgens, who is the WEF’s  Managing Director and Head of the WEF’s Centre for the Fourth Industrial Revolution: 

“I believe that there will be another crisis. It will be more significant. It will be faster than what we’ve seen with COVID. The impact will be greater, and as a result the economic and social implications will be even more significant.” (emphasis added) 

The 2020 Cyber Polygon Simulation was followed by a Second Simulation in 2021


What does Klaus Schwab have up his Sleeve? A Geopolitical Slant: The 2021 Cyber Polygon Simulation 

The 2021 WEF cyber polygon simulation scenario had an obvious “contradictory” geopolitical slant: 

The event was chaired by Russia’s Prime Minister  Mikhail Mishustin, numerous Russian financial institutions, media and communications entities had been invited by the WEF.

 

Forty-eight countries participated in the Event, there were 41 partners of which 10 were from Russia and Kazakhstan: these included News Agency TASS, NTVSberbank, Russia’s largest bank and a leading global financial institution,  the Mail.ru Group, Russia’s largest internet provider, MTS, Russia’s leading telecommunications group, the State Legal Department of the Omsk Region, Siberia. Powerful banking financial institutions from Kazakstan. Among others.

See also the assumptions of the Training Program, which are predicated on terrorist cyber hackers.

Amply documented, the World Economic Forum (WEF) has been instrumental in endorsing US-NATO’s military agenda in regards to Ukraine.

Was this July 2021 Cyber Polygon event (which occurred less than 8 months prior to the outset of the Ukraine War) intent upon creating political divisions within the Russian Federation by establishing partnerships with a number of powerful Russian media, communications, banking and financial institutions, etc.

Not a single representative from the People’s Republic of China. Was the Cyber Polygon Simulation (July 2021) intended to foster confrontation between China and Russia? Are Cyber attacks contemplated as part of a Global Military agenda?

The Process of “All-Digitization”

In November 2023, as documented in an article by Peter Koenig, the Financial Elites passed from the “simulation of scenarios” too outright  “implementation”. They  entrusted the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development (UNCTAD) “as the flag-carrier … for the deadly onslaught of All-Digitization.” 

Koenig focusses on the “Take Down of a Society That is Digital.which could be conducted in the form of  a Worldwide Cyber Attack (as outlined by Klaus Schwab in his 2021 statement):  

“If everything around us is run by digital signals that are controlled by the “Globalist Cabal” (Financial Elites) one or a few switches can turn off our different networks:

water supply, electricity, gas, all kinds of energy, food supply, fuel deliveries, traffic signals, all transportation, all communication, the money in our accounts, and much more.” (Peter Koenig, November 18, 2023

“Hell is Empty and the Devils are All Here”. William Shakespeare, “The Tempest”, 1623 

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, May 21, 2023, April 8, 2024 

***

Below is the text of my December 2021 article, minor edits.

 

Another Crisis “Much Worse than Covid”,

Paralysis of Power Supply,

Communications, Transportation.

The WEF “Cyber Attack” Scenario

by Michel Chossudovsky  

December 15, 2021 

Introduction

The World Economic Forum (WEF) which represents the Western financial elites, played a key role in the launching of the March 11, 2020 lockdown, which was conducive to a Worldwide process of economic and social chaos. 

The WEF is now pointing to: “A cyber-attack with COVID-like characteristics”, which promises to be far more devastating and chaotic than the Covid-19 pandemic.

The World Economic Forum’s “Concept 2021”. Cyber Polygon Scenario


The World Economic Forum (WEF) which co-sponsored Event 201, the table top simulation of the corona pandemic together with John Hopkins and the Gates Foundation in October 2019, has been involved in another strategic exercise entitled Concept 2021. The latter is described as an:

“international capacity building initiative aimed at raising the global cyber resilience”.

It is not a table top simulation comparable to Event 201. 

Last year it was conducted at the height of the lockdown via video conferencing. This year, the 2021 Conference “discussed the “key risks of digitalization”.

Those participating in the Cyber Polygon Exercise (2020) included high tech companies including IBM, numerous banks and financial institutions, internet companies, cyber security agencies, corporate and government media, think tanks, law enforcement agencies including Interpol with representatives from 48 countries.

The exercise was an obvious means to secure reliable partners and develop strategic alliances. In this regard, there were numerous representatives from Russia and countries of the former Soviet Union, including major Russian banking interests, communications and media companies. All in all 42 partners. No corporate /governmental partners from China, participated in the simulation. 

There was also a training program with 200 teams from 48 countries. Cyber Attack With Covid-like Characteristics

Simulation of A Cyber-Attack. Towards A Complete Halt to Power Supply, Communications, Transportation

Klaus Schwab, founder and Executive Director of the WEF and architect of the “Great Reset” describes the crisis scenario as follows:

The frightening scenario of a comprehensive cyber attack could bring a complete halt to the power supply, transportation, hospital services, our society as a whole. The COVID-19 crisis would be seen in this respect as a small disturbance in comparison to a major cyberattack.” (emphasis added)

Jeremy Jurgens, WEF Managing Director:

“I believe that there will be another crisis. It will be more significant. It will be faster than what we’ve seen with COVID. The impact will be greater, and as a result the economic and social implications will be even more significant.” (emphasis added)

The implications of these bold “predictions” which represent the interests of the financial establishment are far-reaching.

What they describe is a scenario of economic and social chaos involving the disruption of communications systems, the internet, financial and money transactions (including SWIFT), the power grid, global transportation, commodity trade, etc., as well as likely “geopolitical dislocations”.

The opening session (July 2021) of Cyber Polygon 2021 was conducted (video below) by the Prime Minister of the Russian Federation Mikhail Mishustin together with the Director General of the WEF Klaus Schwab.

According to Mikhail Mishustin, Prime Minister of the Russian Federation

“Addressing cyberthreats and securing our common digital future are among the priorities of every government and company.  …”

Video. Opening Session Featuring Russia’s Prime Minister and Klaus Schwab (July 2021).

Removed from the WEF website

 

The WEF has suggested in no uncertain terms that another devastating Worldwide economic and social crisis is likely to occur in the wake of the so-called Covid-19 pandemic.  

Video: The Next Crisis Bigger than Covid

 

Is this Scenario a “Dress Rehearsal” for a Forthcoming Cyber Crisis? 

The geopolitics of this exercise are complex. While Russia is routinely threatened by US-NATO, the Russian Federation [was] is a partner of this WEF initiative, which is largely dominated by Wall Street and the Western financial establishment.

Why was China –which is an ally of Russia– excluded from the Cyber Polygon Exercise?

The Cyber Attack is categorized as a Terrorist Act. Ask yourself the question: Who has the capabilities of carrying out such an attack?

Russia’s financial and banking establishment were actively involved in the Cyber Scenario. Was the exercise intended to create divisions between China and Russia?

While one cannot speculate, the matter must nonetheless be addressed.

And who will be blamed if the Cyber Scenario goes live?

Engineered economic and social chaos. Is that not part of a US hegemonic project?

About the Author

Michel Chossudovsky is an award-winning author, Professor of Economics (emeritus) at the University of Ottawa, Founder and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), Montreal, Editor of Global Research.

He has undertaken field research in Latin America, Asia, the Middle East, sub-Saharan Africa and the Pacific and has written extensively on the economies of developing countries with a focus on poverty and social inequality. He has also undertaken research in Health Economics (UN Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC),  UNFPA, CIDA, WHO, Government of Venezuela, John Hopkins International Journal of Health Services (1979, 1983)

He is the author of thirteen books including The Globalization of Poverty and The New World Order (2003), America’s “War on Terrorism” (2005),  The Globalization of War, America’s Long War against Humanity (2015).

He is a contributor to the Encyclopaedia Britannica.  His writings have been published in more than twenty languages. In 2014, he was awarded the Gold Medal for Merit of the Republic of Serbia for his writings on NATO’s war of aggression against Yugoslavia. He can be reached at [email protected]

See Michel Chossudovsky, Biographical Note

Michel Chossudovsky’s Articles on Global Research

  • Posted in English, Mobile, NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on The Next Crisis “Bigger than Covid”: Paralysis of Power Supply, Communications, Transportation. The WEF “Cyber Attack” Scenario, “Usher In the Great Reset”

75 anos da OTAN: de guerra em guerra

April 7th, 2024 by Manlio Dinucci

Enquanto a OTAN, reunida em Bruxelas para comemorar seu 75º aniversário, estabelece mais ajuda militar para a Ucrânia, Kiev está tendo cada vez mais dificuldades para sustentar o esforço de guerra contra a Rússia. Portanto, está recorrendo cada vez mais a ataques terroristas dentro da Rússia.

O Serviço Federal de Segurança da Rússia (FSB) prendeu um grupo de terroristas que transportava altos explosivos para serem entregues a um destino final em Moscou. A bordo de seu veículo comercial – interceptado no posto de controle de Ubylinka, na fronteira entre a Rússia e a Letônia, na região de Pskov (oeste da Rússia) – foi descoberta uma carga de 27 ícones ortodoxos de fabricação ucraniana contendo altos explosivos, entre outros. Esses e outros dispositivos explosivos estavam a bordo de um veículo que, no caminho da Ucrânia para a Rússia, havia passado por seis países da OTAN: Romênia, Hungria, Eslováquia, Polônia, Lituânia e Letônia.

O plano era óbvio: uma vez na Rússia, os ícones ortodoxos seriam comprados por igrejas, paróquias e famílias de fiéis. Depois de um certo tempo, os ícones seriam explodidos por controle remoto para causar o maior número de vítimas durante um feriado religioso, quando os fiéis se reúnem em igrejas e famílias.

A investigação sobre o ataque terrorista de 3 de abril em Moscou, que até o momento deixou 144 pessoas mortas, número que pode aumentar, já que mais de 500 ficaram feridas, continua ao mesmo tempo. A decisão de atingir os frequentadores de shows fazia parte de um plano terrorista para atingir a população civil russa a fim de causar caos e desconfiança no governo. De acordo com o plano, o massacre dos frequentadores de shows seria seguido pela matança de fiéis ortodoxos com a explosão de ícones.

Não é de se surpreender que os militantes do ISIS sejam usados como autores dessas ações terroristas. A grande mídia política tenta apagar o fato de que há anos Kiev vem colaborando com esse movimento terrorista financiado e armado pelos Estados Unidos e pela OTAN, inicialmente para demolir a Síria por dentro. Dois artigos da mesma mídia convencional atestam isso. Em 10 de julho de 2015, relatando uma investigação do New York Times, o jornal Il Giornale publicou a seguinte manchete: “Tropas do Isis ao lado da Ucrânia contra separatistas russos”. Em 21 de novembro de 2019, o jornal britânico The Independent publicou a seguinte manchete: “How Ukraine became the unlikely home of Isis leaders fleeing the Caliphate” (Como a Ucrânia se tornou o improvável lar dos líderes do Estado Islâmico que fogem do Califado).

O plano terrorista, no qual militantes do ISIS também são usados, faz parte da estratégia da OTAN que, em 75 anos, passou da Guerra Fria para as guerras pós-Guerra Fria e, com o golpe de 2014 na Ucrânia, para a guerra aberta contra a Rússia.

Manlio Dinucci

 

 

Artigo original em italiano :

75 Anni della Nato: Di Guerra in Guerra

Tradução : Mondialisation.ca com DeepL

VIDEO (italiano) :

 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Fundraising: Stop the Pentagon’s Ides of March

***

.

Introduction

A host of $64,000 questions, never fully addressed, nor yet even remotely thoroughly posed, in the early days of the human race’s primitive evolutionary development in the so-called ‘Old World’ on Planet Earth, even up to the recent centuries of the breached births of its budding young Western nations in the New World, are the same questions it continues to endlessly grapple within itself for answers, consciously and unconsciously. 

Yet, within all the prior thousands of years of time and space, the human race never has been able to quite demonstrate, within the context of any advanced geo-political human system of habitation within either the Old or New Worlds, the capability of fully answering ever since its species emerged.

This constant failed, aborted attempt of the human race’s inability to fully understand itself and the potentially-glorious higher purpose and limitless miraculous possibilities its species represents, as some uniquely-new cosmic, celestial model of life’s evolutionary development it offers to the forces of creation, could be succinctly called, using the imagery of the human species own endless grappling with this phenomenon of its own evolutionary conundrum within the context of its latest explorations in the cinematic creative arts, Kingdom of The Return of the Planet of the Apes.

This latest Sci-Fi attempt by Director Wes Ball creates, during the reign of the ape leader, appropriately named Caesar, is an advanced leader among the kingdom of the apes, who sets out to question everything he’s ever been formerly taught about the past and makes a ground-breaking evolutionary decision to take his people on another marauding quest that will define a new and different future for apes and humans alike. What that means in real human terms in 2024, in America, in Gaza and the world at large remains, at present, an open question.

America Once Heralded Itself As “All The Truth That’s Fit to Print”

Once upon a time, 115 years ago in 1897, the owner of the New York Times, Adolph S. Ochs, sought to distinguish his own news kingdom’s attempt at ‘truth-telling’ that would separate it from the then more sensational yellow journalism of other newspaper ‘Kings’, like William Randolph Hearst and Joseph Pulitzer.

Ochs created a prize of $100.00 if any of the newspapers readers could come up with a better descriptive phrase for the New York Times than its own phrase –

“ALL THE TRUTH THAT’S FIT TO PRINT; which still, to this day, permanently appears in the left-hand corner’ ‘ear’ of the paper’s masthead; which, 150 years later, many of its readers now disparagingly refer to as “the biggest joke of all Times’, pun intentionally intended, for honest journalism in 2024. 

At any rate, though hundreds of entries poured in, many were forgettable turns of phrase, such as:

“Full of meat, clean and neat”; “Cheerful, clean, with glossy sheen”;

“As bright as a star and there you are”; “The people’s voice, the good choice”;

“Yours neatly, sweetly and completely”, and; “All the world’s news, but not a School for Scandal.”

As the contest unfolded in the fall of 1896, the New York Times amended the rules making it clear it would not abandon its motto, but would still pay $100 for the best suggestion, until the field was finally narrowed down to: “Always decent; never dull”; “A Decent Newspaper for Decent People”; “The news of the day; not the rubbish”, and “A decent newspaper for decent people.”

At any rate, back in 1897, one can gain some sense of how different real truth-telling was back in the days of early America’s evolution compared to today where the New York Times masthead, still to this day, declares “all the truth that’s fit to print”; which to many serious fact-checking readers is considered a woeful lie and veritable laughing stock. See this.

One could say that, within the context of the actual true-to-life human world of 2024, the same issues of ‘truth’ and ‘honesty’ once again cry out for answers in the slaughterhouse that is the war in Gaza. 

If the truth be told, those young, aggressive, fiercely-expansionistic, would-be Old World nation-states and their settler-colonists back in the days of yore, if the truth be told, were no more shockingly-inhuman and inhumane, no less brutally-cold and indifferent, in their ability to kill with impunity their fellow human beings of all ages, as were the Nazis not that many years ago, and now the Zionists, today, in Gaza.

But what is, perhaps, even more chillingly eerie, within whatever contrasts and comparisons can be made between the Nazis and the Zionists, is the alarming ways in which the vast majority of modern-day corporate mainstream media outlets, from the new York Times down to the local rags everywhere, like their predecessor newspapers of note still so proudly declare on all their banners and mastheads some reference to truth-telling yet, now, in point of fact, have fallen into deathly silent, purposely, intentionally, while keeping all their populaces deaf, dumb and blind as to the truth of what all is going on, not only in Gaza but everywhere else about everything else. The scope of the mind-control and dumbing-down boggles the mind with incredulity.

Has Propaganda Changed in the World Since the Lies of Zionism

In the early days of Europe’s ‘discovery’ of the New World, did they ever have any more of an inherent, God-given, right to exist there in the beginning than did the Civilized Tribes of the New World, not to forget all the other non-native nations  that they not only displaced but also, in the process, eradicated their entire ancient indigenous ways of life that had taken eons to evolve? Were the karmic prices in the greater cosmos that the entire human and non-human worlds were forced to pay back then, still the same, or even now way more costly karmic prices that the human race is forced to continue to pay for the madness of the Zionist’s, and so many others like them, who continue to wage an unrelenting war against not only the indigenous Palestinian peoples of Gaza but all indigenous lifeforms, everywhere?”

While no answers are forthcoming, and the silence remains deathly apparent, in this current epic period of modern world history, something evil, sinister and menacing, that has existed since ancient times, has once again been unleashed upon the world, in Ukraine, Gaza and so many other places; much to the utter disbelief of many, as if nothing time has stood still, and the primitive forces of humankind’s seemingly endless juggernaut of conquest, that for centuries since the beginning of homo sapiens appearance on planet earth, has once again everywhere set about: crushing everything  beneath the ponderous weight of its steel treads; conquering and displacing all weaker human and non-human indigenous living beings that have ever had the misfortune to stand in the way of the juggernaut’s mindless, so-called journey of progress through time and space. One wonders, is this is all there is to the mysteries of life in the universe?

Thus, the longer the brutality of the war in Gaza progresses, the more one hears militant Zionist settler-colonists commonly use the same harsh, primitive terms, once used by aggressive European settler-colonists in the New World’s ‘Wild, Wild West’.

Terms, like “animals”, “savages”, “beasts”, and “terrorists”, to refer to innocent Palestinians; or expressions like,

“We need to kill them all, even all their children and babies, because nits grow lice”, now can be read on all the front pages of the world’s corporate mainstream news.

Their jarring words and expressions almost, word for word, are identical to the primitive language once used in the America’s by the early European settler-colonist-invaders to describe the indigenous peoples they encountered as they sought to kill or totally remove them from their homelands, that the invaders coveted for themselves. Few thoughts of co-existence or equal statehood ever existed in the minds of those conquerors during the early days in the New World, any more than they exist today in the Zionists Old World mindset who remain obsessed with totally eradicating every Palestinian from Gaza.

Thus, the knotty question, “Can Zionist Israel exist without a free Palestine’s same inherent right to exist, side-by-side or among them, if need be?”, remains the single-most, unresolved question between the new conquerors and the conquered as it has everywhere on the planet since, well, forever. 

In the case of the suffering indigenous Palestinians, whose heads are the latest ones on the chopping blocks, there seems to be no other possible quest, vision or purpose for homo sapiens existence in this world, especially those who have decided to remain indigenous peoples, forever rooted to where they first began, who have no choice but to face all alone, on their own, the never-ending: death, destruction, conquest and colonization at the hands of the Zionist non-indigenous aggressors who desperately covet and yearn for what is not theirs, no matter what the biblical proclamation, because it has been God-given to the Palestinians. 

Yet, the vengeful zealots and radicals among the Zionists still covet that which, though they have no right to, still believe that by killing and stealing what is not theirs, they can, by virtue of their superior physical and military force of arms, still acquire some God-given truth by virtue of their possession of ‘The Holy Land’; regardless of whatever the amount of indelible blood may forever stain all their hands?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Jerome Irwin is a Canadian-American writer who, in previous lives, has been involved in a wide range of diverse and varied worlds, including the Criminology profession with an American police department, and later for a brief-time in the capacity of clandestine communications with the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency. For decades, in various professional capacities as an educator, researcher, geo-political analyst, and writer. Irwin has sought to call attention to a broad spectrum of world problems pertaining to the degradation and unsustainability caused by a host of environmental-ecological-spiritual-ideological issues that exist between the conflicting world philosophies of indigenous and non-indigenous peoples.

Irwin is the author of the book, “The Wild Gentle Ones; A Turtle Island Odyssey” (www.turtle-island-odyssey.com), a spiritual odyssey among the native peoples of North America that over the decades has produced numerous articles pertaining to: Ireland’s Fenian Movement; native peoples Dakota Access Pipeline Resistance Movement; AIPAC, Israel & the U.S. Congress anti-BDS Movement; the historic Battle for Palestine & Siege of Gaza, as well as; the many violations constantly being waged by industrial-corporate-military-propaganda interests against the World’s Collective Soul. To examine a portion of the eclectic body of his work goggle: “Jerome Irwin, writer” The author and his wife are long-time residents on the North Shore of British Columbia.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from the author

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @globalresearch_crg and Twitter at @crglobalization. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

***

 

Author’s Note and Update

We must act decisively in support and in solidarity with Julian Assange. 

In this regard, we must understand the history: On how Assange was betrayed and misled by those who allegedly supported him. 

In October 2021, the U.S. government began a legal challenge to extradite Julian Assange from the U.K. “to face charges of violating the Espionage Act”.

The U.K.  Supreme Court turned down Assange’s appeal to “prevent his extradition to the United States”.

On April 20, 2022, a U.K magistrates court formally approved the extradition of Julian Assange to the US “on espionage charges”.

According to Paul C. Roberts: 

The most extraordinary thing about Julian Assange is that he is being treated as if he were an American citizen. “Treason” was the original cry, now converted to “espionage.”

There was no espionage. Wikileaks published, and made available to the New York Times, The Guardian, and other media organizations leaked information. The media organizations published the information, just as did Wikileaks, but they are not charged.”

In recent developments,

…  it will be revealed whether Julian Assange’s appeal in the British courts against being extradited to the US succeeds or not during a two-day hearing, which is scheduled to take place in London on Tuesday and Wednesday [February 20, 21, 2024], The Guardian reported.

In a meeting organized by the Foreign Press Association, his wife, Stella, warned that he could be put on a plane to the US within days if the appeal fails, fearing his death if he is extradited. This is the final chance for Assange to challenge then-former Home Secretary Priti Patel’s decision in June 2022 for an extradition.” (Al Mayadeen)

The International Federation of Journalists (IFJ) and the European Federation of Journalists (EFJ) have confirmed that “the prosecution of Assange represents a global threat to media freedom.”

“The ongoing prosecution of Julian Assange jeopardizes media freedom everywhere in the world,” the IFJ and EFJ said in a joint statement.

 

Video 

 

Julian Assange’s Relation with the Mainstream Media

Julian Assange was initially lauded and supported by the mainstream media. In 2008  The Economist, which is partly owned by the Rothschild family granted Assange The New Media Award.  

Was this a genuine endorsement of  Assange’s commitment to “freedom of the press”? Or was it a public relations ploy? 

Assange was  framed by those who supported him:

The Guardian, The New York Times, The Economist, Vaughan Smith, George Soros, the Rothschilds, the Council on Foreign Relations, et al.

Assange has been accused by the same corporate media which praised his achievements.

In retrospect, it was a carefully planned operation. The Wiki “Leaks” were selectively “overseen”.  

Here are details regarding some of the key players :

Henry Vaughan Lockhart Smith

Vaughn Smith is a former British Grenadier Guards captain who came to his rescue.  Assange was provided refuge at his house in Norfolk. They had a close friendship. 

Vaughn Lockhart Smith was the founder of the London based Frontline Club (which is supported by George Soros’ Open Society Institute).

In 2010, the Frontline Club served as the de facto U.K “headquarters” for Julian Assange. 

Vaughan Smith is not an “independent journalist”, He actively collaborated with NATO, as an embedded reporter and cameraman in several US-NATO war theaters including Iraq, Afghanistan, Bosnia, Chechnya, and Kosovo 

 In 1998 –prior to the onslaught of NATO’s war on Yugoslavia– he worked as a video journalist in Kosovo in a production entitled The Valley, which consisted in “documenting” alleged Serbian atrocities against Kosovar Albanians on behalf of US-NATO which invaded Yugoslavia on March 24, 1999. 

The video production was carried out with the support of the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA), whose leader Hashim Thaci became president of Kosovo. In 1998, Thaci was on the Interpol list. Twenty-two years later, Thaci was indicted by the ICTY Hague Tribunal for crimes against humanity including “murder, enforced disappearances, persecution and torture”.

David E. Sanger, New York Times

The New York Times was complicit: David E Sanger, Chief Washington correspondent of the NYT was involved in the redacting of Wikileaks in consultation with the US State Department:

“[W]e went through [the cables] so carefully to try to redact material that we thought could be damaging to individuals or undercut ongoing operations. And we even took the very unusual step of showing the 100 cables or so that we were writing from to the U.S. government and asking them if they had additional redactions to suggest.” (See PBS Interview; The Redacting and Selection of Wikileaks documents by the Corporate Media, PBS interview on “Fresh Air” with Terry Gross: December 8, 2010, emphasis added).

David  E. Sanger is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)  and the Aspen Group. The NYT also has links with  U.S. intelligence.

It is worth noting that several American journalists, members of the Council on Foreign Relations had interviewed Wikileaks, including Time Magazine’s Richard Stengel (November 30, 2010) and The New Yorker’s Raffi Khatchadurian. (WikiLeaks and Julian Paul Assange : The New Yorker, June 11, 2007)

The Insidious Role of the U.S. State Department 

In a February 20, 2024 report: 

“The United States’ bid to prosecute Julian Assange is “state retaliation”, the High Court has heard in his final bid to escape extradition.

The Wikileaks founder faces extradition to the US over an alleged conspiracy to obtain and disclose national defence information following the publication of hundreds of thousands of leaked documents relating to the Afghanistan and Iraq wars.

In a January 2021 ruling, then-district judge Vanessa Baraitser said that Assange should not be sent to the US, citing a real and “oppressive” risk of suicide, while ruling against him on all other issues.”

The New York Times redaction of classified material was carried out in close consultation with the U.S. State Department (See David Sanger’s statement above).

It’s a bombshell: The State Department was collaborating with the NYT in facilitating the release of classified documents. This in itself raises  legal issues.

In a February 21, 2024 report: 

“The United States’ bid to prosecute Julian Assange is “state retaliation”, the High Court has heard in his final bid to escape extradition.

The Wikileaks founder faces extradition to the US over an alleged conspiracy to obtain and disclose national defence information following the publication of hundreds of thousands of leaked documents relating to the Afghanistan and Iraq wars.

In a January 2021 ruling, then-district judge Vanessa Baraitser said that Assange should not be sent to the US, citing a real and “oppressive” risk of suicide, while ruling against him on all other issues.”

From a legal standpoint, it is not “State Retaliation”, quite the opposite, it’s “State Collusion”:

The U.S. State Department is on record: It provided a green light to the NYT for the release of redacted classified documents.

And now the US government is intent on extraditing Julian Assange from the U.K. “to face charges of violating the Espionage Act”.

Is there not a conflict of interest somewhere? From a legal standpoint, the U.S. State Department is in violation of the Espionage Act. 

The Open Letter by the NYT, Guardian, Der Spiegel, Le Monde, El Pais 

The five major news media which were instrumental in the release and “redacting” of the WikiLeaks   documents issued in 2019 a somewhat contradictory joint statement (Open letter) requesting the release of Julian Assange.

They accuse Assange for releasing classified documents on corruption and US government fraud, while acknowledging their role in releasing redacted texts of classified documents. Are they not also in violation of the Espionage Act.

Below is the text of the letter.

An open letter from editors and publishers: Publishing is not a Crime

Who are the criminals?

Those who leak secret  government documents which provide irrefutable evidence of extensive crimes against humanity or the politicians in high office who order the killings and atrocities?

What is unfolding is not only “the criminalization of the State”, the judicial system is also criminalized with  a view to upholding the legitimacy of the war criminals in high office.

And the corporate media through omission, half truths and outright lies upholds war as a peace-making endeavor.

When the lie becomes the truth there is no moving backwards

We stand in solidarity with Julian Assange.

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, December 3, 2022, February 21, 2024

***

Below is the text of my article first published in April 2019

***

“Wiki-Gate”: Julian Assange Was Framed

by the People Who Supported Him

by

Michel Chossudovsky

April 2019

 

Julian Assange’s arrest (after almost seven years in the Ecuadorian Embassy) constitutes a hideous and illegal act. He is imprisoned in Britain’s Belmarsh maximum security prison, pending his extradition to the United States. 

Statements by US prosecutors suggest that Assange would not be charged under the 1917 Espionage Act. What is contemplated are accusations of conspiring “to commit unlawful computer intrusion based on his alleged agreement to try to help Ms. Manning break an encoded portion of passcode that would have permitted her to log on to a classified military network under another user’s identity.” (NYT, April 11, 2019).

The charges can of course be changed and shifted around. Bolton-Pompeo will no doubt play a role. In a 2017 statement when he was CIA Director Mike Pompeo “referred to WikiLeaks as a “non-state hostile intelligence service,” which needed to be eradicated.”  

Assange is relentlessly accused by the corporate media of treason, acting on behalf of the Kremlin. An indictment invoking the 1917 Espionage Act remains a distinct possibility with a view to overriding The First Amendment of the US Constitution which guarantees Freedom of Expression.

Assange constitutes a new Russia-Gate media narrative? His arrest coincides with the release of the redacted version of the Mueller report.

Prepare for Wiki-Gate: a long and drawn-out legal procedure which will be the object of extensive media coverage with a view to ultimately misleading the public.  

The unspoken objective of Assange’s indictment is to  create a legal precedent which will enable Washington and its allies to arrest independent and anti-war journalists indiscriminately.

What is at stake, –revealed by Wikileaks– is that politicians in high office are the architects of war crimes. To protect them and sustain their legitimacy, they require the suppression of  freedom of expression, which in turn requires “the criminalization of justice”.

Ironically, from the very outset (over a period of more than 12 years) there has never been a concerted effort on the part of Washington (and its national security intelligence apparatus) to suppress the release of classified US government information or to close down the Wikileaks project. In fact, quite the opposite.

Why?

Because the carefully selected and redacted Wikileaks quotes by the mainstream media have been used to provide legitimacy to US “foreign policy” as well as obfuscate (through omission) many of the crimes committed by US intelligence and the Pentagon.

Wikileaks and the Mainstream Media

It is important to note that Julian Assange from the outset was supported by the mainstream media, which was involved in releasing selected and redacted versions of the leaks. And despite Assange’s arrest and imprisonment, Wikileaks continues to release compromising US diplomatic cables, the latest of which (reported by McClatchy, April 17, 2019) pertains to “evidence that US troops executed at least 10 Iraqi civilians” including a 5 month old infant. 

At the outset of the Wikileaks project, the mainstream media including the New York Times, The Guardian and the Economist praised Julian Assange. The British elites supported him. Assange became a personality. It was a vast Public Relations campaign. It was a money-making undertaking for the corporate media.

In 2008  The Economist (which is partly owned by the Rothschild family) granted Assange The New Media Award.

About-turn?  Shift in the Mainstream Media Narrative.

Today, ironically  these same corporate media which praised Assange are now accusing him (without a shred of evidence) of being involved in acts of conspiracy on behalf of  the Kremlin. According to John Pilger:

“The Guardian has since published a series of falsehoods about Assange, not least a discredited claim that a group of Russians and Trump’s man, Paul Manafort, had visited Assange in the [Ecuadorian] embassy. The meetings never happened; it was fake.”

Assange has been the object of an all out smear campaign by those who supported him.

According to Pilger:

“A plan to destroy both WikiLeaks and Assange was laid out in a top secret document dated 8 March, 2008 [by] the Cyber Counter-intelligence Assessments Branch of the US Defence Department… Their main weapon would be personal smear. Their shock troops would be enlisted in the media.”

The Economist which granted Assange the New Media Award in 2008 now intimates that he is an enemy agent responsible for “information anarchy … culminating in the destabilization of American democracy”.

Others think it a long-overdue reckoning with justice for a man who had unleashed information anarchy upon the West, culminating in the destabilisation of American democracy. Is Mr Assange a heroic journalist, reckless activist or even an enemy agent? (The Economist, April 12,2019, emphasis added)

The smear operation is ongoing:

Screenshot Economist headline, April 17, 2019

Starting in early 2017, coinciding with RussiaGate, Assange is depicted as a  “Putin Stooge” working for the Kremlin, Why?

In 2016, some of Mr. Assange’s former American sympathizers turned sharply against him after he made WikiLeaks into an enthusiastic instrument of Russia’s intervention in the American presidential election, doling out hacked Democratic emails to maximize their political effect, campaigning against Hillary Clinton on Twitter and promoting a false cover story about the source of the leaks. (NYT, April 2019, emphasis added)

And then The Guardian, (April 20) with which Assange actively collaborated goes into a high-gear smear operation and  character assassination: “cheap journalism” by the Guardian (read excerpt below):

Was Julian Assange Framed by the People Who Supported Him? 

The latest from the New York Times April 15, 2019, which previously collaborated with Assange, describes him as a threat to National Security, working on behalf of the Russians.

Flashback to 2010:

WikiLeaks published a series of controversial intelligence leaks including some 400,000 classified Iraq war documents, covering events from 2004 to 2009 (See Tom Burghardt, The WikiLeaks Release: U.S. Complicity and Cover-Up of Iraq Torture Exposed, Global Research, October 24, 2010).

These revelations contained in the Wikileaks Iraq War Logs provided “further evidence of the Pentagon’s role in the systematic torture of Iraqi citizens by the U.S.-installed post-Saddam regime.” (Ibid).

The Role of the Frontline Club. Assange’s Social Entourage

While Assange was committed (through the release of leaked government documents) to revealing the “unspoken truth” of corruption and war crimes, many of the people (and journalists) who “supported him” are largely “Establishment”: Upon his release from bail in December 2010 (Swedish extradition order over allegations of sexual offenses) Henry Vaughan Lockhart Smith, a friend of Assange, a former British Grenadier Guards captain and a member of the British aristocracy came to his rescue.  Assange was provided refuge at Vaughan Smith’s Ellingham Manor in Norfolk.

Vaughn Lockhart Smith is the founder of the London based Frontline Club (which is supported by George Soros’ Open Society Institute). In 2010, the Frontline Club served as the de facto U.K “headquarters” for Julian Assange.

Vaughan Smith is a journalist aligned with the mainstream media. He had collaborated with NATO, acted as an embedded reporter and cameraman in various US-NATO war theaters including Afghanistan and Kosovo. In 1998 he worked as a video journalist in Kosovo in a production entitled The Valley, which consisted in “documenting” alleged Serbian atrocities against Kosovar Albanians. The video production was carried out with the support of the Kosovo Liberation Army (KLA).

Upon Assange’s arrest on April 10, 2019 Vaughn Smith, while acknowledging his disagreements with Assange, nonetheless expressed his unbending support and concern for Assange:

Smith said that while he didn’t agree that everything Assange released should have been released, he did think the Wikileaks founder “triggered a discussion about transparency that is incredibly important.”

“I support Julian because I think his rights as an individual reflect on us, his fellow citizens,” he told Tremonti.

“I think how we treat somebody who we may not agree with, that tells us truths that we may not wish to know … is a great comment on us.” (CBC, April 10, 2019)

The Role of the Corporate Media: The Central Role of the New York Times

The New York Times, the Guardian, Der Spiegel and El Pais (Spain) were directly involved in the editing, redacting and selection of leaked documents.

In the case of the New York Times, coordinated by Washington Bureau Chief David Sanger, the redacted versions were undertaken in consultation with the US State Department.

Even before the Wikileaks project got off the ground, the mainstream media was implicated. A role was defined and agreed upon for the corporate media not only in the release, but also in the selection and editing of the leaks. The “professional media”, to use Julian Assange’s words in an interview with The Economist, had been collaborating with the Wikileaks project from the outset.

Moreover, key journalists with links to the US foreign policy-national security intelligence establishment have worked closely with Wikileaks, in the distribution and dissemination of the leaked documents.

In a bitter irony, The New York Times, which has consistently promoted media disinformation was accused in 2010 of conspiracy. For what? For revealing the truth? Or for manipulating the truth? In the words of Senator Joseph L. Lieberman:

“I certainly believe that WikiLleaks has violated the Espionage Act, but then what about the news organizations — including The Times — that accepted it and distributed it?” Mr. Lieberman said, adding: “To me, The New York Times has committed at least an act of bad citizenship, and whether they have committed a crime, I think that bears a very intensive inquiry by the Justice Department.” (WikiLeaks Prosecution Studied by Justice Department – NYTimes.com, December 7, 2010)

This “redacting” role of The New York Times was candidly acknowledged by David E Sanger, Chief Washington correspondent of the NYT:

“[W]e went through [the cables] so carefully to try to redact material that we thought could be damaging to individuals or undercut ongoing operations. And we even took the very unusual step of showing the 100 cables or so that we were writing from to the U.S. government and asking them if they had additional redactions to suggest.” (See PBS Interview; The Redacting and Selection of Wikileaks documents by the Corporate Media, PBS interview on “Fresh Air” with Terry Gross: December 8, 2010, emphasis added).

Yet Sanger also said later in the interview:

 “It is the responsibility of American journalism, back to the founding of this country, to get out and try to grapple with the hardest issues of the day and to do it independently of the government.” (ibid, emphasis added)

Do it independently of the government” while at the same time “asking them [the US government] if they had additional redactions to suggest”?

David  E. Sanger is not a model independent journalist. He is member of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and the Aspen Institute’s Strategy Group which regroups the likes of Madeleine K. Albright, Condoleeza Rice, former Defense Secretary William Perry, former CIA head John Deutch, among other prominent establishment figures.

It is worth noting that several American journalists, members of the Council on Foreign Relations had interviewed Wikileaks, including Time Magazine’s Richard Stengel (November 30, 2010) and The New Yorker’s Raffi Khatchadurian. (WikiLeaks and Julian Paul Assange : The New Yorker, June 11, 2007)

Historically, The New York Times has served the interests of the Rockefeller family in the context of a longstanding relationship. In turn, the Rockefellers have an important stake as shareholders of several US corporate media.

Concluding Remarks 

Who are the criminals?

Those who leak secret  government documents which provide irrefutable evidence of extensive crimes against humanity or the politicians in high office who order the killings and atrocities.

What is unfolding is not only “the criminalization of the State”, the judicial system is also criminalized with  a view to upholding the legitimacy of the war criminals in high office.

And the corporate media through omission, half truths and outright lies upholds war as a peace-making endeavor

see below 

Globe and Mail 

Business Insider

Washington Post

And Many More…

 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Fundraising: Stop the Pentagon’s Ides of March

First published by Global Research on April 3, 2024

***

President Kennedy was furious at the CIA for having misled him. Waiting several months before he compelled CIA Director Allen Dulles to resign, Kennedy told him,

“Under a parliamentary system of government it is I who would be leaving. But under our system it is you who must go.”

Thus John F. Kennedy defended the illusion that the Anglophile dominated US government had transcended its British aristocratic-monarchical roots.

President John F. Kennedy with CIA Director Allen Dulles and Director-designate John McCone on September 27, 1961. Photo credit: Robert Knudsen. White House Photographs. John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum, Boston

President John F. Kennedy with CIA Director Allen Dulles and Director-designate John McCone on September 27, 1961. Photo credit: Robert Knudsen. White House Photographs. John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum, Boston

Allen Dulles resigned from his office as Director of Central Intelligence to preside over the committee that would disprove Kennedy‘s naive belief in an American system of responsible government in the hands of popularly elected representatives. 

A Conservative friend of the Thatcher regime in Great Britain created a series called “Yes Minister” (with a sequel “Yes Prime Minister”) in which the power of the permanent civil service over elected parliamentary government was lampooned.

Yet behind the sarcasm with which Sir Humphrey exhibits his scarcely concealed contempt for the “barbarians” – meaning His Majesty’s ordinary subjects- lies the admission of simplicity in what has been recently called the “Deep State”.

Denied by most in the West, the existence of what Prouty called “the secret team” is so obvious to the scriptwriters of the aristocratic-monarchist British Broadcasting Corporation that it could be advertised in prime time. The history of the current regime in the Federal Republic of Germany, ignored by most of occupied Germany’s licensed “free media”, was so obvious that GDR prime time TV broadcast a series in the 1970s which dramatized the US-Nazi cooperation in the remilitarization of Germany (west) to fight the war now actually impending against Russia.

Das Unsichtbare Visier told the story of secret rearmament using the core of the SS and reliable Wehrmacht officers and the use of CIA Gladio operations to create pseudo-Left terrorism in the strategy of tension against the nominally legal Left in the NATO-occupied countries.

The best the US could do was House of Cards, which follows the Dallas template with some cynical steroids.

However while the British and the GDR series admit this is a system, the US version is unable to transcend celebrity and the superficiality of daytime soap operas.

All three series were devised as entertainment. They therefore have aesthetic attributes, which permit the viewer to suspend belief. However the difference in context is remarkable.

While the GDR version fictionalizes history and the British version reeks of the smugness in the senior common room, Americans at their most cynical cannot transcend the Disneyland/ Leave it to Beaver (even if Beaver now would be a trannie) exceptionalism by which only the individual is good or bad. Despite the candid asides and opportunism of the players, the story is always about corruption. The politicians are dishonest and greedy for wealth and power. But so is everyone else. House of Cards conceals the interests of power inherent in the system by making all the participants sinners with varying degrees of indulgence and grace. The clever are the elect (or elected). Calvinism is affirmed.

While I was searching for Kennedy‘s words to Allen Dulles (not knowing who would have recorded the original exchange), I listened to some of Kennedy‘s press conferences. I can recommend them highly.

They are remarkable for their studied candour, lacking that vacuous, manipulative staging by the handlers of subsequent POTUS. John F Kennedy campaigned among other things on alleged indicators of US weakness in comparison to the Soviet Union- the so-called missile gap.

This persisted in his speeches about the space program. However as POTUS he also implied the Soviet Union or the communist countries were ahead of the US in social welfare. In his 21 April 1961 press conference he replied to a question by saying not that the US was better or more successful than the USSR but that he believed it was “more durable”.

At this point one could have asked what virtue lies in a durable yet inferior system? Needless to say this question was not asked. Sixty years after his assassination the US system has proven resilient and reactionary. Despite almost quadrennial changes in the executive branch the resilience of the Reaction continues to amaze while innumerable analysts draft obituaries for the expected demise of the great empire. Meanwhile long-term rises in living standards are only found among the enemies (Russia and China).

To put this in perspective the Soviet Union accomplished the equivalent of two industrialisation phases between 1917 and 1962 (45 years) despite a world war, civil war, foreign invasion and “cold war” that lasted from 1910 until 1989.

All that was accomplished based on domestic resources.

China accomplished similar development between 1949 and 1989.

The US required a century with African and Chinese slave labour, the extermination of a whole continent of indigenous people and some 182 wars fought to dominate the Western hemisphere. Russia and China out produce the US quantitatively and qualitatively despite latter having the highest armaments expenditure in the world.

Clearly durability does not translate into human welfare. Kennedy was oblique but somehow aware that the US system would be durably unattractive if something essential did not change in the country whose chief executive he had become.

The press conferences reveal a man who knew how the formal machinery of Congress worked but seemed oblivious to the operation of government itself. His hesitancy and caution betrayed that novitiate status. One need only compare him to Lyndon Johnson, Dwight Eisenhower or Richard Nixon. His seniors in the business all clearly understood how precarious elected office was. Eisenhower’s farewell may not have been cynical but it suggested that there was a choice between elected government and the permanent state. As a career Army officer he must have known that no later than the machinations that made Truman the new tenant in the White House the POTUS had become a cupid doll for the cultic rituals of entrenched power. The patriotic (loyal) opposition chronically overvalue this speech.

If one believes the government is only corrupt- although that is bad enough- then it is very tempting to believe that if only the right, honest people get elected then change or even salvation is in sight. However if one begins with the questions what do ordinary people need to live decent lives? And how are those needs satisfied?

Then the constant threat that those needs will not be met can be openly addressed. Instead of abstract, negative freedom (Isaiah Berlin) where one is more or less free to sleep under bridges in default of eternal debts, one might judge a government by its willingness to spend maybe half of what it appropriates for killing people to keeping people alive. Then with such a modest proposal one might assess the willingness and ability of one’s government to facilitate well-being for all instead of deliberately preventing it. That could lead to questions about who makes decisions if not the elected representatives (sometimes pretending to be leaders)?

Until the mid-19th century the US had no permanent civil service like the British had developed. In history books one can read deprecatory discussions of the “spoils system”. Whenever there was a change in elected office, the new officer or his party exercised patronage privilege to hire and fire the civil servants to fit the taste or priorities of the incoming officeholders. Even letter carriers and secretaries owed their posts to the officeholder’s pleasure.

In the Reform Era leading into the 20th century the US adopted a competitive civil service system with permanent appointment regardless of party. The only posts that remained discretionary were cabinet-level and those subject to Senate confirmation.

This rational improvement and professionalization was intended to give daily government and administration quality and efficiency. However it also created a class of officials whose primary interest was career promotion and not professional implementation of government policy. The very security which was to keep them out of politics created a political subculture insulated from expressions of the popular will. This clerical caste operated like its cultural predecessors in the Latin clergy. The prelates, i.e. cabinet officials and agency directors relied on the senior and ambitious junior civil servants to implement policy but also to defend ministerial/ cabinet secretary turf. While the British filled these ranks from the aristocratic families, new and old, the Americans filled these preferments from the plutocracy. Thus the civil service was socially reproduced like the British service with the US equivalent of titled privilege.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. was not the first to call attention to industry “capture” of the regulatory agencies. As serious and justified as that critique is it misses the class component of capture entirely. The “revolving door” which amplifies “capture” is not merely corruption.

It is a direct reflection of how the American class system works.

There is no better head of NIH or Dr Anthony Fauci’s fief just waiting for an honest selection to confirm his appointment.

The DIE dogma is not a solution but a further obfuscation of the problem.

There is no “better CIA” or “cleaner FBI” any more than there was a better Inquisition or Gestapo to be had. Philip Agee was clear about that point, as was David Atlee Phillips.

Moshe Lewin in his discussion of the eternally maligned Soviet government under Joseph Stalin (The Making of the Soviet System, 1994) pointed out that from the start of the October Revolution the Soviet Union was dependent on the vast majority of Tsarist civil and military servants simply because there were never enough educated Communist cadre to fill all the administrative positions for the vast Russian territory. This Tsarist civil service was even more rigid than those of the “modern” Western states. The only way to change policy was to change personnel.

Hence throughout the Stalin era the so-called purges were mainly the punishing or serial replacement of recalcitrant and entrenched bureaucrats with those schooled and tested to enforce the new policies. The bulk of those purged according to Lewin were CPSU cadre and functionaries. Aggravated by war, the Politburo had few direct ways to communicate policy and assure its implementation—using one bureaucracy against the rest. Such periodic “draining of the swamp” is illusory especially in countries like the US, Great Britain and France where the senior civil service is entirely dominated by the ruling class and its aristocratic-corporate cadre.

The term “deep state”, an expression Peter Dale Scott (image left) used to describe the “continuity of government” apparatus that expanded massively under Ronald Reagan, is a meaningful cliché. In increasingly common parlance it directs us to the failure of electoral politics as a means of democratic social management.

Electoral politics is in fact a strategy applied by the ruling oligarchy through the permanent state apparatus to manage the population.

However it is not something mysterious, secret or transcendental.

The term has arisen to poorly substitute for a term and concept still prohibited in serious political action, namely class power. Perhaps the last American to seriously describe this phenomenon both empirically and theoretically was the renegade sociologist C Wright Mills. Mills called it the “power elite”.

Today that insight has been distorted beyond recognition by obsession first with the “rich and famous“ and then celebrity. In fact the genre “reality TV” is the paramount vulgarization of the concept.

That a former and aspirant POTUS enjoys such celebrity also shows the impact of fantasy on the political unconscious.

The term „deep state“ is a weak if concerted attempt to reformulate the question: if the people as electors have no power, then who does? Call it a class or the “power elite“ or as George Carlin said the big club- and you ain‘t in it. And it’s also the club they beat you with… till your own deep state is six feet underground.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Os EUA planejam usar o acesso da OTAN aos países nórdicos para aumentar a sua presença militar no Ártico. Numa declaração recente, uma personalidade americana anunciou o plano de Washington de construir um grande armazém de armas na região, com o apoio finlandês e sueco. A medida aumentará significativamente a militarização do Ártico e visa ajudar os EUA a superar a superioridade militar russa na região.

O plano foi anunciado pelo Comandante dos EUA, Christopher Mohan, durante entrevista ao jornal Breaking Defense. Segundo ele, a Finlândia e a Suécia poderiam ajudar os EUA no projeto, dada a sua geografia estratégica. Não deu detalhes sobre a possível localização do depósito, mas afirmou que a OTAN está a analisar conjuntamente todas as possibilidades. Afirmou ainda que os EUA e aliados estão a discutir qual seria o equipamento mais adequado para implantar na região.

“A adição dos parceiros da OTAN muda o cenário de segurança e as nossas responsabilidades como parte da OTAN (…) [Este projecto irá] abraçar e integrar a Finlândia e a Suécia no empreendimento da OTAN, e isso irá impulsionar algumas mudanças no terreno, ” ele disse.

A medida é apenas uma das várias políticas adotadas por Washington e pelos seus aliados nos últimos anos para tentar reverter a superioridade militar russa no Ártico. Durante décadas, os EUA não deram qualquer atenção especial ao Ártico nas suas estratégias de defesa. O principal objetivo dos planos estratégicos americanos sempre foi “cercar” e “isolar” a Rússia. Os EUA concentraram-se durante muitos anos em alcançar este objectivo através da militarização da Europa e da desestabilização da Ásia Central e do Médio Oriente, mas os americanos têm prestado pouca atenção ao Ártico – uma região onde os russos se tornaram muito fortes ao longo das décadas.

Agora, porém, os EUA estão preocupados com esta fraqueza na região. Com a escalada das tensões com a Rússia, Washington tenta melhorar as suas posições no Ártico para reverter o atual cenário de vantagem russa. Nos últimos anos, várias políticas de escalada foram promovidas pelos EUA – algumas delas até abertamente provocativas e dirigidas à Rússia.

Por exemplo, em 2022, Lawrence Melnicoff, comandante do Comando Europeu de Operações Especiais, afirmou que os EUA deveriam na verdade “provocar” a Rússia no Ártico. Segundo ele, Washington deveria buscar estratégias conjuntas com a Noruega para aumentar sua presença no Círculo Polar Ártico e assim dissuadir a Rússia na região. Afirma que a Rússia tem planos expansionistas que só serão evitados através da dissuasão direta, razão pela qual a OTAN deve manter posições estratégicas que lhe permitam neutralizar as forças russas no Ártico num possível cenário de conflito.

“Estamos intencionalmente a tentar ser provocativos sem tentar escalar algum tipo de tensão (…) Estamos a tentar dissuadir a agressão russa, o comportamento expansionista, mostrando as capacidades dos nossos aliados (…) Isso complica a tomada de decisões russas porque sabemos que eles têm como alvo agregações específicas muito, muito grandes de poder aliado, [como] Base Aérea de Ramstein, RAF Lakenheath, coisas assim (…) Se o pior acontecer e alguém destruir esses centros, podemos projetar fogo de artilharia de precisão em toda a nossa aliança”, disse na época.

Obviamente, esta é uma narrativa falaciosa dos EUA. O Ártico é uma região tradicionalmente ocupada pelos países que a ele têm acesso. A Rússia tem o Ártico como ponto vital no seu ambiente estratégico e procura naturalmente manter uma forte presença militar na região para garantir a sua segurança nacional. Os EUA e os países da OTAN, contudo, não utilizam o acesso ao Ártico para desenvolver uma estratégia defensiva. Pelo contrário, procuram o Ártico como um possível ponto de ataque contra a Rússia. O objectivo ocidental no Ártico é simplesmente prejudicar a Rússia e não proteger-se a si próprio. Se o Ocidente adotasse uma política de diplomacia e de diálogo pacífico com Moscou, não haveria corrida militar no Ártico, mas é evidente que a intenção da OTAN é prejudicar a Rússia tanto quanto possível.

Para alcançar estes objetivos provocativos, os EUA utilizarão a localização estratégica dos novos membros da OTAN como uma ferramenta de guerra. Os países nórdicos serão induzidos a participar ativamente no processo de militarização do Ártico, co-liderando com Washington uma escalada de tensões com a Rússia. E isto será extremamente prejudicial para eles, porque, se a crise se transformar num conflito aberto no futuro, estes países serão alvos prioritários e estarão numa zona de risco muito maior para ataques russos do que os EUA.

Mais uma vez, o acesso à OTAN parece ser uma armadilha para a Finlândia e a Suécia, que estão a ser utilizadas como meros instrumentos de guerra pelos EUA.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

Artigo em inglês : US using Nordic countries’ NATO membership to advance Arctic militarization, InfoBrics, 5 de Abril de 2024.

Imagem : InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, jornalista, pesquisador do Center for Geostrategic Studies, consultor geopolítico.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://twitter.com/leiroz_lucas

Quem acredita nos EUA?

April 7th, 2024 by Eduardo Vasco

Alguém que analisa geopolítica e política internacional deve ter como base a desconfiança constante de tudo e de todos. Não se deve ser ingênuo e acreditar que existe no mundo uma luta do bem contra o mal, dos bonzinhos contra os malvadões. O que há são interesses nacionais, baseados nos interesses de classes sociais.

O atentado do dia 22 de março em Moscou está inserido nesta luta de interesses. Ela se reflete nas versões apresentadas para o mesmo fato. Os Estados Unidos disseram que a Ucrânia não tem nada a ver com o ataque, antes mesmo de a Rússia descobrir alguma coisa sobre o ocorrido. Obviamente os russos – que, como players profissionais, também desconfiam de tudo – acharam essa declaração muito estranha.

Depois, as agências de notícias ocidentais relataram um anúncio que teria sido feito pelo Estado Islâmico. “O ataque vem no contexto de uma guerra violenta entre o Estado Islâmico e os países que combatem o Islã”, diz um comunicado atribuído à Amaq News Agency, pertencente ao ISIS.

Toda a imprensa monopolista tem utilizado essa declaração para dizer que o Estado Islâmico assumiu a culpa do atentado “e ponto”, na expressão de Matthew Miller, porta-voz do Departamento de Estado. Como toda essa imprensa é comprada pelos EUA, também não podemos acreditar nela. É por ela que o governo dos EUA dissemina as suas mentiras, que serviram para justificar as piores barbaridades das últimas décadas.

Os EUA mentiram sobre os motivos que o levaram a entrar em guerra contra a Espanha para controlar Cuba, ainda no final do século XIX. Os EUA mentiram para invadir o México dez anos depois. Os EUA mentiram para intervir militarmente e bloquear a Rússia após a revolução de 1917. Os EUA mentiram para entrar na II Guerra Mundial e depois despejar duas bombas atômicas no Japão. Os EUA mentiram para aplicar golpes militares por toda a América Latina na segunda metade do século XX. Os EUA mentiram para invadir o Iraque duas vezes. Os EUA mentiram para destruir o Afeganistão. Os EUA mentiram para devastar a Líbia e matar seu líder. Os EUA mentiram para bombardear a Síria. Os EUA mentiram para derrubar Nicolás Maduro na Venezuela. Os EUA mentiram para prender Julian Assange.

Logo, não há razão nenhuma para acreditar no que diz o governo dos Estados Unidos e seus meios de comunicação. Sobre nada, e muito menos sobre acontecimentos relativos à Rússia, sua arquirrival.

O mascote do imperialismo americano deveria deixar de ser o Tio Sam para dar lugar ao Pinocchio. Todos os observadores minimamente atentos perceberam que o nariz dos EUA aumentou um pouco mais após suas declarações sobre o atentado do Crocus City Hall.

Contudo, também não se pode acreditar piamente no que dizem as autoridades russas. Mas, até o momento, elas são a fonte mais confiável nesta história. Sempre que atentados ocorrem, todos recorrem às investigações oficiais. Quando as autoridades dos EUA dizem algo sobre um atentado em seu território, toda a imprensa dá como certas suas palavras. A mesma confiança é dada às informações divulgadas pelas autoridades europeias. Então, por que acreditar menos nas autoridades russas do que nas ocidentais?

Ora, só porque a Rússia é um regime autocrático comandado por um tirano assassino. Só por isso. A propaganda difundida pela indústria de mentiras dos Estados Unidos também serve ao propósito de desacreditar e deslegitimar quaisquer reivindicações do governo russo – exatamente como faz a propaganda israelense (difundida pela mesma indústria de mentiras dos EUA) contra o Hamas e as estatísticas computadas diariamente pelo seu governo sobre o número de mortos no genocídio em Gaza.

Se deixar de lado o preconceito resultante da propaganda americana contra o governo russo, veremos que o que dizem suas autoridades tem o mesmo peso das palavras das autoridades ocidentais quando atentados ocorrem nos EUA ou na Europa.

Mas, neste caso, se não é possível confirmar que a verdade está do lado dos russos, ao menos a lógica o está. Não tem lógica o atentado ter sido organizado pelo Estado Islâmico por interesses próprios. O discurso de que atacou a Rússia porque é inimiga do Islã é falacioso, pois a Rússia é o principal aliado dos países muçulmanos – por outro lado, o ISIS não fez absolutamente nada contra Israel, considerado unanimemente o grande inimigo do Islã, mesmo após seis meses de genocídio em Gaza.

Da mesma forma, deve-se desconfiar da reivindicação do ISIS pelo atentado em Kerman, no Irã, no início do ano, ocorrido nas comemorações pelo martírio do general Qassem Souleimani por um ataque dos EUA – atentado ocorrido em meio ao genocídio em Gaza, o qual Israel comete com a desculpa de combater os “procuradores” do Irã. Não tem lógica a responsabilidade do Estado Islâmico: a lógica é que Israel e os EUA estejam por trás daquele atentado.

Por outro lado, há muita lógica em a Ucrânia (com os EUA por trás, pois são os que comandam Kiev desde 2014) ter ordenado a realização do atentado em Moscou. É o que Kiev tem feito há dez anos no Donbass contra a população de origem russa. É a sua tática após não ver possibilidade de vitória no campo de batalha: o uso de drones para atingir edifícios residenciais na Rússia tem sido diário há cerca de um ano e meio, enquanto atentados foram executados em restaurantes e cafés para matar personalidades apoiadoras do Kremlin.

Está comprovado que a CIA estimulou os sentimentos fundamentalistas islâmicos nas repúblicas da Ásia Central para desmembrar a União Soviética, que apoiou os mujahideen no Afeganistão, depois os transportou para a Bósnia e para o Kosovo a fim de dividir a Iugoslávia, criou o Estado Islâmico para manipular a luta armada no Oriente Médio e direcioná-la à derrubada dos regimes nacionalistas e depois, novamente, levou combatentes do oeste da Ásia para o leste europeu, estacionando-os na Ucrânia para combaterem a Rússia.

Portanto, enquanto não houver provas irrefutáveis sobre os reais responsáveis pelo atentado em Moscou, nenhuma possibilidade pode ser descartada. Principalmente se levarmos em conta a história.

Eduardo Vasco

*

Eduardo Vasco é jornalista especializado em política internacional, correspondente de guerra e autor dos livros-reportagem “O povo esquecido: uma história de genocídio e resistência no Donbass” e “Bloqueio: a guerra silenciosa contra Cuba”.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on April 1, 2024

Global Research Fundraising: Stop the Pentagon’s Ides of March

***

The ‘deep state’ has no power over you. None. It can only try and make you believe it does.

And in this it is very clever, using sophisticated psychological techniques that give the impression of holding the dominant position and exercising the dominant power.

But this is a chimera; and immediately one sees it as such one manifests the authoritative position and the deep state is in check; it can only operate defensively.

This it does by putting up ever greater barriers to freedom of expression, movement and choice.

It knows it’s on the losing side, so has to pull all the tricks in the trade to make itself appear to be in control. It’s a psychological battlefield.

Edward Bernays, the founder of modern advertising, has had much to do with weaponising the powers of perception and deception. He found that you can get people to believe and do almost anything once you learn how to exploit their psyche with carefully chosen imagery and words.

Once you tap into people’s widespread subconscious attraction to the trappings of seductive consumables.

The deep state’s corporate/banker led ‘seeming’ global dominance draws on Bernays’s cunning, using advanced insights concerning how to influence the functions of different areas of the human brain. 

The objective is to come up with a blanket like web of virtual signposting pointing to the direction life must go in in order to overcome some purposefully manufactured crisis. A crisis that is claimed will otherwise cook, starve or destroy people and the planet.

People in a state of funk take all this to be real, of course, and plod on with their tunnel vision acceptance of the pathological diktats of the status quo.

The deep state cabal has a mental hold over their perception of what is and is not true, and rolls out the moderators, fact checkers and ‘sudden silencers’ to counteract anything that emerges as an emissary of truth. Many of us have had first hand experience of this executioner formula.

Nevertheless, ‘we the purposeful people’ are winning through. There is simply too much informative material on the loose for the thought/surveillance police to cover, in spite of their algorythmic interventions.

Image is from The Libertarian Institute

Their tactic is therefore to try to gain the upper hand by pushing harder on the ‘disaster agenda.’

This is exemplified by the global dissemination of the dystopian agenda laid out in Klaus Schwab’s Fourth Industrial Revolution.

The most ubiquitous cooked-up disaster is, of course, ‘man made global warming’ – with its stated solution to be the Transhuman. All steps in between are sold as vital to advancing the speed and efficiency of the ‘human to inhuman’ transformation process.

The digitalisation of life is central to the architects of control argument that humanity is incapable of managing itself and that, without their intervention, the outcome will be the complete breakdown of planetary life.

Only a race of soulless computer assisted ‘super beings’ can save the day, say the likes of Yuval Noah Harari, Elon Musk and Klaus Schwab.

Consider how this agenda plays on the psychology of those who have yet to find in themselves the self assurance to discard that which has no practical sense of purpose and no foundation in basic common sense.

The architects of control count on the majority remaining unresistant to the rolling out of their high tech hegemonic master plan. So much so that they can freely announce that by following it

“You will own nothing and you will be happy.”

In the psychological battle for truth, the perpetrators of the lie have access to a vast storehouse of mind bending persuasion techniques to make their agenda seem the only choice.

They recognise that when a high percentage of individuals believe themselves to be unable to operate without a mobile phone – they will be sufficiently unfocussed and distracted so as to be unable to rebel against a fateful acceptance of slavey to the big brother of convenience.

Easily manipulated victims of digital mass hypnosis.

Here lies the rub: if the upwardly mobile urban ‘educated’ segment of society sees no problem conducting their lives within a credit card bubble of hypermarket convenience shopping, digital EMF communication systems, computer fed entertainment packages and a well paid job in a global or trans national corporation – where is the resistance going to come from?

If this genre of people are already too far gone to register an internal kick when faced by a high level plan to ‘happily’ have all their material assets taken away from them – then who or what is going to raise the alarm?

It looks to me as though only a small percentage of mankind can read the script being outlined for their future behind bars. Only a few can grasp the psychology of the insentient psychopath and his soulless urge to possess and control, at any price.

But once one moves outside the world of Godless urban shopping obsessed nine to fiver’s and ‘well educated’ university trained job hunters, a potential to get real starts to emerge.

Amongst those working people who regularly get their hands dirty, who till the fields; build shelters; repair cars; mend pipes; fix electrics and dig drains, the virtual reality digital cybernetic future of the Fourth Industrial Revolution – and Green New Deal – looks like pure phantasy. The ravings of the unhinged.

They don’t need to mentally struggle in order to try to grasp the twisted logic being broadcast by the global media mafia.

They simply know in their gut that it’s so much ‘bull’.

It is those who form the foundation of pyramid who hold society together. Who glue together the basic infrastructure which supports our daily lives. And it is from here that an increasing percentage reject the psychology of mental indoctrination and the promotion of a digitalised virtual future.

The ‘Throw out Green Deal’ remarkable, unified farmer uprisings happening in all parts of Europe and beyond are testimony to this. They are rising up against the imposition of phony ‘Net Zero by 2045’ rules that demand an end to farmers working the land and an end to the livestock that keep that land fertile.

These farmers are out in their tens of thousands. In Poland they are mounting month long tractor blockades of cities, supermarkets and border crossings. Coals miners, faced by being shut out by large scale ‘stop global warming’ redundancies, are joining the uprising. 

Source

Farmers say they will not cease their disruptions until their demands are met by government and by the EU.

This is the refreshingly undiluted language of genuine defiance. 

It has the authorities rattled. Green Deal is, after all, the very backbone of the agenda to enslave us all to a Brave New World of synthetic everything – from food to nature to people. 

The general public are in sympathy with the farmers’ actions.  Approximately 80% of European citizens are on their side according to opinion surveys.

Getting a solid core of consumers to rise up and participate in this bottom up movement for the survival of real food and real farming will be vital to maintaining the momentum.

Coming from an unlikely place, a solid earthed uprising is gathering pace. The farmers’ demands are essentially for economic fairness, respect and recognition of the vital roll they play in the food security of the nation. 

Under ‘Green Deal’ none of these demands are taken seriously. The WEF solution is not to support the agricultural community but to destroy it!

In the 2024 battle for truth, everyone should behave as resolutely as the farmers. The need is to be uncompromising in one’s face to face dealings with political liars and hypocrites.

We are the trustees of Planet Earth. In order to maintain its balance and equilibrium – we have no choice other than to enter into a pactless fight against all opposing forces. 

Those who have land, can grow food and draw water from the well, are the last independent individuals on the planet. They are not about to capitulate to a bunch of psychos in Brussels, London, Warsaw, Washington or Paris – and nor are we.

Everyone’s life is dependent upon having access to nourishing food. Therefore everyone’s life is dependent upon the survival and future prosperity of the farmer. 

Support them now in their hour of need. Their need is also your need.

They have no future – and nor do we – without a life saving revolution that re-establishes the priorities for what is actually important in life. Think deeply about this and then act on it without delay. 

And if you’re left in doubt – ask farmers who actually controls the food chain. Who is really in the driving seat when it comes to feeding the world?

Rise up, all good people. Take your destiny in both hands. Vigorously join together in forging a great victory for humanity over inhumanity. 

Allowing one’s self to slide into a state of abject slavery is a doctrine of the graveyard. 

All those retaining some life giving red blood corpuscles know that the road to truth accepts no compromise and can never be subverted by the orchestrated opium of mass indoctrination.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Julian Rose is an organic farmer, writer, broadcaster and international activist. He is author of four books of which the latest ‘Overcoming the Robotic Mind’ is a clarion call to resist the despotic New World Order takeover of our lives. Do visit his website for further information www.julianrose.info 

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

French President Emmanuel Macron has reaffirmed his commitment to deploying NATO troops in Ukraine, despite warnings from Russian President Vladimir Putin of a potential “World War 3” if the West intervenes.

Macron’s stance has received backing from Baltic nations, but Western allies have distanced themselves from Paris. The Kremlin has mocked Macron’s remarks, asserting that NATO’s involvement in Ukraine is already underway.

Meanwhile, Macron held a “Weimar Triangle” meeting with Germany and Poland leaders to foster unity amid disagreements within the West. The United States, United Kingdom, and Germany consider NATO’s direct involvement with Russia a “red line.”

Macron’s advocacy for NATO intervention in Ukraine echoes his previous calls for European autonomy within NATO.

France’s role in coordinating EU aid to Ukraine contrasts with its lag in providing direct assistance compared to Germany, the UK, and the US. As the conflict escalates and Russia makes rapid advancements on the eastern front, uncertainty looms over Ukraine’s defence capabilities and the global response, particularly amidst the upcoming US election year.

The unfolding Russia-Ukraine war poses a significant threat to Europe, heightening concerns about the potential spillover of conflict.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from The Ron Paul Institute for Peace and Prosperity

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Fundraising: Stop the Pentagon’s Ides of March

First published by GR on March 27, 2024

***

The article “Harvard Shuts Geoengineering Project” by Cauf Skiviers, explains Bill Gates, funder of the project, stopping Harvard from carrying out the study to preserve the climate narrative, see this.

How is this relevant?

That Bill Gates calls the shots on what should and should not go forward is nothing new. Surprising is that he was willing to finance such a study in the first place. Why?

The honest results of the research would have shown the outright “climate change” fraud humanity has been exposed to for more than three decades.

The study’s outcome would have gone in the complete opposite direction of the current western globalist plan, the World Economic Forum’s (WEF) Great Reset and the UN Agenda 2030, One World Order, One World Government. Their success being largely based on the ”climate” lie.

Geoengineering serves two purposes, falsely demonstrating the Green Agenda’s fake CO2 emissions-based climate change, and – of equal importance – making weather and climate to Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD).

The outcome of the study would have been against those who want to destroy the world’s economy and social structure as we know it, to rebuild it afresh, according to the elites’ desire. See Club of Rome’s “First Global Revolution” (1991); and this.

The revelation of the now canceled Harvard research would have allowed just about anyone marginally aware of what is happening to Mother Earth’s climate, to see through the scam. It would have been difficult to avoid leaking the study’s outcome of such a hyped-up topic, like “climate change”, to the public.

Imagine Harvard research would destroy a political agenda, as well as Big Business. It would reveal that the climate narrative of the “Green Agenda” is a lie and that the weather almost everywhere on the globe is manipulated – or to use the scientific term “geoengineered.”

More than three decades of intense “fake science” and media manipulation about humans’ CO2, methane, and similar greenhouse gas emissions, is the culprit for “climate change”, have left most people, even non-active, often “bought”, so-called scientists, under the impression that doomsday is just around the corner, if we keep using hydrocarbons (oil and gas) to fuel our economy and keep using agriculture to feed humanity.

These alarm bells are constant calls to decarbonize civilization. Yet, the use of hydrocarbons (mostly oil and gas) to run the world’s economies has hardly changed in the last three decades. In the early 1990s about 87% of all energy used worldwide came from oil and gas. The figure is almost the same today.

It is a big lie. The climate is NOT changing, at least not more than it has always changed over the past four billion years – normally by small increments, so that life on earth can adapt and adjust.

According to Spain’s State Meteorological Agency (AEMET), there are currently more than 50 countries which have at least some technologies to change the weather and climate. See this.

Those with the most sophisticated knowledge are the United States, Russia, and China.

It is fair to assume that the 50-plus nations are “modifying” the weather or climate according to what benefits them most. It is also fair to assume that today there is worldwide almost no weather completely natural, but influenced either directly, or indirectly, through modified weather patterns elsewhere in the world, the collateral effect of geoengineering.

In olden times, it was called “the butterfly effect” – meaning the butterfly flaps its wings and will have an effect somewhere in the world. You do not know where and what. With geoengineering that can be very dangerous.

Obviously, weather modifications, so far, serve primarily the fake climate change agenda. When a super hurricane hits the Caribbean, or a prolonged Monsoon floods and destroys two thirds of Pakistan, including her economy, it exponentially exceeds the “normal”. Blame it on “climate change”.

But most often there is an economic and / or political agenda behind it. Take Hurricane Katrina that hit New Orleans on 29 August 2005. Some 1,800 people died. With 230 km / hour, Katrina made landfall in Southeast Louisiana and destroyed New Orleans.

While the State of Louisiana evacuated about 1.5 million people before the hurricane hit, 150,000 to 200,000 stayed behind, mostly black people in “old” New Orleans, often run-down, but potential prime real estate for developers; was to be razed for luxury-style rebuilding.

The original owners were later force-evacuated to FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency)-provided “emergency” camps (shacks), all over the country. So, the force-refugees could not organize. The properties were taken over by the state and city. This served both an economic and political agenda.

In June through August and into September 2022, Pakistan received about three times as much rain as normal. The deadly disaster was blamed on “climate change”. See this.

In reality, the catastrophe is suspected of having been geoengineered, and had a political agenda. On 10 April 2022, the popular, democratically and by a landslide elected President, Imram Khan, was ousted through a parliamentary non-confidence vote, instigated and “influenced” by the US because Mr. Khan refused to follow orders from Washington but instead intended to be President for an independent Pakistan and for the People of Pakistan.

Imran Khan addresses a rally in Pakistan in October 2022 (Source: Multipolarista)

For weeks, people took to the streets by the millions, creating national unrest, wanting their President Imran Khan back. Creating or geoengineering the destructive Monsoon floods was a means to stop the social upheaval so that the country could follow the western / Washington imposed political agenda, which meant foremost no political or business relations with China.

This is weaponized geoengineering.

When geoengineering serves as a weapon for Super-Powers, the dangers may be equivalent or worse than from nuclear weapons. Because most people have no clue that these weather “disturbances” and climate disasters are manmade and targeted for specific purposes at an “enemy”.

To get this right, geoengineering is NOT manmade in terms of what the Green Agenda interprets manmade “climate change”, as in CO2 emissions, greenhouse gases and more of the like. Geoengineering is dangerous. The Green Agenda climate change claims are sheer bullsh*t.

Geoengineering has been developed since the early 1940s. It started out with simple cloud-seeding, to prompt rainfall, mostly for agricultural purposes. It then moved to more sophisticated weather and climate manipulations, using the infamous chemtrails, white “vapor” stripes emanating from airplanes, crisscrossing the blue skies, disseminating poisonous chemicals and microscopic heavy metal particles, to influence the climate – but also, and possibly more important, to affect people’s health in very negative ways.

There are hundreds if not thousands of patents out there for these chemicals and heavy metals coming down from the planes into the ground, into the water, into plants and vegetables and finally into our bodies, killing our Pineal Gland and gradually weakening our bodies.

Geoengineering also includes the High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP) and similarly sophisticated technologies. HAARP, more recently under the auspices of the Pentagon-linked think tank DARPA (Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency), is controlled by the US Air Force. HAARP is possibly the world’s most capable high-power, high-frequency electromagnetic waves transmitter, acting on the ionosphere.

HAARP technologies often applied from satellites, can emit electromagnetic waves piercing deep into the earth, creating earthquakes. It is suspected that HAARP technologies were used to cause the 6 February 2023 Turkey/Syria earthquake of 7.8 Richter scale strength, killing more than 60,000 people.

Rescuers carry a victim on the rubble as the search for survivors continues in the aftermath of an earthquake, in rebel-held town of Jindires, Syria, February 7, 2023. [Source: usnews.com]

The seism happened shortly before Recep Tayyip Erdogan was reelected in May 2023 as President of Turkey. The earthquake’s epicenter was in Turkey’s Kahramanmaras province, with seismic movement taking place along the Conjugated Tectonic Faults. Strangely and remarkably, however, the tremors defied the natural patterns and do not fit into the usual mainshock–aftershocks sequence

This was also the time when President Erdogan refused to approve Sweden and Finland into NATO, despite the tremendous pressure of all 29 other NATO countries – to put NATO even closer to Russia, the western-made non-conform enemy that needed to be “subdued.”

This would be weaponized political geoengineering, with an economic side effect.

The 12 January 2010 Haiti earthquake of 7.0 magnitude left the capital city Port-au-Prince devastated and killed about 220,000 people. Sizable off-shore oil and gas deposits are all over the Caribbean, and also off-shore of Port-au-Prince.

These petrol reserves, are so deep that it is uneconomical to exploit them at current depths. A seismic event will break the tectonic plates, so that the earth’s core pressure pushes the oil to higher levels, where exploitation is easier and more economical.

Haiti has been in chaos ever since. The Clinton Foundation set up allegedly to help rebuild Haiti, has been a disaster, causing more harm than good, and making the Clintons richer. Destabilizing the country is a good reason for the US to maintain steady control.

Haiti is the world’s first and only country inhabited by black slaves that fought for and obtained independence 220 years ago (January 1, 1804). Washington pretends, Haiti could become a national security threat – like Cuba! – and must be controlled. See this.

The giant Haiti tremor also served two interests: economics, as in oil; and politics, as in control.

Geoengineering is a convenient and highly effective weapon to dominate or coerce countries into submission. The geo-weapon’s potential could explode exponentially during the coming years, decades, if people remain ignorant about its menace for humanity.

A Harvard study divulging what geoengineering does and can do would not only derail the entire fake “climate change” narrative, but might also risk taking steam out of the growing geo-weapons industry.

Therefore, “Solving the ‘climate crisis’ is indeed bad for business and bad for politics”, and even worse for strategic warfare planning. So, Bill Gates was right in stopping the Harvard Geoengineering Project. Geoengineering may, therefore, prosper, bringing rain, shine and – war.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky signed a law on April 2 that eliminated the need for physical fitness to enter military service and reduced the minimum age for military conscription from 27 to 25 years old. These desperate measures aim to overcome the shortage of soldiers, but as high-ranking Ukrainian officers admitted to POLITICO, the military situation is bleak, especially as the summer approaches when Russia is expected to launch a major offensive.

“Zelensky signed a law on mobilisation from the age of 25. For 11 months, the draft law was voted on by the Parliament of Ukraine, but did not enter into force because it was not signed,” wrote Ukrainian deputy Oleksiy Goncharenko on social media, adding: “Zelensky signed a law eliminating the status of ‘physical fitness [for military service]’.”

According to Goncharenko, men declared partially fit for military service must undergo a second medical examination within nine months.

The Ukrainian president approved a law reducing the minimum age for military recruitment from 27 to 25 and established a virtual recruitment office through which summons for recruitment can be sent electronically. Ukraine has been under martial law since February 24, 2022. While the law is in effect, men between the ages of 18 and 60 are prohibited from leaving the country.

Shortages of soldiers at the front, caused mostly by injury and death in combat with Russian forces or, to a lesser extent, by surrender, has led Ukraine to intensify forced conscriptions, including of people with physical disabilities and women. A bill is also being discussed that aims to allow prisoners in Ukraine to obtain parole to reinforce the front line.

All this points to Ukraine’s desperate situation. In fact, according to POLITICO, citing high-ranking Ukrainian military officials who served under former General Valery Zaluzhny, Ukraine’s front will collapse if the Russian Army makes a concentrated attack in one place.

“The officers said there’s a great risk of the front lines collapsing wherever Russian generals decide to focus their offensive,” the article points out. “Moreover, thanks to a much greater weight in numbers and the guided aerial bombs that have been smashing Ukrainian positions for weeks now, Russia will likely be able to penetrate the front line and to crash it in some parts.”

One of the Ukrainian officials added that the West will no longer help Kiev deal with the Russian offensive.

“There’s nothing that can help Ukraine now because there are no serious technologies able to compensate Ukraine for the large mass of troops Russia is likely to hurl at us. We don’t have those technologies, and the West doesn’t have them as well in sufficient numbers,” one of the top-ranking military sources told POLITICO.

Another officer expressing concern said:

“We don’t only have a military crisis — we have a political one. While Ukraine shies away from a big draft, Russia is now gathering resources and will be ready to launch a big attack around August, and maybe sooner.”

Russian Defence Minister Sergei Shoigu, at a meeting with the leadership of the Russian Armed Forces, said on April 2 that since January, the Ukrainian military has suffered more than 80,000 casualties and lost more than 14,000 units of various equipment, including more than 1,200 tanks and other armoured vehicles. He also noted that the Ukrainians, after the failure of last year’s counteroffensive, are trying, unsuccessfully, to consolidate themselves in certain positions while the Russian military continues to push the Ukrainian Army to the west.

Zelensky recently warned the US that unless the stalled multibillion-dollar package for military equipment, including 155-millimetre artillery shells, Patriot air-defence systems and drones, is approved soon, the Ukrainian military will have to “go back, retreat, step by step, in small steps” and that some major cities could be at risk of falling, the most obvious being Odessa and Kharkov.

“But the sad truth is that even if the package is approved by the US Congress, a massive resupply may not be enough to prevent a major battlefield upset,” POLITICO lamented. “And such a setback, especially in the middle of election campaigns in America and Europe, could very well revive Western pressure for negotiations that would obviously favour Russia.”

In the current conflict, it is impossible to resupply Ukraine effectively as Russian industry has steamrolled the West to embarrassing proportions, all whilst the Ukrainian military continues to fight using mostly unmotivated conscripts since the professional soldiers are mostly dead or wounded. By Zelensky lowering the conscription age and the need for physical fitness, he once again demonstrates that Ukraine is in a position where victory is impossible, posing the question of why he continues a war that will only result in the loss of more territory and dead Ukrainians.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

When the political West launched the Ukrainian conflict over a decade ago, it hoped to snatch all of Ukraine without any major issues.

In hopes of keeping the peace, Russia has been warning against this for decades at that point, but leaked data shows that NATO planned to cross all of Moscow’s red lines and escalate the conflict to what we’re seeing now. Back in 2014, the Kremlin responded with a blistering action in Crimea, preventing the then newly installed Neo-Nazi junta that hijacked Ukraine from taking control of the peninsula. In doing so, Russia prevented yet another NATO-orchestrated bloodshed. Unfortunately, as its Kiev puppets attacked Russian-majority regions, precisely this happened in these areas, resulting in up to 15,000 casualties until Moscow was forced to launch its special military operation (SMO) over two years ago.

Even then, the Kremlin was ready for a peaceful settlement, but the political West sabotaged the already-signed deal in hopes of escalating the death and destruction. Ever since, every time the Russian military would obliterate any major attacking forces by the Neo-Nazi junta, NATO would suggest another “peaceful settlement” that would ensure it “cheaply gains” most of Ukraine. Although Moscow won’t fall for another trick of the so-called “rules-based world order“, the US-led belligerent power pole’s attempts clearly demonstrate in what way it sees former Ukraine. Namely, for them, the unfortunate country (or whatever’s left of it) is essentially a high ROI (return on investment) asset that’s supposed to be exploited to the maximum. In order to ensure the invested funds aren’t wasted, NATO needs to spend even more money.

However, there’s a lot of pushback, not just in many European member states that are supposed to ignore their own growing problems in order to help Western oligarchic elites (that hate them and see them as a resource) to become richer and more powerful, but also in America itself, where the pushback even has a political dimension, as the incumbent Biden administration is profiting directly from the conflict and wants to keep it going for as long as possible. In a recent report about the issue, Politico overtly dubbed it the “Trump-proofing” of the so-called “military aid” for the Kiev regime, just like the DNC-controlled Senate is trying to “Trump-proof” the United States itself in an attempt to secure stable funding for itself in the (by all accounts, extremely likely) case that the Democrats lose the upcoming 2024 presidential election.

During this week’s NATO meeting in Brussels, officials discussed moving the so-called Ukraine Defense Contact Group (UDCG) into the belligerent alliance’s control. The move would formally be finalized at the next summit in July. UDCG, launched two years ago by US Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin and former Joint Chiefs Chair General Mark Milley, was used as the front for sending hundreds of billions of dollars in Western military gear to the Neo-Nazi junta. By placing the group under direct NATO control, the warmongers in Washington DC seek to cement the so-called “Ukraine aid” even if Donald Trump returns to the White House, a very likely outcome, despite incessant attempts by US federal institutions to prevent it. And yet, even that won’t be enough, as the belligerent alliance needs more money to sustain the Kiev regime.

undefined

Inaugural Ukraine Defense Contact Group meeting on 26 April 2022 (From the Public Domain)

Namely, NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg wants another $100 billion for the Neo-Nazi junta, a sum that all other members are supposed to give as US funding is drying up. The belligerent alliance wants 32 of its member states to contribute to the fund in the same proportion as they finance NATO’s shared budget. Stoltenberg thinks this would “take the politics and uncertainty out of military aid to Ukraine by setting up a five-year, €100 billion fund and having the alliance shoulder more of the weight in organizing arms for Kyiv”. In other words, the members (the vast majority of them effectively vassals and satellite states) would be left with no choice but to finance the deeply corrupt Kiev regime and its unwinnable war with the military superpower next door. In fact, Stoltenberg essentially said so during the meeting.

“We must ensure reliable and predictable security assistance to Ukraine for the long haul so that we rely less on voluntary contributions and more on NATO commitments. Less on short-term offers and more on multi-year pledges,” he stated.

However, the increasingly cash-strapped NATO members, particularly those in Europe, aren’t exactly thrilled about the idea, to put it mildly. As Politico writes, the reactions were mixed, with Poland, Turkey and Germany on board with the proposal, while the rest of the foreign ministers were either indifferent or opposed to it. According to the report, one diplomat said that some ministers rolled their eyes at the €100 billion number, wondering where it came from. Foreign Minister of Belgium Hadja Lahbib warned that it’s “dangerous to make promises that we cannot keep”, while other diplomats cautioned that “the discussion on financing remains at a very early stage”. On the other hand, perhaps the sole sovereigntist NATO and EU member Hungary is resolutely opposed to the idea, which is why Politico is accusing it of being supposedly “pro-Russian”.

“Hungary will reject any proposal that would transform it into an offensive alliance as this would lead to the serious danger of escalation,” Hungarian Foreign Minister Péter Szijjártó said before the meeting, adding: “This isn’t Hungary’s war and it isn’t NATO’s war either.”

In a normal world, this would be a sound argument that nobody could really deny. However, as the belligerent alliance has never really been a “defensive alliance”, it’s only logical that its political elites would want to formalize its true nature.

However, getting most of the members on board with this is easier said than done. Waging war even against largely helpless opponents has been “problematic” (to say the least) in recent years, with NATO humiliated in Afghanistan when the extremely low-tech Taliban defeated the world’s most aggressive military alliance. What’s more, even the Taliban, demonized for decades as some sort of “monsters”, proved to be far more humane than the political West. This also serves as a lesson to the entire world that NATO is a threat to global peace and security, bringing nothing but death and destruction.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Video: La Globalización de la Guerra. Prof. Michel Chossudovsky

April 6th, 2024 by Prof Michel Chossudovsky

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Diciembre 2019

***

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Freeing America from the Quagmire of Inequality

April 6th, 2024 by Prof. Sam Ben-Meir

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (desktop version)

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on March 15, 2024

***

The levels of wealth inequality we are currently witnessing in this country are unprecedented and alarming. The very richest among us have succeeded in grabbing ever more of the proverbial pie, and the trend is only worsening. Wealth inequality is proving disastrous for America. On both collective and individual levels, we are suffering because of the ever-growing concentration of wealth in the hands of a tiny few. What is to be done? As we explain below, raise taxes on the topmost bracket of earners, and begin realizing the potential and promise of worker self-management, which has historically proven itself to be the indispensable foundation of genuine equality.

According to the Council on Foreign Relations,

“Income and wealth inequality is higher in the United States than almost any other developed country, and it is rising.” In September 2022 the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) released a report entitled Trends in the Distribution of Family Wealth, 1989-2019. The CBO found that the “growth of real wealth over the past three decades was not uniform… In 2019, families in the top 10 percent of the distribution held 72 percent of total wealth, and families in the top 1 percent of the distribution held more than one-third; families in the bottom half of the distribution held only 2 percent of total wealth.”

In fact, families in the top 1 percent saw their share of the total wealth increase by at least 7.4 percentage points – from 26.6 percent in 1989 to 34.0 percent in 2019.

Since 1989 income gains have been heavily skewed toward the topmost bracket of high earners. This is strikingly evident in the growth of CEO compensation since 1965, when “a typical corporate CEO earned about twenty times that earned by a typical worker; by 2018, the ratio was 278:1.” As the Economic Policy Institute points out, from 1978 to 2018, CEO compensation grew by over 940 percent. Wages for the typical worker on the other hand grew by less than 12 percent. CEOs are getting paid exorbitantly because of their power to set pay, “not because they are increasing productivity or possess specific, high-demand skills,” according to the EPI.

This obscene source of inequality cannot even pretend to have any legitimate economic justification: it represents unchecked greed and self-aggrandizement at the expense of everyone else—especially ordinary workers. We could learn something from Spain’s Mondragon Corporation, undoubtedly the world’s largest and most successful cooperative enterprise. Mondragon employs over 80,000 workers across nearly one hundred businesses, but no manager or executive within the company can make over six times the pay than any worker. The excessive compensation of CEOs is only one contributing factor to the rise of wealth inequality in the United States, but it is a significant factor and one that “we could safely do away with.”

The intensifying concentration of wealth, and unjustifiable level of income inequality is proving disastrous in many ways. Here are just a few of them. First, less equal societies typically have more unstable economies, and this country is no exception. “The United States experienced two major economic crises over the past century—the Great Depression starting in 1929 and the Great Recession starting in 2007. Both were preceded by a sharp increase in income and wealth inequality…” It is also well-known that societies with greater economic equality generally also enjoy longer periods of sustained growth: simply put, “longer growth spells are robustly associated with more equality in the income distribution.”

Second, there is an incontrovertible link between economic inequality and violent crime. The fact is that rates of violence are higher in more unequal societies. Why is inequality associated with an increase in criminal activity? As equalitytrust.org observes, economic inequality “may curtail opportunities for some, giving rise to a sense of hopelessness which incites fear, violence and murder.” Certainly, inequality erodes social solidarity and trust, so much so that societies with “large income differences and low levels of trust may lack the social capacity to create safe communities.”

The erosion of perceived fairness and trust also explains the inverse relationship between economic inequality and happiness: a 2011 study, Income Inequality and Happiness, found that “the negative link between income inequality and the happiness of lower-income respondents was explained not by lower household income, but by perceived unfairness and lack of trust.”

Third, the undeniable fact is that the greater the economic inequality that exists, the worse it is for general health outcomes. What is sometimes overlooked is that income inequality is bad for health outcomes across economic strata, not just for those in poverty. To be sure, poor health and poverty are closely linked; but the epidemiological research shows that high levels of economic inequality “negatively affect the health of even the affluent, mainly because… inequality reduces social cohesion, a dynamic that leads to more stress, fear, and insecurity for everyone.” People live longer in countries with lower levels of inequality, as the World Bank reports. In the United States, for example, “average life expectancy is four years shorter than in some of the most equitable countries.”

The most obvious and readily available method for addressing wealth inequality is through taxation policy, subjecting those in the topmost economic echelon to a “high and rising marginal tax rates on earnings.” In 1944 the top marginal tax rate reached 94 percent, applying to income over $200,000, roughly equivalent to $2.8 million today, adjusted for inflation. With our collective amnesia Americans often forget that the top tax rate remained above 90 percent through the 1950s and did not dip below 70 percent until 1981. At no point during the decades that saw America’s greatest economic growth did the tax on the wealthy drop below 70 percent. Today it is somewhere around 37 percent.

There is another method, no less important, for addressing inequality, but one that gets little attention because it involves a fundamental reorganization of the relations of production: namely, worker self-management, workplace democracy – or, perhaps most accurately, worker self-directed enterprises, to use the wording of economist Richard Wolff. As Wolff points out, these enterprises “divide all the labors to be performed… determine what is to be produced, how it is to be produced, and where it is to be produced” and, perhaps most crucially, “decide on the use and distribution of the resulting output or revenues.”

One essential way to appreciate a worker self-directed enterprise is to contrast it to a typical, hierarchically organized corporation where a small board of directors, selected by a tiny number of shareholders, appropriate and distribute the surplus produced by employees. (Surplus refers to the difference between the value added by workers and the value paid to workers). In a worker self-directed enterprise, the surplus-producing workers themselves make the basic decisions about production and distribution.

According to Democracy at Work Institute, worker cooperatives have grown in number by more than 30 percent since 2019. It is estimated that there are some 900-1000 worker cooperatives in the United States, comprising roughly 10,000 workers. What these non-capitalist firms have demonstrated, among other things, is first, that they can succeed and be competitive with respect to traditionally organized firms. And second, worker self-directed enterprises can serve to alleviate income inequality, as Mondragon Corporation does, for example, by establishing a minimum and maximum income level for all workers that is equitable, and reasonable. At US worker cooperatives, the “2:1 top-to-bottom pay ratio… points to the prioritization of reducing internal inequality over other compensation goals.”

Extricating ourselves from the quagmire of inequality will require a progressive taxation policy that includes closing corporate loopholes and tax havens. But taxation is not sufficient: genuine, meaningful equality demands economic democracy. Fortunately, there is ample historical evidence to show that worker self-management can be successfully implemented on a large scale. We also know that “investment funds can be generated by taxation instead of from private savings,” as the philosopher David Schweickart has observed.

Worker self-directed enterprises will not only facilitate economic equality but will also foster a participatory-democratic consciousness within the firm and society at large, and ultimately serve as an antidote to the alienation of labor under capitalism. This is because the members of democratized workplaces are arguably no longer estranged from the act of production: empowered to make decisions regarding the labor process, production is no longer an activity ‘alien’ to the worker. In conclusion, workers self-management is an essential component in the struggle against gross inequality, exploitation, and the alienation of labor, a process that truly begins with workers formulating their own rules.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Sam Ben-Meir is an assistant adjunct professor of philosophy at City University of New York, College of Technology. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Common Dreams

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Freeing America from the Quagmire of Inequality

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

A question needs to be asked. Were the novel experimental drug treatments for SARS-CoV-2 viral infections that Anthony Fauci, the CDC and FDA advocated for and funded responsible for worsening the contagion and countless deaths?

However, at that time there were plenty of studies confirming there were pre-existing safe, inexpensive medications known to have highly effective antiviral properties to treat Covid-19 patients. Among these were ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine (HCQ).

There were also specific nutrients such as vitamin D and zinc, known to strengthen the immune system against viral infection and yet there was no recommendation from the government about the benefits of proper nutrition. So why did Fauci along with other federal health officials choose to intentionally ignore the scientific evidence and rather condemn these repurposed drugs? In Fauci’s case, over a year and half into the pandemic, he continued to lie outright on CNN that “there is no clinical evidence whatsoever that [ivermectin] works.”[1] And could millions have been saved if these generic medications were prescribed rather than the feds doing nothing but recommending social isolation and quarantines as the world awaited an experimental Covid-19 vaccine to enter the market?

To date, between ivermectin and HCQ alone, there have been 670 published studies, analyses and papers involving over 9,800 scientists and over 682,000 patients supporting the use of these drugs over and beyond those the FDA has approved under Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) statutes. Despite this, four years later, the FDA continues to fiercely deny ivermectin’s and HCQ’s efficacy and safety under proper administration. Why this blatant cover-up?

Every CDC effort to approve a novel drug treatment for SARS-CoV-2 infections has been a dismal failure. Aside from monoclonal antibody therapy, only three anti-Covid-19 drugs have been approved under an EUA in the United States. None met their promised expectations from either the manufacturer or our federal health agencies.  With their poor efficacy rates, safety profiles and a black box warning slapped upon Pfizer’s anti-Covid-19 drug Paxlovid, the CDC is scrambling to find new viable alternatives in the pharmaceutical pipeline. Bloomberg amplifies the fake Covid-19 treatment crisis by lamenting that repurposed drugs such as ivermectin are gaining global popularity as “the world needs effective Covid drugs.”[2]

Shortly after the pandemic was formally announced, the FDA recommended the cheap over the counter anti-malarial drug hydroxychloroquine but then quickly reversed its decision after Fauci publicly announced the future arrival of Gilead Sciences’ novel intravenous drug Remdesivir. The FDA’s and European Union’s approvals of Remdesivir baffled many scientists, according to the journal Science, who questioned its therapeutic value and kept a close watch on the drug’s clinical reports about a “disproportionally high number of reports of liver and kidney problems.”[3] Even an earlier Chinese study published in The Lancet found that remdesivir had no impact on the coronavirus. The Science article notes that the “FDA never consulted a group of outside experts that it has at the ready to weigh in on complicated antiviral drug issues.”[4] Six months before remdesivir received EUA approval, Anthony Fauci had already hailed the drug as a major breakthrough that would establish a new “standard of care” in Covid-19 treatment.[5]

Today, remdesivir is being increasingly recognized as a debacle in antiviral therapeutic care. Even the WHO released a “conditional recommendation against the use of remdesivir in hospitalized patients, regardless of disease severity, as there is currently no evidence that remdesivir improves survival and other outcomes in these patients.” An Italian study observed a 416 percent increase in hepatocellular injuries among hospitalized Covid-19 patients treated with Remdesivir.[6]  And a smaller Taiwanese study of hospitalized unvaccinated patients reported a 185 percent higher mortality during late remdesivir treatment.[7]

Earlier this year, Pfizer’s novel oral Covid-19 medication Paxlovid was given an FDA black box warning for clinically significant adverse reactions that can potentially be fatal.  Because the company does not permit independent random-controlled trials to investigate its drug, other than retrospective studies, we only have Pfizer’s own data to rely upon. Nevertheless, The Lancet published a study by a team of Chinese scientists at Shanghai Jiao Tong School of Medicine that managed to look at Paxlovid’s use among critically ill patients hospitalized with Covid-19. The study reported a 27 percent higher risk of the infection progressing, a 67 percent increased risk in requiring ventilation, and 10 percent longer stays in ICU facilities.[8]

Paxlovid is a combination of a novel SARS-CoV-2 protease inhibitor and the HIV protease inhibitor ritonavir. The FDA approved Paxlovid under a EUA with the claim it was safe. However, on the government’s HIV.gov website for ritonavir it is clearly stated that the drug “can cause serious life-threatening side effects. These include inflammation of the pancreas (pancreatitis), heart rhythm problems, severe skin rash and allergic reactions, liver problems and drug interactions.”[9] Perhaps due to the drug’s serious side effects, it is no longer used solely against HIV, but rather is given in smaller doses as a booster for AZT-related drugs. Being highly toxic, ritonavir is also not recommended for pregnant women and has been shown to interfere with hormone-based birth control efficacy. 

Paxlovid only received FDA EUA approval in May 2023. At that time, the agency claimed there was no evidence that patients who were treated with the drug rebounded and came down with Covid. However, shortly thereafter this was determined to be untrue.[10] A Harvard analysis found that 21 percent of Paxlovid recipients will remain contagious and likely succumb to a viral rebound compared to only 1.8 percent who did not take the drug.

Merck’s anti-Covid-19 drug molnupiravir (Lagevrio) also has an FDA black box warning for potential fetal harm when administered to pregnant women.  Why the drug was ever approved under an EUA seems to be an enigma. The drug’s antiviral activity is based upon a metabolite known as NHC, which for many years has been known to create havoc in an enzyme crucial for viral replication by inserting errors into the virus’ genetic code.  The theory is: produce enough errors and the virus kills itself off. However, molnupiravir can cause hundreds of mutations thereby “supercharging” the manufacturing of new Covid-19 viral strains. Moreover, according to a Forbes article, the drug’s mutagenic powers may also interfere with our own body’s enzymes and DNA.[11] Another Forbes article points out that Merck’s clinical trial only enrolled around 1,500 participants, which is far too “small to pick up on rare mutagenic events.”[12]

Molnupiravir has a poor efficacy rate across the board including viral clearance, recovery, and hospitalizations/death (68 percent).[13] One trial, funded by Merck, concluded the drug had no clinical benefit.[14] More worrisome, the drug also has life-threatening adverse effects including mutagenic risks to human DNA and mitochondria, carcinogenic activity and embryonic death.[15]

Each of these drugs have been outrageous cash cows for their manufacturers. Remdesivir is priced at $3,120 per treatment and earned Gilead $5.6 billion in sales for 2021.

Pfizer’s Paxlovid is priced at $1,390 per treatment. Last year, the company’s revenues for its Covid products—Paxlovid and the Comirnaty vaccine—came in at $12.5 billion, and, according to Fierce Pharma, Pfizer wrote off an additional $4.7 billion on its overstocked Paxlovid inventory.[16] Merck’s molnupiravir’s sales for 2022 cashed in almost $5.7 billion. Despite their profits, none of these drugs have been shown convincingly to have measurably lessened the pandemic nor the spread of SARS-CoV-2. 

Despite all the attention and medical hype about novel experimental antiviral drugs to treat Covid-19, Anthony Fauci and other federal officials had full knowledge that other FDA-approved drugs existed that could have been quickly repurposed at minimal expense to effectively treat Covid-19 infections. Repurposing existing drugs to treat illness is a common occurrence. The antiparasitic and antiviral drug Ivermectin best stands out. Its effectiveness was observed to be so remarkable and multifaceted that researchers started to investigate its potential for treating human diseases.  

The mainstream media, including many liberal news sources who pride themselves on their independence, continue to channel the voices of Anthony Fauci, the CDC and FDA to demonize ivermectin and other generic drugs for treating Covid-19 and to reduce hospitalization and deaths. This propaganda campaign, however, has completely ignored the large body of medical literature that shows ivermectin’s statistically significant efficacy against symptomatic and asymptomatic SARS-2 infections.

Originally developed for veterinarian use, in 1987, the FDA approved ivermectin for treating two parasitic diseases, river blindness and stronglyoidiasis, in humans. Since then an enormous body of medical research has grown showing ivermectin’s effectiveness for treating other diseases. Its broad range of antiviral properties has shown efficacy against many RNA viruses such avian influenza, zika, dengue, HIV, West Nile, yellow fever, chikungunya and earlier severe respiratory coronaviruses.  It has also been shown to be effective against DNA viruses such as herpes, polyomavirus, and circovirus-2.[17]

Unsurprisingly, ivermectin’s inventors Drs. William Campbell and Satoshi Omura were awarded the 2015 Nobel Prize in Physiology and Medicine.

It has been prescribed to hundreds of millions of people worldwide. Given its decades’ long record of in vitro efficacy, it should have been self-evident for Fauci’s NIAID, the CDC and the WHO to rapidly conduct in vivo trials to usher ivermectin as a first line of defense for early stage Covid-19 infections and for use as a safe prophylaxis.

For example, if funding were devoted for the rapid development of a micro-based pulmonary delivery system, mortality rates would have been miniscule and the pandemic would have been lessened greatly.[18] Repurposing ivermectin could have been achieved very quickly at a minor expense.[19] However, despite all the medical evidence confirming ivermectin’s strong antiviral properties and its impeccable safety record when administered properly, we instead witnessed a sophisticated government-orchestrated campaign to declare war against ivermectin and another antiviral drug, hydroxychloroquine (HCQ), in favor of far more expensive and EUA approved experimental drugs. Unlike the US, other nations were eager to find older drugs to repurpose against Covid-19 and protect their populations. A Johns Hopkins University analysis offered the theory that a reason why many African countries had very few to near zero Covid-19 fatalities was because of widespread deployment of ivermectin. In February 2020, the National Health Commission of China, for example, was the first to include hydroxychloroquine in its guidelines for treating mild, moderate and severe SARS-2 cases. Eight Latin American nations distribute home Covid-19 treatment kits that include ivermectin.[20] Why did the US and most European countries swayed by the US and the WHO fail to follow suit?

Early in the pandemic, physicians in other nations where treatment was less restricted, such as Spain and Italy, shared data with American physicians about effective treatments against the SARS-2 virus.  In addition, there was a large corpus of medical research indicating that older antiviral drugs could be repurposed. Doctors who started to prescribe drugs such as ivermectin and HCQ, along with Vitamin D and zinc supplementation, observed remarkable results. Unlike the dismal recovery and high mortality rates reported in hospitals and large clinics that relied upon strict isolation, quarantine, and ventilator interventions, this small fringe group of physicians reported very few deaths among their large patient loads. Even reported deaths were more often than not compounded by patients’ comorbidities, poor medical facilities and other anomalies. 

Very early into the pandemic, medical papers indicated ivermectin was a highly effective drug to treat SARS-2 infections.

In April 2020, less than a month after the WHO declared Covid-19 as a global pandemic, Australian researchers at the Peter Doherty Institute of Infection and Immunity published a paper demonstrating that a single ivermectin dose can control SARS-CoV-2 viral replication within 24-48 hours.[21] Monash University’s Biomedicine Discovery Institute in Australia had also published an early study that ivermectin destroyed SARS-2 infected cell cultures by 99.8 percent within 48 hours. But no American federal health official paid any attention.

As of March 2024, a database for all studies and trials investigating ivermectin against Covid-19 infections records a total of 248 studies, 195 peer-reviewed, and 102 involving controlled groups reporting an average 61 percent improvement for early infections, a 39 percent success rate in treating late infections, and an 85 percent average success rate for use as a preventative prophylaxis.[22] Moreover, prescribing ivermectin reduced mortality by 49 percent, compared to remdesivir’s 4 percent, Pfizer’s Paxlovid’s 31 percent, and molnupiravir’s 22 percent. Even hydroxychloroquine well outperforms these drugs mortality risk for early treatment at 66 percent. 

A noteworthy study conducted in Brazil and published in the Cureus Journal of Medical Science prescribed ivermectin in a citywide prophylaxis program in a town of 223,000 residents. 133,000 took ivermectin. The results for a population of this size are indisputable in concluding that ivermectin is a safe first line of defense to confront the pandemic. Covid mortality was reduced 90 percent. There was also a 67 percent lower risk of hospitalization and a 44 percent decrease in Covid cases. Garcia-Aquilar et al reports a Mexican in vitro analysis showing a definitive interaction between ivermectin and the SAR-CoV-2 spike protein, which would account for its high efficacy in Covid-19 cases.[23]

The All India Institute for Medical Science (AIIMS) and the Indian Council of Medical Research (ICMR), two of India’s most prestigious institutions, acted against the WHO and launched an ivermectin treatment campaign in several states. In Uttar Pradesh there was a 95 percent decrease in morality (a decline from 37,944 to 2,014). The Indian capital of New Delhi witnessed a 97 percent reduction. During the same time period, the state of Tamil Nadu, which followed the WHO’s ban on ivermectin, had a 173 percent increase in deaths (from 10,986 to 30,016 deaths).

There have been many concerted efforts to discredit ivermectin and other repurposed drugs’ effectiveness. Most notable is the large TOGETHER Trial Brazil study published in the New England Journal of Medicine (NEJM) that concluded both ivermectin and another repurposed drug fluvoxamine showed no beneficial signs for treating Covid-19 patients. The study was widely reported in the mainstream media. However, a Cato Institute analysis discovered the study in fact showed its benefits and the results were in agreement with 87 percent of other clinical trials investigating ivermectin. The Cato analysis identifies many odd anomalies in how the trial was conducted including an unspecified placebo—although it is suspected it was Vitamin C, which has itself been shown to be mildly effective against the SARS-CoV-2 virus, and protocol changes as the study was underway including inclusion/exclusion criteria. By his own admission the TOGETHER Trial’s principal investigator Dr. Ed Mills at McMaster University in Ontario “designs clinical trials, predominantly for the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.”[24] In a McMaster University press release, the Gates foundation is listed as a funder for the study to debunk ivermectin and fluvoxamine.[25] Oddly, Gates is nowhere listed among the several funders in the NEJM study’s disclosure. In addition, TOGETHER Trials is owned by the Canadian for profit startup Purpose Life Sciences, founded by Mills; legal documents showed Mills’ PLS is largely funded and controlled by Sam Bankman Fried’s FTX who invested $53 million into the project. Administrators of FTX’s bankruptcy are suing PLS for fraud.[26]

In short, the ivermectin/fluvoxamine TOGETHER Trial was a complete medical sham and intentionally designed for one single purpose: to fuel media disinformation in order to undermine ivermectin’s superior efficacy and safety profile to Big Pharma’s more profitable designer drugs. 

In 2004, the US Congress passed an amendment to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act known as Emergency Use Authorization (EUA). This piece of legislature legalized an anti-regulatory pathway to allow experimental medical interventions to be expedited and bypass standard FDA safety evaluations in the event of bioterrorist threats and national health emergencies such as pandemics. At the time, passage of the EUA amendment made sense because it was partially in response to the 2001 anthrax attacks and the US’s entry into an age of international terrorism. However, the amendment raises some serious considerations.  Before the Covid-19 pandemic, EUAs had only been authorized on four occasions:  the 2005 avian H5N1 and 2009 H1N1 swine flu threats, the 2014 Ebola and the 2016 Zikra viruses. Each of these pathogen scares proved to be false alarms that posed no threat of pandemic proportions to Americans.  The fifth time EUAs were invoked was in 2020 during the Covid-19 pandemic, which at the time seemed far more plausible. 

Before the government can authorize an EUA to deploy an experimental diagnostic product, drug or vaccine, certain requirements must be fulfilled. First, the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) must have sufficient proof that the nation is being confronted with a serious life-threatening health emergency. Second, the drug(s) and/or vaccine(s) under consideration must have sufficient scientific evidence to suggest they will likely be effective against the medical threat.  The evidence must at least include preclinical and observational data showing the product targets the organism, disease or condition. Third, although the drug or vaccine does not undergo a rigorous evaluation, it must at least show that its potential and known benefits outweigh its potential and known risks.  In addition, the product must be manufactured in complete accordance with standard quality control and safety assurances. 

When we look back at the government’s many debacles during the Covid-19 pandemic, other EUA requirements warrant the spotlight.  On the one hand, an EUA cannot be authorized for any product or intervention if there is an FDA alternative approved product already available, unless the experimental product is clearly proven to have a significant advantage. Moreover, and perhaps more important, EUAs demand informed consent. Every individual who receives the drug or vaccine must be thoroughly informed about its experimental status and its potential risks and benefits.  Recipients must also be properly informed about the alternatives to the experimental product and nobody should be forced to take it.

Finally, an EUA requires robust safety monitoring and reporting of adverse events, injuries and deaths potentially due to the drug or vaccine. This is the responsibility not only of the private pharmaceutical manufacturers but also the FDA, physicians, hospitals, clinics and other healthcare professionals. 

Obviously important cautions must be considered after approving a medical intervention under the EUA requirements. Foremost are the inherent health risks of any rapid response of experimental medical interventions, especially novel drugs and vaccines.  As we observed during the FDA approval process and roll out of Pfizer’s and Moderna’s mRNA Covid-19 jabs, no long-term human trials were conducted to even estimate a reliable baseline of their relative efficacy and safety. The American public has blindly placed its trust in our federal health authorities decision-making. It is expected that under a national health emergency, the authorities would be completely transparent and act only by the highest ethical standards. However our institutions betrayed public trust and either ignored or transgressed cautions underlying EUA approved medical interventions in every conceivable way.  Moreover, conflicts of interests have been discovered to have plagued the entire EUA review process.  

Although the EUA amendment provides some protections to authorized drug and vaccine manufacturers, it was the Public Readiness and Emergency Preparedness Act (PREP) in 2005 that expanded liability protections. In addition to protecting private corporations, PREP also shields company executives and employees from claims of personal injury or death resulting from the administration of authorized countermeasures. The only exceptions for liability are if the company or its executive offices are proven to have engaged in intentional and/or criminal misconduct with conscious disregard for the rights and safety of those taking their drugs and vaccines. 

During the pandemic, the FDA issued widespread EUAs with liability immunity for the PCR diagnostic kits for SARS-2, the mRNA vaccines and the anti-Covid-19 drugs. Curiously, the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services invoked the PREP Act on February 4, 2020 giving liability protections; this was over a month before the pandemic was officially announced, which raises serious questions about prior-planning before the viral outbreak in Wuhan, China. 

From the pandemic’s outset, Fauci embarked on the media circuit to promise Americans that federal health agencies were doing everything within their means to get a vaccine on the market because there was no available drug to clear the SARS-2 virus. As we have seen with respect to ivermectin alone, this was patently false. Rather the government placed an overriding emphasis on vaccination with a near total disregard for implementing very simple preventative measures to inhibit viral progression. Once mass vaccinations were underway, we were promised that the SARS-2 virus would be defeated and life would return to normal. In retrospect, we can look back and state with a degree of certainty that American health authorities and these products’ corporate manufacturers may have violated almost every EUA requirement. Everything that went wrong with the PCR kits, the experimental mRNA vaccines and novel drugs could have been avoided if the government had diligently repurposed effective and safe measures as pandemic countermeasures. Very likely, hundreds of thousands of lives, perhaps millions, would have been saved. 

Similarly the FDA issued a warning statement against the use of ivermectin. Even ivermectin’s manufacturer Merck discredited its own product.  Shortly after ridiculing its drug, the Alliance for Natural Health reported, “Merck announced positive results from a clinical trial on a new drug called molnupiravir in eliminating the virus in infected patients.”[27]

And still the FDA considers these novel patented drugs to be superior to ivermectin. Favoring a vaccine regime and government-controlled surveillance measures to track every American’s movements, American health officials blatantly neglected their own pandemic policies’ severe health consequences. Ineffective lockdowns, masks, social isolation, unsound critical care interventions such as relying upon ventilators, and the sole EUA approvals of the costly and insufficiently effective drugs brought about nightmares for tens of millions of adults and children. This was all undertaken under Fauci’s watch and the heads of the US health agencies in direct violation of the EUA requirements to only authorize drugs and medical interventions when no other safe and effective alternative is available. Alternatives were available. Instead of awarding EUAs to HCQ, ivermectin, fluvoximine and other potential off-patent drugs, the government resorted to their pharmaceutical masters’ demands and the financial mills that feed the CDC’s and FDA’s coffers. 

The 4-year history of the pandemic highlights a sharp distinction between dependable medical research and pseudoscientific fraud. The CDC adopted a common Soviet era practice to redefine the very definition of a vaccine and the parameters of vaccine efficacy in order to fit economic and ideological agendas. This explains Washington’s aggressive public relations endeavors to silence medical opponents. According to cardiologist Dr. Michael Goodkin’s private investigations, several of the most cited studies discrediting ivermectin’s antiviral benefits were intentionally manipulated in order to produce “fake” results.[28] These studies were then widely distributed to the AMA, American College of Physicians and across mainstream media to author “hit pieces” to demonize ivermectin and other repurposed drugs. The government’s belligerent and reactive diatribes, brazenly or casually advocating for censorship, were direct violations of scientific and medical integrity and contributed nothing towards developing constructive policies for handling a pandemic with a minimal cost to life. The consequence has been a less informed and grossly naïve public, which was gaslighted into believing lies. 

The FDA’s EUAs for the Covid-19 vaccines and novel experimental drugs were in fact an attack on the amendments and PREP directives. Neither the vaccines nor drugs warranted emergency authorization because effective and safe alternatives were readily available. No doubt a Congressional investigation would uncover criminal misconduct, and this misconduct and conscious fraud. Moreover, these violations of the PREP Act may have the potential to lead directly into medical crimes against humanity as outlined in the Nuremberg Code.

Although the Nuremberg Code has not been officially adopted in its entirety as law by any nation or major medical association, other international treaties, such as the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the World Medical Association Declaration of Helsinki (which is not legally binding), the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) and the International Ethical Guidelines for Biomedical Research on Human Subjects incorporate some of Nuremberg’s main principles that aim to protect people from unethical and forced medical research. Although the US signed the ICCPR as an intentional party, the US Senate never ratified it. The ICCPR’s Article 7 clearly states, “No one shall be subject to torture or cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment,” which can legally be interpreted to include forced medical experimentation implied as cruel, inhuman treatment. Other ICCPR articles, 6 and 17, are also applicable to medical experimentation to ensure ethical conduct, obtaining proper informed consent and the right to life and privacy. For a moment, consider the numerous senior citizens in nursing homes and hospitals who were simply administered experimental Covid-19 vaccines without full knowledge about what they were receiving. And now how many children are being coerced by the pseudoscience of health officials’ lies to be vaccinated without any knowledge of these mRNA products’ risk-benefit ratio?

The US is also a signatory to the Helsinki Declaration, which, although not directly aligned with Nuremberg, shares much in common. The Declaration shares some common features with the EUA amendment and PREP Act. These include voluntary informed consent—which is universally accepted, adequate risk and benefit information about medical interventions, and an emphasis on the principle of medical beneficence (promoting well-being and the Hippocratic rule of doing no harm). It also guarantees protections for vulnerable groups, especially pregnant women and children, which the US government and vaccine makers directly violated by conducting trials on these groups with full knowledge about these vaccines’ adverse events in adults. In addition, weighing the scientific evidence to assess the risk-benefit ratios between prescribing ivermectin and HCQ over the new generation of novel experimental drugs conclusively favors the former.  This alone directly violates the ethical medical principles noted above. 

However, the failure to repurpose life-saving drugs is less criminal than the questionable unethical motivations to usher a new generation of genetically engineered vaccines that have never before been adequately researched in human trials for long term safety.  This mass experimentation, which continues to threaten the health and well-being of millions of people, is global and can legally be interpreted as a genocidal attack on humanity.

If the emerging data for increasing injuries and deaths due to the Covid-19 vaccines is reliable—and we believe it is—the handling of the pandemic can be regarded as the largest medical crime in human history.  In time, and with shifting political allegiances and public demands to hold our leaders in government and private industry accountable, the architects of this medical war against civilization will be brought to justice. 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Richard Gale is the Executive Producer of the Progressive Radio Network and a former Senior Research Analyst in the biotechnology and genomic industries.

Dr. Gary Null is host of the nation’s longest running public radio program on alternative and nutritional health and a multi-award-winning documentary film director, including his recent Last Call to Tomorrow.

They are regular contributors to Global Research.

Notes

[1] https://www.cnn.com/videos/health/2021/08/29/dr-anthony-fauci-ivermectin-covid-19-sotu-vpx.cnn

[2] https://www.bloomberg.com/news/newsletters/2023-01-24/the-world-needs-effective-covid-drugs-as-ivermectin-persists

[3] https://www.sciencemag.org/news/2020/10/very-very-bad-look-remdesivir-first-fda-approved-covid-19-drug

[4] https://www.thelancet.com/journals/lancet/article/PIIS0140-6736(20)31022-9/fulltext

[5] https://www.cnbc.com/2020/04/29/dr-anthony-fauci-says-data-from-remdesivir-coronavirus-drug-trial-shows-quite-good-news.html

[6] https://www.dldjournalonline.com/article/S1590-8658(21)00923-3/fulltext

[7] https://journals.lww.com/md-journal/fulltext/2023/12290/the_association_between_covid_19_vaccination_and.45.aspx

[8] https://www.thelancet.com/action/showPdf?pii=S2666-6065%25252823%25252900012-3

[9] https://clinicalinfo.hiv.gov/en/drugs/ritonavir/patient

[10] https://www.yalemedicine.org/news/13-things-to-know-paxlovid-covid-19

[11] https://www.forbes.com/sites/williamhaseltine/2021/11/01/supercharging-new-viral-variants-the-dangers-of-molnupiravir-part-1/

[12] https://www.forbes.com/sites/williamhaseltine/2021/11/02/harming-those-who-receive-it-the-dangers-of-molnupiravir-part-2

[13] https://www.medrxiv.org/content/10.1101/2023.01.20.23284849v1.full.pdf

[14] https://evidence.nejm.org/doi/pdf/10.1056/EVIDoa2100044

[15] https://c19early.org/waters.html

[16] https://www.fiercepharma.com/pharma/pfizer-gets-walloped-56b-write-down-covid-sales-continue-disappoint

[17] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7290143/

[18] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7539925/

[19] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7564151/

[20] https://www.bu.edu/sph/news/articles/2023/8-latin-american-governments-distributed-ivermectin-sans-evidence-to-treat-covid

[21] https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7129059/

[22] https://c19ivermectin.com

[23] https://www.mdpi.com/1422-0067/24/22/16392

[24] https://empendium.com/mcmtextbook/interviews/perspective/236226,covid-19-to-treat-or-not-to-treat-platform-trials

[25] https://www.eurekalert.org/news-releases/855535

[26] https://c19ivm.org/tallaksen.html

[27] https://anh-usa.org/fda-ensures-pharma-profits-on-covid/

[28] https://www.trialsitenews.com/a/are-major-ivermectin-studies-designed-for-failure

Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Ajuda à Ucrânia cada vez mais impopular nos EUA.

April 6th, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

A ajuda militar à Ucrânia continua extremamente impopular entre os americanos. Cidadãos e políticos temem que o país seja prejudicado economicamente, dado o seu apoio de milhares de milhões de dólares à guerra contra a Rússia. Isto tem levado cada vez mais legisladores a criticar as atitudes do governo e a exigir uma mudança de postura relativamente ao conflito.

Num discurso recente, o congressista republicano Eli Crane afirmou que os EUA deveriam parar imediatamente o seu apoio financeiro à Ucrânia. Segundo ele, Washington deveria se esforçar para que Kiev resolva o conflito o mais rápido possível por meios diplomáticos, evitando assim o prolongamento das hostilidades – e consequentemente evitando que os EUA gastem ainda mais dinheiro em armas para apoiar o regime neonazista.

Segundo Crane, o envio sistemático de dinheiro para a guerra poderia arruinar o futuro dos americanos, desestabilizando economicamente o país e prejudicando as gerações futuras. Ele acredita que se a ajuda americana não cessar o mais rápido possível, o conflito ucraniano se tornará uma espécie de “guerra eterna”, drenando os recursos americanos por um longo tempo.

As palavras de Crane foram ditas durante uma reunião de legisladores, precisamente no momento em que o presidente da Câmara, Mike Johnson, anunciou que em breve haveria uma votação sobre um novo pacote de ajuda à Ucrânia. Como é sabido, o presidente dos EUA, Joe Biden, propôs o envio de mais de 60 mil milhões de dólares em assistência ao regime neonazista, o que foi rejeitado por muitos legisladores, levando o projeto a ser adiado no Congresso. Para Crane e alguns outros legisladores, é absolutamente intolerável sequer discutir a possibilidade de enviar tal quantia de dinheiro para a Ucrânia.

“Estamos a financiar o que parece ser mais uma guerra eterna que irá levar à falência as gerações futuras – ao mesmo tempo que desconsideramos a nossa própria segurança, uma vez que a nossa fronteira sul permanece aberta (…) É absurdo que passar da noite para o dia mais dinheiro dos impostos para a Ucrânia seja sequer considerado. Deveria ser totalmente descartado e substituído por um impulso para negociações de paz”, disse Crane.

Os maiores críticos da política de Biden de apoio à Ucrânia são os republicanos. A oposição ao governo não é “pró-Rússia”, mas está interessada em outras prioridades. Internamente, os republicanos estão mais preocupados com a deterioração da crise nas fronteiras e com a imigração ilegal do que com a Ucrânia. Por outro lado, eles preferem enviar ajuda para Tel Aviv na atual guerra contra os palestinos em vez de continuarem a armar a Ucrânia.

No entanto, alguns republicanos já demonstraram que estão dispostos a negociar um acordo com os democratas relativamente ao pacote pró-Ucrânia. Poderiam votar a favor do pacote se fossem acrescentados alguns termos que garantissem mais apoio a Israel e um melhor orçamento para combater a imigração ilegal e melhorar o controle das fronteiras. Existem também alguns falcões de guerra controversos entre os republicanos, como o senador Lindsey Graham, que já descreveu a morte dos russos na Ucrânia como “o melhor investimento americano”. Graham é um dos maiores apoiantes do pacote proposto por Biden, pedindo apenas que sejam acrescentadas garantias sobre as fronteiras. Afirmou recentemente que “esta proposta ou algo semelhante, quando combinada com a segurança das fronteiras, seria um pacote bom para todos os envolvidos”.

A situação, no entanto, não parece estar realmente chegando a um acordo. Tal como os seus oponentes, os Democratas estão dispostos a dar mais ajuda a Israel, mas são absolutamente contra o aumento dos mecanismos de controle da migração, o que constitui uma importante divergência ideológica entre os partidos. Portanto, existe claramente um impasse entre os legisladores republicanos e o governo democrata.

Entre os cidadãos comuns, o apoio à Ucrânia também parece cada vez menos popular. Com tantos problemas econômicos e sociais a afetar os EUA ao mesmo tempo, parece ilógico para os contribuintes que uma guerra noutro continente continue a ser uma prioridade para o governo. Os Republicanos estão a tentar usar estes sentimentos legítimos do povo para obter apoio no próximo processo eleitoral, mas também não parecem ter qualquer capacidade real para representar os interesses do povo Americano, uma vez que muitos Republicanos têm estado dispostos a continuar a enviar dinheiro para Kiev (e Tel Aviv) desde que alguns dos interesses do partido sejam atendidos.

O resultado inevitável de tudo isto é uma grave crise de legitimidade. Os cidadãos americanos estão a deixar de confiar nos seus políticos, bem como a deixar de apoiar as decisões do seu governo, tanto em questões nacionais como internacionais. É possível prever que em breve começarão protestos em massa nos EUA, com as pessoas a reagirem duramente às medidas irresponsáveis ​​tomadas pelos seus representantes.

 

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglês : Aid to Ukraine increasingly unpopular in US, InfoBrics, 4 de Abril de 2024.

Imagem : InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, jornalista, pesquisador do Center for Geostrategic Studies, consultor geopolítico.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://twitter.com/leiroz_lucas

75 Anni della Nato: Di Guerra in Guerra

April 6th, 2024 by Manlio Dinucci

Mentre la NATO, riunita a Bruxelles per celebrare i suoi 75 Anni, stabilisce ulteriori aiuti militariall’Ucraina, Kiev è in crescente difficoltà nel sostenere lo sforzo bellico contro la Russia. Ricorre quindi in misura crescente al attacchi terroristici all’interno della Russia.

Il Servizio Federale di Sicurezza russo (FSB) ha arrestato un gruppo di terroristi che trasportava esplosivi ad alto potenziale da consegnare a una destinazione finale a Mosca. A bordo del loro veicolo commerciale – intercettato al checkpoint di Ubylinka, al confine russo-lettone nella regione di Pskov (Russia occidentale) – è stato scoperto, tra gli altri, un carico di 27 icone ortodosse di fabbricazione ucraina, contenenti esplosivo ad alto potenziale. Questi e altri ordigni esplosivi erano a bordo di un autoveicolo che, diretto dall’Ucraina alla Russia, aveva attraversato sei Paesi della NATO: Romania, Ungheria, Slovacchia, Polonia, Lituania e Lettonia.

Il piano era evidente: una volta in Russia, le icone ortodosse sarebbero state acquistate da chiese, parrocchie e famiglie di fedeli. Dopo un certo tempo, le icone sarebbero state fatte esplodere con telecomandi in modo da provocare il maggior numero di vittime durante una festività religiosa in cui i fedeli si riuniscono nelle chiese e nelle famiglie.

Sta proseguendo allo stesso tempo l’inchiesta sull’attacco terroristico del 3 aprile a Mosca, che ha provocato finora 144 morti, numero che può aumentare poiché oltre 500 sono rimasti feriti. La decisione di colpire gli spettatori di un concerto rientra nel piano terroristico mirante a colpire la popolazione civile russa per provocare caos e sfiducia nei confronti del Governo. Alla strage degli spettatori del concerto doveva seguire, secondo il piano, la strage dei fedeli ortodossi con le icone esplosive.

Non deve stupire il fatto che, per queste azioni terroristiche, vengano usati come esecutori militanti dell’ISIS. Il mainstream politico-mediatico cerca di cancellare il fatto che da anni Kiev collabora con questo movimento terroristico finanziato e armato da Stati Uniti e NATO inizialmente per demolire la Siria dall’interno. Lo testimoniano due articoli dello stesso mainstream. Il 10 luglio 2015, riportando una inchiesta del New York Times, Il Giornale titolava: “Truppe dell’Isis a fianco dell’Ucraina contro i separatisti russi“. Il 21 novembre 2019, il giornale britannico The Independent titolava: “Come l’Ucraina è diventata l’improbabile casa dei leader dell’Isis in fuga dal Califfato”.

Il piano terroristico, in cui vengono usati anche militanti dell’ISIS, fa parte della strategia di quella NATO che, in 75 anni, è passata dalla Guerra Fredda alle guerre del dopo Guerra Fredda e, con il colpo di Stato del 2014 in Ucraina, alla guerra aperta contro la Russia.

Manlio Dinucci

VIDEO :

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

**

“The aim of all is but to nurse the life
With honour, wealth, and ease, in waning age;
And in this aim there is such thwarting strife,
That one for all, or all for one we gage;
As life for honour in fell battle’s rage;
Honour for wealth; and oft that wealth doth cost
The death of all, and all together lost.”

William Shakespeare, from the poem The Rape of Lucrece [1]

LISTEN TO THE SHOW


Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

Seventy-five years ago, major states in Europe and North America forged a global military alliance known as the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO).[2]

This alliance was conceived, according to its stated purpose, “to safeguard the freedom and security of all its members by political and military means. Collective defence is at the heart of the Alliance and creates a spirit of solidarity and cohesion among its members.” [3]

Awesome! However, its applied operations in the last 25 years – namely the military incursions in Yugoslavia (1999), Afghanistan (2001-2021), and Libya (2011) – on reflection, seemed to do little to address the personal freedoms and securities of the big boys on the global stage. It wasn’t exactly helpful to the unfortunate souls on the ground of their righteous rage for justice.[4][5][6]

Most recently, NATO has driven Russia to a military incursion in Ukraine and fight for more than a year, where the Ukrainians fight and die, and NATO’s grand service has been to keep supplying them with more arms, which it looks now that they only use to keep the war going on a little longer.[7]

Since the fall of the Berlin Wall, the former Soviet Union made it clear that they were not comfortable having the countries between Germany and Russia joining NATO. In that time frame, NATO, absorbing a number of Central and Eastern European countries, and consequently doubling the number of its members.[8][9]

We are currently in a situation unmatched since the days of the Cuban Missile Crisis, with the threat of a nuclear exchange being plotted as the final desperate act before admitting defeat. A move that would be fatal for all living beings.[10]

On this hour of the Global Research News Hour, we take a reflective look on NATO’s 48th anniversary, what the United States led organization is really all about, and why we would all be well-advised to pursue a new, different and cheaper approach to ailing our fears.

In our first half hour, we talk with activist, author, and Canadian foreign policy critic Yves Engler. He explains NATO’s true background, and why Canada should leave it. In our second half hour, journalist Rick Rozoff takes a larger look at NATO and where it is headed. Finally, we hear from peace activist Ajamu Baraka about what is threatening about NATO from a Black Radical Perspective.

Yves Engler is one of Canada’s foremost Canadian foreign policy critics and dissidents. He is the author of ten books on Canadian foreign policy including Canada’s Long Fight Against Democracy (with Owen Schalk) (2024) and Stand on Guard for Whom?: A People’s History of the Canadian Military (2021). His articles have appeared at globalresearch.ca, rabble.ca, canadiandimension.com, and on his own site yvesengler.com.

Rick Rozoff, renowned author and geopolitical analyst, actively involved in opposing war, militarism and interventionism for over fifty years. He manages the Anti-Bellum and For peace, against war website. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization

Ajamu Baraka is Chairman of the Coordinating Committee of the Black Alliance for Peace and an editor and contributing columnist for the Black Agenda Report. Baraka serves on the Executive Committee of the U.S. Peace Council and leadership body of the U.S. based United National Anti-War Coalition (UNAC) and the Steering Committee of the Black is Back Coalition.

(Global Research News Hour Episode 426)

LISTEN TO THE SHOW


Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

 


The Global Research News Hour airs every Friday at 1pm CT on CKUW 95.9FM out of the University of Winnipeg.

The programme is also broadcast weekly (Monday, 1-2pm ET) by the Progressive Radio Network in the US.

The programme is also podcast at globalresearch.ca .

Other stations airing the show:

CIXX 106.9 FM, broadcasting from Fanshawe College in London, Ontario. It airs Sundays at 6am.

Campus and community radio CFMH 107.3fm in  Saint John, N.B. airs the Global Research News Hour Fridays at 7pm.

CJMP 90.1 FM, Powell River Community Radio, airs the Global Research News Hour every Saturday at 8am. 

Caper Radio CJBU 107.3FM in Sydney, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia airs the Global Research News Hour starting Wednesday afternoon from 3-4pm.

Cowichan Valley Community Radio CICV 98.7 FM serving the Cowichan Lake area of Vancouver Island, BC airs the program Thursdays at 9am pacific time.

WZBC 90.3 FM in Newton Massachusetts is Boston College Radio and broadcasts to the greater Boston area. The Global Research News Hour airs Global Research News Hour excerpts infrequently during Truth and Justice Radio which starts Sunday at 6am.

Notes:

  1. https://shakespeare.mit.edu/Poetry/RapeOfLucrece.html
  2. https://www.nato.int/cps/en/natohq/news_224204.htm
  3. https://www.nato.int/cps/en/natohq/topics_68144.htm
  4. https://www.globalresearch.ca/the-war-on-yugoslavia-25-years-later-natos-blueprint-for-the-conflicts-of-the-twenty-first-century/5852815
  5. https://www.globalresearch.ca/anniversary-of-usnato-invasion-of-afghanistan-graveyard-of-empires-birthplace-of-opium-tragedy/5836202
  6. https://www.globalresearch.ca/the-us-hand-in-libyas-tragedy/5444887
  7. https://www.globalresearch.ca/kiev-rift-neighbors-widens-continues-flooding-eu-cheap-grain/5852181
  8. https://nsarchive.gwu.edu/briefing-book/russia-programs/2017-12-12/nato-expansion-what-gorbachev-heard-western-leaders-early
  9. https://www.nato.int/cps/en/natohq/topics_52044.htm
  10. https://www.poynter.org/fact-checking/2022/are-we-closer-to-nuclear-armageddon-than-any-time-since-1962-as-biden-suggested/

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

CODEPINK’s Ann Wright, Medea Benjamin and hundreds of other human rights activists with the Freedom Flotilla Coalition are due to set sail on multiple vessels in mid-April to carry 5,500 tons of aid for Gaza. Their mission, aside from delivering the much-needed humanitarian aid, is to challenge Israel’s illegal blockade of Gaza amid dire conditions, including widespread hunger and lack of medical attention intentionally caused by Israeli policies. Time is running out for many in Gaza as Israel threatens an all-out attack on Rafah and experts warn hunger and disease could soon surpass casualties from bombings.

“I have been walking the halls of Congress every day since October, going to rallies every weekend, writing letters of outrage to President Biden every night–and nothing has worked to stop Israel from murdering thousands upon thousands of innocent people. What more can I do? I can go on this flotilla to try to break the criminal siege that Israel has imposed on Gaza,” said CODEPINK co-founder Medea Benjamin. 

“President Biden waited six months, waited until 33,000 had been killed, mostly women and children, before picking up the phone and demanding that Netanyahu reduce civilian harm, allow more aid in, and protect aid workers,” said CODEPINK Ret. Army Colonel and former U.S. Diplomat Ann Wright. “But even if Israel allows more humanitarian aid in, it is still bombing Gaza with U.S. bombs, shooting innocent people and imprisoning the 2.2 million people that live in Gaza. Getting humanitarian aid to Palestinians in Gaza is urgent, but it is not sufficient. We must end Israel’s unlawful, deadly blockade as well as Israel’s overall control of Gaza.  That’s why we need this flotilla, filled with unarmed civilians, human rights observers from 30 countries, to challenge Israel’s brutal grip on the Gaza strip.”

Israel’s longstanding neglect of its responsibility as an occupying power to safeguard the health and wellbeing of Palestinians in Gaza and the West Bank has escalated into genocidal actions, including using starvation as a weapon of war. Israeli leaders have openly declared intentions to collectively punish Gaza’s population. The Freedom Flotilla opposes Israel’s authority over aid and will refuse any inspection of our cargo. For safety and effective aid distribution, the flotilla will deploy numerous international humanitarian observers from diverse backgrounds and countries.

Despite air drops of food and temporary docks, Israel continues to block thousands of aid trucks from entering Gaza through land crossings. The International Court of Justice’s rulings on January 26 and March 28 emphasize Israel’s obligation to ensure the safety and security of Palestinians in Gaza, including facilitating humanitarian assistance without obstruction.

“The International Court of Justice’s preliminary measures ordered against Israel are very clear,” comments Ismail Moola of South Africa’s Palestine Solidarity Alliance, which is part of the Freedom Flotilla Coalition. “The court’s ruling requires the whole world to play their part to stop the genocide unfolding in Gaza, including unobstructed access to vital aid. While our governments fail to lead in these urgently required humanitarian responses, people of conscience and our grassroots organizations must act to take leadership. When governments fail, we sail!”

The Freedom Flotilla Coalition is a non-partisan international coalition of campaigns that stand for freedom and human rights in Palestine. They have sailed since 2010 with the goal of breaking the blockade of Gaza, and in solidarity with Palestinians cries for freedom and equality. Their non-violent direct action missions support the dignity and humanity of Palestinians, working with civil society partners, rather than any party, faction or government.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

“I had a dream, which was not all a dream.
The bright sun was extinguish’d, and the stars
Did wander darkling in the eternal space,
Rayless, and pathless, and the icy earth
Swung blind and blackening in the moonless air”
– Lord Byron, “Darkness”

Overheard in a coffee shop: A woman and a man are sitting together at a table. 

She with a laptop open before her and he with a coffee and a book.  Looking at the screen, she says to him, “I didn’t know that the solar eclipse lasts for 70 to 80 minutes, going from partial to full, and the full eclipse lasts just 3-4 minutes.”

The man replies: “And if you’re lucky, the partial eclipse lasts more than 70 to 80 years, because then the full eclipse is forever.”

She acts as if she doesn’t hear him, as if his sardonic humor has nothing to do with her death anxiety or with the media’s celebration of the darkness visible of the total solar eclipse due to occur on April 8th across North America that the media is calling “eclipse mania,” while failing to mention they are promoting it as such.

It is strange how today people revel in the darkness even while fearing it.  Sunsets are far more popular than sunrises, even while death is the great bogeyman and birth deserves cigars and champagne. Crowds regularly gather in the evenings, cell phone cameras raised, to laud the death of the light that they embalm on their dinguses (i.e. gadgets, just as the atomic bomb was nicknamed “The Gadget”), trying to freeze time, even as they celebrate the death of another day.  This twisted relationship to day and night, life and death, darkness and light is perhaps best summoned up in a few lines of poetry from Rainer Maria Rilke from his Duino Elegies:

For beauty is nothing but the beginning of terror
which we are barely able to endure, and it amazes us so
because it serenely disdains to destroy us.
Every angel is terrible.

We are such strange and paradoxical creatures.

And now the upcoming plunge into night for day with the solar eclipse is the next great big thing to see.  

A plunge into the heart of darkness that is apposite to the dark heart of U.S. foreign policy with its ruthless power, craven terror, and pride in killing. 

It is uncanny how the darkness of social life today is reflected in the promotion of a natural event as if it were a must-see film that has just won the Academy Award.  

As Joseph Conrad wrote in Heart of Darkness: “Like a running blaze on a plain, like a flash of lightning in the clouds. We live in the flicker.”

And we will die in a flicker if the dark-hearted leaders of this country continue to push against Russia in Ukraine for the nuclear war that they previewed in 1945 at Hiroshima and Nagasaki.  It is understandable why in retrospect the great Australian journalist Wilfred Burchett’s first report from Hiroshima was so widely censored and why he was for many years portrayed as a communist dupe, even as twenty years later his honest reports from Vietnam were so important for those interested in the truth that the mainstream media blacked them out.  The exposure of America’s ongoing war crimes was for decades blamed on communist influence, just as today it is blamed on Russian propaganda.

But now it’s time for a flick to give us crocodile tears from the father of the atomic bomb, J. Robert Oppenheimer, with that must-see Academy Award winning film, Oppenheimer.

The imprisoned and executed German pastor, Dietrich Bonhoeffer, writing from prison before he was executed by Hitler for opposing Hitler’s mass atrocities, called such subtle self-glorification “cheap grace.” It is grace we bestow on ourselves, forgiveness without requiring repentance, feats of self-glorification mastered by Hollywood.

A biopic of one man with all his complicated and twisted personality and scientific brilliance is a far cry from Wilfred Burchett’s article, The Atomic Plague: “I write this as a warning to the world.”  But then the Academy Awards’ ongoing support for Ukraine in its U.S. proxy war against Russia – a war rooted in the 2014 U.S. engineered coup and NATO’s encircling of Russia – is just the opposite: a provocation that makes nuclear war much more likely.  It’s a sick celebrity game.

The creation of the atomic bomb and its use on the Japanese was demonic – pure evil.  Robert Oppenheimer was not a tragic figure as Kai Bird, the coauthor of American Prometheus: The Triumph and Tragedy of J. Robert Oppenheimer, claimed last year in The New York Times.

As I wrote in “Trinity’s Shadow,” he was “complicated, yes; but he was essentially a hubristic scientist who lent his services to a demonic project, and afterwards, having let the cat out of the bag by creating the Bomb, guiltily urged the government that used it in massive war crimes to restrain itself in the future.”

Asking for such self-regulation is as absurd as asking the pharmaceutical and big tech industries, or the CIA, to regulate themselves.  Anyone who would give the name “Trinity” to the site where the first bomb was exploded had a twisted mind.

Oppenheimer, which excludes scenes from the devastation in Hiroshima and Nagasaki but includes one wherein scientists rapturously celebrate with flag waving the exploding of the bomb over Hiroshima, recently opened in Japan.

The Unspoken August 6, 1945 Oppenheimer Telephone Conversation 

Below is the Transcript of an August 6, 1945 telephone conversation, declassified (Between Gen. Groves and Dr. Oppenheimer) hours after the Hiroshima bombing:

Gen. G. I am very proud of you and your people [nuclear scientists]

Dr. O. It went alright?

Gen. G. Apparently it went with a tremendous bang.

screenshot below, click link to access complete transcript )

 

The New York Times published a piece about the opening that contains various Japanese reactions, including one from Yujin Yaguchi, a professor at the University of Tokyo, that accurately raises a fundamental issue: the film “celebrates a group of white male scientists who really enjoyed their privilege and their love of political power.

We should focus more on why such a rather one-sided story of white men continues to attract such attention and adulation in the U.S. and what it says about the current politics and the larger politics of memory in the U.S (and elsewhere).”

Exactly. The issue is political, not aesthetic.  Why it is good to see some flickering images and not others? Why is night for day and the blocking out of the sun by an eclipse so good but the reminder that we are on the edge of a nuclear eclipse because of the policies of our dark-hearted leaders is not?

We live in very dark times.

There is no need to watch the sun being extinguished and day turn to night in the heart of an immense darkness. Kurtz’s dying words as recalled by Marlowe at the end of The Heart of Darkness – ‘The horror! The horror!’ are not words we want to utter as we realize we too have gone mad in our souls because we looked the wrong way as the nukes were in their flight.

Chase the light!  

As Oliver Stone writes in his memoir, “One of the first basic lessons in filming is chasing the light. Without it, you have nothing. . . .”

It’s true in life as well. We live in the flicker.

So if we are to celebrate the dawn of a new day on earth, paradoxical and contradictory as it might sound, we do need to look into the darkness – the heart of the darkest and demonic crimes committed by our heartless leaders – Hiroshima and Nagasaki, the genocide in Gaza, the escalating and expanding war in the Middle East, and the U.S proxy war against Russia in Ukraine, to name a few.

And if the contemplation of the eclipse of the sun disturbs you enough to impel you to do so, a quick peek won’t hurt.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s website, Behind the Curtain.

Edward Curtin is a prominent author, researcher and sociologist based in Western Massachusetts. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Featured image is from Pete Linforth/Pixabay

Putin’s Road to Armageddon?

April 5th, 2024 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The United States government, speaking through the mouth of Secretary of State Blinken, defied all of Russia’s warnings this week with this declaration:

“Ukraine will become a member of NATO. Our purpose at the summit is to help build a bridge to that membership.”

By Putin’s refusal to use the necessary force to deal with the dangerous situation and by continuing to insist that the conflict is nothing but a limited operation to clear Ukrainian forces out of the Russian provinces, not an invasion of Ukraine, Russia will soon find herself at war with NATO. See this.

I have warned consistently without effect, only to be denounced by idiots as “bloodthirsty,” that Putin’s unrealism about the conflict, like his previous unrealism about the Minsk Agreement and his unrealism about the overthrow of the Ukrainian government in the so-called Maidan Revolution, is a direct path to World War III.

The minute Ukraine becomes a member of NATO, Putin will find himself at war with NATO.

Russia has only a short time to knock out Ukraine, destroy the government, occupy the country and build a wall around it.

The ascension of Ukraine to NATO “is literally how the nuclear apocalypse movie starts,” says Elon Musk, one of the few remaining intelligent Americans.

Putin’s “limited military operation” has achieved nothing but two new NATO members–Finland and Sweden–attacks on Russian civilians inside Russia, mounting deaths from Western weapon system after weapon system supplied to Ukraine along with NATO military personnel to operate them and Western intelligence to target them.

All the while Putin has been unable to comprehend that Russia is at war.

Putin’s lack of response to mounting provocations has convinced Washington that Putin’s warnings are meaningless.

Putin’s failure to enforce his red lines has caused Washington to loose belief that Putin has any red lines.

Just as Putin was forced into his “limited military operation” by the insulting cold shoulder Washington gave his plea for a mutual security pact, Russia will be forced into wider war with NATO by Washington’s defiance of Putin’s warning that Russia will not allow NATO membership for Ukraine.

Putin has a few months to end Ukraine’s existence, a country that never existed until Washington created it, before Putin’s inability to act brings on World War III.

Despite the dire situation, Putin remains unable to come to terms with reality. The Russian government continues to demonstrate to Washington weakness and irresolution by repeating its willingness to negotiate. Here we see Putin’s failure as a war leader. It should be Washington and NATO pleading with Putin to negotiate.

We are traveling along the road to Armageddon exactly as I predicted. One ignored provocation leads to another and worst provocation, and then to another and another, and now we have reached the red line that Putin cannot ignore. At this point the only way Putin can avoid World War III is to surrender or to terminate the existence of Ukraine before Washington elevates Ukraine to NATO membership. There is no other choice.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

There has been no public announcement of why the huge and fully loaded cargo ship Dali lost power in the early morning hours of March 26, 2024, before drifting into a support pylon of Baltimore’s Frances Scott Key Bridge and causing it to collapse into the Patapsco River in the economically worst US infrastructure disaster of the 21st century.

But an early report from the Vessel Tracker website declared:

“…enquiries into the cause of the ship’s failure to navigate safely have commenced. The accident site was being treated as a crime scene.” (emphasis added)

So far, no public authority has made any statements on possible criminal aspects of the incident.

The “crime scene” declaration may simply reflect the fact that when an accident involves loss of life, possible criminal charges must be addressed.

In the Dali disaster, six workmen engaged in highway repairs on the bridge’s roadway are missing and presumed dead. Who is ultimately responsible?

Is a criminal investigation routine, or do authorities suspect findings of criminality due to negligence, failure to follow prescribed procedures in maneuvering the ship, or in preparing it to depart the Baltimore port fully loaded? The question also remains of whether the ship was under cyberattack, as some have speculated, but which officials vehemently deny.

Vessel Tracker also now states that,

“The crew of the Dali will remain on board the vessel until the investigation into the accident has been completed. Representatives from Grace Ocean Private and Synergy Marine, the Singapore-flagged ship’s owner and managing company respectively, reported that all crew members were actively engaged in their standard duties and are assisting the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) and Coast Guard with the ongoing investigation.”

Some say, however, that the investigation may not be easily completed. An informant with military seagoing experience writes,

“The operations in this accident are unknown and will not be examined, certainly not in the media, until the lawyers and insurance clerks dig into the sequence. Any comments now are conjecture. May take years to sort the operations out.”

So will the crew of the Dali “remain on board the vessel” for years? Somehow I doubt it. At some point they will be released to go home, probably without charges. The criminality, if any, would likely reach much higher into the ship’s ownership. But any damages would likely become a matter of civil jurisdiction, not a criminal matter. That’s how these things work.

Already the ship’s owners are trying to limit their liability. Vessel Tracker reports:

“The owner of the ship, the Singapore-based Grace Ocean Private L The company can be forced to pay for the disaster at $43 million and filed a ‘limitation of liability’ action in federal court on April 1, invoking a little-known statute used in maritime law.

The complaint asks a federal judge to consolidate claims against the company in U.S. District Court in Maryland and to either find the company not liable at all or to cap its liability at $43 million, which the company claims is the value of the ship and its freight.”

What then will be the outcome?

What we all can agree on is that Baltimore is a small, crowded harbor where these immense cargo ships with dubious mechanical systems, complex computer arrays, small foreign crews with unknown creds, and insufficient tugboat accompaniment, have to perform complex maneuvers to reach open water.

And if you look at the satellite photos, the space between the bridge pylons was not that large. Yet the harbor is authorized to accommodate cargo ships twice Dali’s size.

Video

click lower right corner for full screen

Like the 1985 space shuttle Challenger disaster, which I experienced at NASA, the Dali crash was therefore on the order of “an accident waiting to happen.” A security and risk expert with whom I consulted confirms that somewhere in Baltimore there is a documented risk mitigation system with such a crash buried in it such that there had to have been people on the scene who were not surprised., “From my understanding,” the expert said, “The possibility of something like this was captured in a risk assessment, but not every risk treatment is possible.”

What else do we know?

Evidently as Dali moved along the channel under the bridge there were two ship blackouts, not just one as initially reported.

There are also reports that two-minutes of audio on the ship’s recorders have not been released. And why were there total power blackouts, not just an engine stopping and having to restart?

We may never know.

My point for now is that it’s enough to realize that given modern safety systems, “failure scenarios” exist for every major piece of commercial or industrial machinery in existence.

The problem therefore becomes risk “mitigation,” along with what you are willing to pay for it. This involves an assessment of what the consequences could be of a failure and what are you willing to shell out for prevention.

The risk assessment system had to be aware and had to have documented that if a ship of Dali’s size hit a pylon, it was probably “lights out” for the entire bridge structure. For those in the know, and there have to be such people, the incident would not have been a “surprise.”

One major source of risk mitigation being met by Baltimore’s harbor authorities was to have one or more experienced local pilots on-board to advise the ship’s Master on reaching and staying in the channel between the bridge’s pylons, thereby allowing it to safely reach the open waters of the Chesapeake Bay. Reportedly, Dali had two such local pilots.

But there was a second possible source of risk mitigation available; namely tugboats.

Reportedly, when the Dali left its port berth on the Dundalk side of the harbor, two tugs moved alongside it to assure safe guidance. We don’t yet know when the tugs fell away, leaving the ship to execute a complex maneuver to turn and head downriver. We do know, however, that Dali’s crew did request a tug rescue with its Mayday call. For that it was too late.

But why didn’t the harbor tugs stay with the Dali as it got ready to navigate the relatively narrow passage between the bridge’s pylons? My expert consultant speaks again: “It would be financially impossible to have a tug fleet large enough to bumper every ship going in and out.”

One factor leading to this impossibility may have been what a larger tugboat fleet would have done to Baltimore’s competitiveness vis-à-vis other ports. And since in our capitalist financial system, every extra cost affects the bottom line and therefore determines owners’ profits, corners are always cut.

Still, somewhere along the way, those in charge should have done a calculation that estimated the probabilities of a catastrophic system failure arrayed against the costs of mitigating it with more tugs or tighter regulations.

This calculation would properly have assessed the human and economic consequences of a bridge failure; for instance, what we are now facing with a temporary harbor shutdown and suspension of thousands of jobs, along with five to seven years to rebuild a major transportation artery that’s a conduit for massive amounts of hazardous materials and other commodities along the East Coast corridor.

Then, seeing a shutdown as unacceptable, an outside funding source such as the US Department of Transportation might have stepped up to pay for the extra tugs or other costs. Now, President Joe Biden says the federal government will pay the entire cost of a rebuild, possibly $2 billion. That’s called hindsight; maybe his offer comes a little late.

My forecast is that in the end, no individual will be charged, the owners will get off with a damage assessment that is a drop in the bucket compared to the economic loss, and that the capitalists who profit from the system will assure that gigantic cargo ships with risky safety features will continue to operate in US harbors like Baltimore that were built for an earlier age.

Meanwhile, the taxpayer will foot the bill for mishaps, with costs even higher if municipalities like Baltimore have to borrow money in the capital markets. Or the federal government can tack it onto its already out-of-control deficit.

It seems that in the end, the risk mitigation strategy for the Francis Scott Key Bridge was simply, as my wife told me, “Just keep your fingers crossed.”

Working at NASA, when I watched the space shuttle Challenger blow up on January 28, 1986, that was NASA’s risk mitigation strategy too.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on VT Foreign Policy.

Richard C. Cook is a co-founder and Lead Investigator for the American Geopolitical Institute.  Mr. Cook is a retired U.S. federal analyst with extensive experience across various government agencies, including the U.S. Civil Service Commission, FDA, the Carter White House, NASA, and the U.S. Treasury.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from the Public Domain


Our Country, Then and Now

by Richard C. Cook

ISBN: 9781949762853

E-book ISBN: 978-1-949762-86-0

Year: 2023

Our Country Then and Now takes us on a 400-year journey through America’s history, providing unique snapshots from African enslavement, native dispossession, financial scandals, and wars of expansion and aggression, interspersed with tales from author Richard C. Cook’s ancestry—from Puritan forebears to fighters in the American Revolutionary War and the Civil War, to Midwest Pioneer farmers and their relations with native nations.

Click here to order.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

America’s futile attempts to field a working hypersonic weapon demonstrate just how far behind in missile tech the rogue superpower has fallen.

While it was busy with futile attempts to tarnish the reputation of Russian hypersonic missiles, the rest of the world kept doing its homework and the effort is finally paying off.

Namely, on April 2, North Korea conducted the first test launch of an intermediate-range ballistic missile (IRBM) with a hypersonic warhead.

While it’s not entirely clear what sort of weapon is on top of the missile, it looks to be a glide vehicle (HGV). Dubbed the “Hwasong-16B” in most military sources, the missile is expected to complement the rapidly growing arsenal of other North Korean strategic weapons such as the “Hwasong-10” and “Hwasong-12” that entered service in previous years.

Along with the aforementioned missiles, the “Hwasong-16B” strengthens Pyongyang’s capability to not only deter possible aggression by the United States, but also strike strategically important American military facilities in the increasingly contested Asia-Pacific region.

This also includes the infamous Andersen Air Force Base in Guam, where the Pentagon is expanding its long-range strike capabilities in an attempt to conduct yet another crawling aggression in other superpowers’ geopolitical backyard. Interestingly, just a few weeks ago, on March 19, the USAF conducted what it claims was the last test of the AGM-183A, an air-launched missile carrying an HGV.

Dubbed the ARRW (Air-Launched Rapid Response Weapon), the missile was supposed to be the US entry point into the highly exclusive “hypersonic club”.

Source: InfoBrics

The ARRW was test-fired from a B-52H nuclear-capable bomber, with the USAF yet to reveal the results.

It can be expected that the missile failed, just as it did in over half a dozen previous publicly acknowledged tests. Had it worked, the Pentagon would’ve most likely announced the results by now.

Worse yet, embarrassed by numerous failures of the missile, Lockheed Martin even lied about the allegedly “successful launches” of the AGM-183A.

Namely, instead of actually resolving the project’s numerous R&D issues, the bigwig of the massive US MIC (Military Industrial Complex) resorted to using semantics as a way to misreport its alleged “success”, since further blunders meant cuts to funding and the eventual cancellation of the program. After years of failures, AGM-183A suddenly had a string of several seemingly “flawless tests”.

However, these were just simple trials of its rocket booster that were then presented as successful HGV launches.

And yet, the project was nowhere near completion, leaving the USAF without an operational weapon as several deadlines slipped. The series of “stagnant successes” was broken only in December 2022, when USAF and Lockheed Martin revealed that the first full test of the weapon was successfully completed. Still, after over half a decade of testing, AGM-183A was barely able to achieve Mach 5 before being incinerated by the extreme heat. After at least half a dozen (publicly admitted) consecutive failures in testing, the US Congress threatened to cut further funding for the project. This prompted a behind-the-curtain investigation which revealed that the troubled project was far behind schedule.

Lockheed Martin now had just one more chance to make the weapon work. On March 13, 2023, a USAF B-52H strategic bomber carrying a single AGM-183A conducted the second full test. Initially, the USAF refused to comment on the outcome, leaving experts almost certain that it was another failure. Only a day later, this notion was further reinforced by the announcement that the service would not be purchasing hypersonic weapons in 2024. Finally, on March 28, 2023, several media reported that the USAF admitted the test was a complete failure. The details are still classified, but it seems that even the rocket booster failed this time. The highly publicized recent deployment to Guam is most likely Lockheed Martin’s last-ditch effort to save the project, but the USAF’s silence about the latest test may once again reveal the results.

The Pentagon’s continued failure to field an operational hypersonic weapon is forcing it to invest heavily in missile defenses, while also expanding the deployment of the previously banned medium and intermediate-range weapons (mostly subsonic cruise missiles).

However, these cannot match North Korea’s assets, particularly the latest “Hwasong-16B”, as its HGV warhead is effectively impossible to intercept, despite America’s futile attempts to present its failed “Patriot” air defense system as supposedly “capable” of doing so. Pyongyang’s capabilities have grown exponentially in the last half a decade, with its strategic forces now capable of striking virtually any target in the US. This ensures that Washington DC would finally suffer the consequences of any possible direct aggression against North Korea.

In purely military terms, the advantage of the latest “Hwasong-16B” over other North Korean IRBMs is that it’s a solid-fuel design, meaning that its battle readiness is constant, as it doesn’t require a lengthy refueling process. The fact that “Hwasong-16B” can be launched almost immediately is of the utmost importance for Pyongyang’s security. The “pocket superpower” had been test-firing various hypersonic weapons at least since September 2021, all of which were successful, much unlike those in the US. While its technological prowess is very well known everywhere around the world (without counting the mainstream propaganda machine’s sad attempts to ridicule it), North Korea likely had at least some help from the neighboring superpowers, as it’s in the interest of both Russia and China to keep Pyongyang safe.

In fact, “Hwasong-16B” looks somewhat similar to the Chinese DF-17 MRBM equipped with the secretive DF-ZF/WU-14 HGV.

Moscow’s close ties with North Korea should also be taken into account, particularly as Russia leads the world in hypersonic weapons.

The Eurasian giant is decades ahead of the US in both the development and deployment of such missiles, so it’s only logical to assume it would provide older hypersonic tech to its “pocket superpower” neighbor. After all, the Pentagon cannot match even that, let alone Russia’s latest designs that now include near-space interceptors. It can also be expected that Pyongyang will adopt a more proactive military doctrine to push back against the political West’s aggression in the increasingly contested Asia-Pacific region, where NATO openly plans to expand its highly destabilizing presence.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Feb. 2024 – Grapevine, TX – Tiffany Branum was diagnosed with brain cancer. Months later her husband Scott Branum was diagnosed with brain cancer.

On October 4 2023, Tiffany started feeling bad.

So her husband took her to a hospital, where she was diagnosed with a brain tumor. It was cancerous.

Days later, she underwent surgery to have it removed.

Tiffany and Scott were able to make it their son’s last college hockey game.

Then, just days after that, Scott had to be rushed to a hospital.

“All of sudden, devastating right. Scott had a seizure at home and was rushed to the hospital and they discovered he had a tumor. I mean, it’s unreal,” Jones said.

Scott underwent surgery last Thursday. Jones said doctors were able to remove 90% of the tumor.

He’s back home resting. The family is waiting on the pathology results to determine his course of treatment.

*

Since the rollout of COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines, couples are coming down with cancer. This is no longer a rare phenomenon, and pharmaceutical companies are positioning themselves to profit from it.

March 20, 2024 – 58 year old Susan Morse Miller, fully COVID-19 Vaccinated, died after a battle with cancer. Her husband is also battling cancer.

Image

Feb. 28, 2024 – MLB Pitcher Tim Wakefield died of brain cancer on Oct. 1, 2023. Diagnosis to death: weeks. His wife, Stacy Wakefield died of pancreatic cancer on Feb. 28, 2024. Diagnosis to death: 6-12 months

Image

Feb. 2024 – Millen, GA – Keith & Allison Wise were both diagnosed with Stage 3 cancers at virtually the same time, in August 2022.

Dec. 4, 2023 – 52 year old journalist Susan Ashworth Bader collapsed & died suddenly (she had breast cancer) on Dec. 4, 2023. Her husband, 51 year old Rob Bader died after a 5 month battle with Stage 4 Colon cancer on Mar. 19, 2023.

Nov. 2023 – Young couple both diagnosed with cancer in 2023 while having a baby. Matt Lambert, age 42, diagnosed with stomach cancer Feb. 2023; Laura Lambert, age 38, diagnosed with lymphoma (15cm mass in her chest Stage 3) Nov. 2023.

Image

Image

Sep. 2023 – Cleveland, OH – Shane Gray was diagnosed with advanced stage testicular cancer in Feb. 2023. Months later, his wife Morgan Gray was diagnosed with triple negative breast cancer in July 2023.

Apr. 2023 – Beaumont, TX – John and Alexis Ferguson are both fighting Stage 4 cancer at the same time.

Dec. 2022 – UK – James Jefferson-Loveday was diagnosed with Hodgkin Lymphoma in Dec. 2021, months later his wife Bethany was diagnosed with high grade Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma while 21 weeks pregnant.

July 2022 – 43 year old Shauna Ellis was diagnosed with breast cancer in May 2021. Her husband, 47 year old Jason Ellis was diagnosed with Stage 3 Colon Cancer in Feb. 2022.

 

March 2022 – Michigan couple diagnosed with cancer within days of each other. Mariah Nelesen, age 23, was diagnosed with Ovarian Cancer in Jan. 2022. Just 8 days later, her husband, Clay Slek, age 24, was diagnosed with Acute Myeloid Leukemia.

My Take…

It is important to remember that approximately 70% of the world population has received at least one dose of COVID-19 Vaccine.

 

Pfizer and Moderna COVID-19 mRNA Vaccines cause very aggressive cancers called “Turbo Cancer”.

Ethical Skeptic on X has put out new data today (April 4, 2024) showing that Cancer mortality in the United States has hit a new record high after being fairly flat over the past year. This is a very concerning development.

Image

 

According to Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla, 1 in 3 people will get cancer. He seems quite certain about this.

Click here to watch the video

Mar. 13, 2023: “At a scale that has not been seen before” (2025-2030)

Click here to watch the video

Dec. 14, 2020 – Albert Bourla hasn’t taken the COVID-19 Vaccine (maybe he doesn’t want to get mRNA Induced Turbo Cancer himself?)

Click here to watch the video

They will tell you “Turbo Cancer doesn’t exist”, while big pharma is already profiting massively from COVID-19 mRNA Vaccine Induced Turbo Cancer treatment:

 

Image

 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from COVID Intel


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

  • Blocking passage into and out of the Port of Baltimore, the wreckage is shutting down ninth largest harbour in the US, a vital link to both Southeast Asia and China
  • China was Baltimore’s No 2 import and No 3 export destination in 2023, and a leading consumer of coal shipped through the port

Three days after the Francis Scott Key Bridge crossing the Port of Baltimore was struck by a container ship and collapsed, killing six, officials have turned to restoring the vital shipping lane that is now unpassable with debris.

Early on Tuesday, the 984-foot (300-metre) Dali lost power and diverged from the standard path before crashing into one of the bridge’s pillars. Though traffic had been stopped on the bridge after the crew transmitted a distress signal, six construction workers and their vehicle plunged into the river.

Bodies of two of the six have been recovered. Search for others was halted on Thursday as the debris made it dangerous for divers to continue. The ship also has some containers with hazardous material.

All 22 crew members, almost all from India, have remained aboard the vessel and have been questioned by a team of the National Transportation Safety Board. Investigators have obtained the ship’s data recorder and so far ruled out foul play.

Clean-up and Rebuild

The US government has announced US$60 million in emergency relief aid for early recovery and clean-up.

President Joe Biden has pledged to fund the rebuilding of the 47-year-old bridge that handled 11.3 million crossings annually. It is expected to take more than a year to construct a new bridge.

On Friday, a 1,000-ton (907-tonne) crane, the largest on the east coast, arrived on the disaster scene to help clear the waterway. Federal and state authorities say it remains unclear how long it could take to resume cargo traffic.

The twisted wreckage of the 2.6km (1.6 miles) bridge – pieces of which are still wrapped around the Dali, which carried 4,700 cargo containers – is blocking freighters from sailing the only channel that connects the port to the Atlantic Ocean.

Supply chain threat

That’s bad news for global supply chains as east coast ports in the US have become more significant in recent years with Washington’s push for “friendshoring”.

US east coast ports have been gaining market share of both total and Asian imports compared to Pacific ports – a result of factors like the pandemic and trade wars, but also supply chain issues like congestion, infrastructure expansion and efficiency.

The US has been boosting its trade with so-called friendly countries while trying to diversify away from China amid geopolitical tensions.

More trade with China is done via US west coast ports while shipments to and from South Asian countries like Vietnam, Malaysia, India, Bangladesh often use the east coast ports despite their farther distance. Indeed, the Dali, registered in Singapore, was bound for Sri Lanka.

Click here to read the full article on SCMP.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

At the recent (18 to 29 March) 29th session of the International Seabed Authority Council in Kingstone, Jamaica, some harsh words were exchanged by major superpower delegations, presaging a new area of confrontation that is bound to further burden international relations.

The trigger was State Department’s curt announcement several months ago indicating that the United States intends to extend the outer limits of its continental shelf. The subject matter of this announcement was too arcane for even politically astute members of the public to properly understand.

The international agreement which governs the demarcation of sovereign state jurisdiction beyond the paltry 12 nautical mile territorial sea and contiguous zone allowed by customary international law, that all are more or less familiar with, is an even more obscure topic. The instrument in question is the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, adopted in 1982, and the operative provision in matters relating to the allocation of continental shelf limits is its Article 76.

What drew the attention of the few observers who follow these convoluted but far from unimportant issues was a statement by the Russian Ministry of Foreign Affairs declaring its “non-recognition of the outer limits of the continental shelf declared unilaterally by the United States in December 2023 beyond 200 nautical miles from the baselines from which the width of the territorial sea is measured in seven regions of the World Ocean.”

Laying the groundwork for the emerging dispute, the Russian side stated that their American counterparts’ aspirations “do not comply with the rules and procedures established by international law.” For those versed in the subtleties of Russian diplomatic rhetoric, enough said.

Source: US Department of State. Maritime zones under the international law of the sea.  ECS is that portion of the continental shelf that extends beyond 200 nautical miles.

As previously stated, the normative international law mechanism for putting forth and adjudicating nation-state claims to areas of the sea beyond the coastal zone is the UN Convention on the Law of the Sea, specifically its Article 76. It sets up the conceptual framework, defines the procedures, specifies the metrics, and addresses settling of disputes. To be viable, a nation-state’s claim for an extended continental shelf must conform to those complex regulations.

The disagreement arises from the stated intention of the United States to annex nearly one million additional square kilometres of continental shelf contiguous to the territory that it already controls lawfully and on terms recognised by the international community.

But that is merely the technical aspect of the dispute. Its geopolitical crux is the principal geographical thrust of these projected acquisitions, which happens to be in the direction of the Arctic.

The United States and its NATO allies with territorial interests in the Arctic region (Canada, Norway, Denmark and the UK, to mention the most important ones) naturally are keen to improve their strategic position vis-à-vis the Arctic trade route which gradually is being put in place by their geopolitical rivals.

The Northern Sea Route along Russia’s Arctic coast, activated by Russia with China’s tacit blessing, is an alternative to other, more traditional, southerly trade routes with plenty of chokepoints which makes them conveniently susceptible to NATO allies’ interference and blockade.

In economic and geopolitical terms, the Arctic route, as the shortcut that would connect the Atlantic and Pacific oceans, once fully operational would become at least as great a “challenge” and as much a “threat” and target for the collective West as the North Stream oil pipeline was considered to be.

As the Arctic Institute, a Washington-based Arctic policy think tank correctly points out,

“political and military interests are re-evaluating the region as one of geopolitical competition. While the Arctic traditionally was characterized by cooperation and low tensions, that is changing. A report from the US Congressional Research Service (CRS) on the Arctic notes that although there is still important cooperation in the region, the Arctic is increasingly seen as an area for geopolitical competition amongst the US, China, and Russia.”

The Arctic Institute also notes that “geopolitically [the development of shipping facilities along Russia’s northern coast] has huge implications as it brings China and Russia closer together as allies.” The think tank points out that “in recent years, Russia has reopened more than 50 Soviet bases in the Arctic, both providing themselves more strategic ports throughout the region as well as sending a message to other countries. No other state has as solid a presence in the Arctic as Russia does. Opening these ports, no matter how practical, sends the signal that Russia wants to retain what it sees as a historic domination of the region.”

The analysis continues:

“From an American perspective, a Russia-Chinese alliance is concerning as it increases the possibility of Chinese influence in the Arctic as well as brings together two countries who both have poor relationships with the US. Whether or not American stress turns out to be warranted, the US will still act according to this fear and may begin to build up military strength in the Arctic just in case.”

There is no disputing the Institute’s overall assessment. Assertion of Extended Continental Shelf pretensions, in several regions but most notably in the Arctic direction, is evidence of the “stress” mentioned in the Institute’s analysis.

While innocuous official purposes such as “conservation, management, and use of living and non-living resources” and “regulating marine scientific research” are a plausible-sounding distracting rationale for Continental Shelf extension (see section Continental shelf rights, here) it is hardly conceivable that a serious geopolitical player would go through the trouble of initiating a Continental Shelf extension procedure out of benevolent concern for the sustainability of marine life, corals and crabs.

The realistic solution to this puzzle therefore lies elsewhere, not on the ocean floor but on the geopolitical chessboard. Altruistically disguised groundwork is cumulatively being laid for the opening in the Arctic of an important new Cold War 2.0 front and for an array of blocking moves and manoeuvres that will follow along its entire breadth.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Stephen Karganovic is president of “Srebrenica Historical Project,” an NGO registered in the Netherlands to investigate the factual matrix and background of events that took place in Srebrenica in July of 1995. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  


Rethinking Srebrenica eBook : Karganovic, Stephen, Simic, Ljubisa: Amazon.co.uk: BooksRethinking Srebrenica

By Stephen Karganovic

Rethinking Srebrenica examines the forensic evidence of the alleged Srebrenica “massacre” possessed by the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia (ICTY) in The Hague. Even though the ICTY created more than 3,500 autopsy reports, many of these autopsy reports were based on bone fragments, which do not represent complete bodies. An examination of the matching femur bones found reveals that there were only about 1,900 complete bodies that were exhumed. Of these, some 1,500 autopsy reports indicated a cause of death consistent with battlefield casualties. Only about 400 autopsy reports indicated execution as a cause of death, as revealed by ligatures and blindfolds. This forensic evidence does not warrant the conclusion of a genocide having taken place.

Karganovic examines the events that took place in Srebrenica in July 1995 in a wholistic manner instead of restricting it to a three-day event. The ten chapters cover:

1) Srebrenica: A Critical Overview;

2) Demilitarization of the UN Safe Zone of Srebrenica;

3) Genocide or Blowback?;

4) General Presentation and Interpretation of Srebrenica Forensic Data (Pattern of Injury Breakdown);

5) An Analysis of the Srebrenica Forensic Reports Prepared by the ICTY Prosecution Experts;

6) An Analysis of Muslim Column Losses Attributable to Minefields, Combat Activity, and Other Causes;

7) The Genocide Issue: Was there a Demonstrable Intent to Exterminate All Muslims?;

8) ICTY Radio Intercept Evidence;

9) The Balance Sheet; and

10) Srebrenica: Uses of the Narrative.

  • ASIN:‎ B0992RRJRK
  • Publisher: ‎Unwritten History, Inc.; 2 edition (July 8 2021)
  • Language: ‎English

Click here to purchase

Netanyahu Is Determined to Drag the US Into War with Iran

April 5th, 2024 by Steven Sahiounie

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

In an unprecedented and dangerous escalation, Israel targeted the Iranian Consulate in Damascus on April 1.

It has been many years since Israel has bombed targets inside Iran, and the diplomatic building, directly attached to the Iranian Embassy, is considered the same as an attack on Tehran. According to the Vienna Convention on Diplomatic Relations, in 1961, articles 21 and 22 concern embassies and all types of diplomatic missions.

According to accepted international norms and traditions, diplomatic premises are considered part of the sovereignty and territory of the sending states.

Therefore, the attack on the Iranian consulate can be seen as an attack on Iranian territory.

Kingdom of Saudi Arabia Ministry of Foreign Affairs wrote on X their condemnation of the targeting of the Iranian consulate in Damascus, @KSAmofaEN. Saudi Arabia is the most powerful Arab country, and had come to a restored relationship with Iran, brokered by China in March 2023.

Iran’s Islamic Revolution Guard Corps (IRGC) condemned the Israeli aggression and mourned the commander of the Quds Force in Lebanon and Syria, General Mohammad Reza Zahedi, and Brigadier General Mohammad-Hadi Haji-Rahimi, as well as IRGC officers Hossein Amanollahi, Seyyed Mehdi Jalalati, Mohsen Sadaghat, Ali Agha Babaei, and Seyyed Ali Salehi Rouzbahani.

Israel’s F-35 fighter jets had launched six missiles from the occupied Golan Heights in a targeted attack on the Iranian Consulate’s building.

The Consulate and Embassy are situated in the upscale densely populated neighborhood of Mezze. All the neighboring buildings lost their window glass from the blast. Innocent Syrian civilians were injured while in their own homes at 5:00 pm, preparing to break their fast during Ramadan at 6:45 pm.

Pedestrians were injured walking by as they shopped or returned home. A Syrian champion swimmer is hospitalized in very serious condition from wounds she received while walking in the street. The parked cars in the street were damaged and set ablaze.

“The aggressor Zionist regime bears full responsibility for its consequences and the Islamic Republic of Iran reserves its legitimate and inherent right under international law and the United Nations Charter to take a decisive response to such reprehensible acts,” Zahra Ershadi, Iran’s ambassador to the United Nations, wrote late Monday in a letter to the UN secretary general.

Dmitry Polyanskiy, Russian First Deputy Permanent Representative to the UN, confirmed on Telegram that a Security Council meeting to discuss the Israeli attack will be held on Tuesday at Russia’s request.

Iran will be preparing for a retaliatory response to the Israeli attack. The White House said the US was not warned in advance by Israel of the planned attack. US President Biden has warned Israel previously that the US does not want the Israeli war on the Palestinian people of Gaza to grow wider into a regional conflict which would certainly involve the US, as the military sponsor of Israel.

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has said that Iran is the chief enemy of Israel, and he famously presented a cartoon drawing of a bomb in his speech to the UN General Assembly, warning countries to prevent Iran in obtaining a nuclear weapon.

US President Obama made a deal with Iran, and it was working to contain Iran’s capability to make materials to create a nuclear bomb, but US President Trump ripped up the US treaty, which included five other nations as signatories. Netanyahu lobbied Trump to tear up the deal, so that Israel could keep Iran in the hot-seat, as enemy number one.

Netanyahu faces thousands of Jews in the streets in Israel protesting his refusal to make a ceasefire deal with Hamas and bring home the Israeli hostages in Gaza.

Instead, Netanyahu is determined to keep the war going, which has killed over 32,000 people, mainly women and children. The Israeli public is now calling for him to resign, as they see he has brought the country to its knees in Gaza, and after almost six months of war, Hamas is not defeated, while Israeli soldiers and hostages are dying, and some may be starving inside Gaza.

Netanyahu’s strategy is to deflect. He seeks to create a bigger war to deflect from his domestic problems. His calculated strike on Iranian diplomatic property in Damascus, was his first step to take the focus off Gaza, and get the US involved in a conflict with Iran. The US Congress will support this, even if the Biden administration is reluctant. The personal relationship between Biden and Netanyahu is at its lowest point. Biden had been asking Netanyahu to deliver humanitarian aid into Gaza, and Netanyahu flatly refused. Biden had told Netanyahu that going into Rafah was a “Red Line”, but Netanyahu has refused to change his military plans.

Although Biden can stop the war in Gaza with just one phone call cutting off the free flow of US taxpayer paid weapons to Israel, he refuses to. Which brings us to the conclusion: that the Gaza war, and the 32,000 plus lives lost, are the responsibility of President Joe Biden, and no one else. Even though voters from Michigan and Minnesota have already said they will not vote for Biden because of his complicity in the genocide in Gaza, still Biden is willing to lose the election to Trump for the sake of Zionism, which is a fascist political ideology hiding behind a religion.

Experts warn that the international community should take actions to stop Israel from further aggravating tensions and violating international laws. The region, and the US are on the brink of a war which could be avoided by the US, but probably Biden and the Congress will decide to follow Netanyahu into the abyss, all the while depending on the hardworking US taxpayer to foot the bill, and pay the bloody costs.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from MD

Bad Developments for US Chip-making Dreams

April 5th, 2024 by Karsten Riise

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Biden has big dreams for the US industry – and Congress buys into it with billions in subsidies for new chip fabs (factories). 

But looking at INTEL corporation, what remains of existing US chip-making is not doing well – to put it mildly:

  • revenue down by a third (31%),
  • loss $ 7 billion, up by nearly 2 billion.

The remaining US chip production at INTEL is being outcompeted, wiped off, like the rest of US chip production was before it.  

Intel Discloses $7 Billion Operating Loss for Chip-making Unit

Intel said the manufacturing unit had $7 billion in operating losses for 2023, a steeper loss than the $5.2 billion in operating losses the year before. The unit had revenue of $18.9 billion for 2023, down 31% from $27.49 billion the year before. (Stephen Nellis and Max A. Cherney, Reuters, April 3, 2024)

Now, the competition (TSMC) is supposed to run the planned new US chip fabs, which are much touted by Biden and Congress. But the new US chip fabs are already marred by construction cost overruns and an acute shortage of workers with enough skills. There are also severe problems with differences between US work culture and TSMC. TSMC will prioritize and protect their main setup on Taiwan. And the world’s biggest market for TSMC chips as well as for chips overall is not the USA but … China.

The question arises, how will the two new TSMC fabs in Arizona fare?

Will the US military-industrial-complex be a big enough customer to fill them up?

TSMC seems already in doubt about that and hedges its bet by delaying its second chip fab in Arizona. TSMC explains its decision to delay the second of its two planned chip factory in Arizona appears between the lines from statements by TSMC’s chairman Mark Liu: 

Executive Chairman Mark Liu noted that the type of chips produced at the second fab would be determined in part by the types of federal incentives available, as well as market demand. (Joelle Anselmo, Manufacturing Dive, January 19, 2024)

From Mark Liu talks about “types of chips” it is obvious that TSMC sees no pent-up demand in the USA for the extra amount of chips they could produce in a second Arizona factory. Clearly, what Mark Liu and TSMC are actually concerned about is whether there will be strong enough demand in the US at all for the super advanced chips planned for TSMC’s two new Arizona plants.

The thing is that the vast majority of the most advanced chips is not for military application, so although US strategic concerns are key to the US obsession with chips, the US military or its industrial suppliers will hardly be the biggest purchasers of the very expensive and advanced chips planned for TSMC’s production in the US.

The US Department of Energy (with US defense) uses the most advanced types of chips for their super computers to run simulations of the detonation of new nuclear weapons. But most military hardware runs on chips with “standard-complexity”, not the most advanced (small) ones. With only a (relatively) limited number of super computers, the US defense is not a big customer driving the demand for the most advanced chips.

Demand for the vast majority of the most advanced chips is driven by civilian use. For cell phones (in particular Apple iPhones) and commercially-run AI cloud computer centers which serve the public, the business community at large, and civilian government needs. It is hard to believe that Apple for its iPhone or Microsoft, IBM, Amazon, Oracle, and the other big corporations running gigantic AI cloud computers will buy US-made chips if they can get the same (or better) chips cheaper from Taiwan – at least not without additional US government compensation.

Why should TSMC build and fill up a costly second chip fab in the US if they have extra capacity on Taiwan and can build the same (or even better) chips cheaper on Taiwan?

After all, Taiwan will remain the home-base and center of knowledge, capacity, and excellence for TSMC. Therefore, it is logical that TSMC delays its second planned chip fab in the US. In the end, it boils down to whether the AI boom (or bubble?) will be strong enough to keep new advanced US chip fabs afloat – and TSMC seems to find that doubtful. US made chips (at higher costs and lower skills) may be the last to be bought … and the first to go as chip demands fluctuate. 

Put shortly, the demand for expensive US-made advanced chips insecure, and the sad experience of the past decades of US chip-making history may sadly repeat itself, as US chip fabs may be the first in the World to close in case of global over-supply outside China of advanced chips.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Karsten Riise is a Master of Science (Econ) from Copenhagen Business School and has a university degree in Spanish Culture and Languages from Copenhagen University. He is the former Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of Mercedes-Benz in Denmark and Sweden.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

You know that the administration of President Joe Biden has reached a new low when it takes the initiative to lie for Israel even when Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is accepting some blame for the targeted killing of six foreign national aid workers and a Palestinian translator belonging to Chef Jose Andres’ World Central Kitchen humanitarian “feed the hungry” charitable organization.

Bear in mind that the Israeli army has killed without any regrets expressed at least 196 aid and relief workers in its onslaught on all living creatures located in Gaza, as well as nearly every journalist that crosses its path and doctors and medical staff in hospitals attempting to save lives and treat the injured and dying. On this rare occasion, however, Netanyahu realized that the calculated way in which the predominantly foreign victims had been killed with three separate drone strikes directed against three well-marked and easily identifiable World Central Kitchen vehicles following a route pre-approved and declared to be safe by the Israeli army itself would heighten the already legitimate extreme loathing of the Jewish state and all its works worldwide. Make no mistake these seven workers were deliberately targeted, hunted down and murdered. And it was no accident or a case of poor communications as this was all carried out by an Israeli military unit under the direct control of senior officers in a bid to hasten the starvation of the Palestinian population by driving away relief organizations.

A view of damaged vehicle carrying Western employees

A view of damaged vehicle carrying World Central Kitchen workers in Deir al-Balah, Gaza on April 2. Photo: Ali Jadallah/Anadolu via Getty Images

Not surprisingly, this disdain for Israeli behavior is even surging in the United States, where polls measuring dislike for Israel’s actions continue to rise and, as Netanyahu knows, total unblinking support from a Biden or a Trump is essential for furtherance of his Palestinian-genocide agenda, a program that also requires a steady stream of dollars and weapons to carry out. Joe Biden, who reportedly is angry with Netanyahu, only last Sunday, the day before the incident, approved a $15 billion package of new weapons for Israel, include 25 F-35 fighter jets, and additionally the highly controversial 2,000-pound bombs which have been known to kill indiscriminately in Gaza when deployed by the Israeli air force. As has been true over the past six months, the White House acted unilaterally and did not clear the transfer through congressional review, as required by law, claiming that it was an emergency as good friend and close[est] ally Israel urgently needs the weapons.

President Biden apparently did realize that the deaths in Gaza, which made him feel “outraged and heartbroken,” following so soon on the recently concluded siege and devastation of the last remaining major hospital in the enclave Al-Shifa, might be a political problem for him. Preliminary reports from the hospital, which was completely destroyed, suggest that over 1,500 Palestinians may have been killed, injured, or are reported missing as a result of the massacre. State Department spokesman Matthew Miller nevertheless asserted that the slaughter at the medical center was legitimate as

“There were Hamas fighters hiding in Al-Shifa Hospital. Do not believe that this attack was on the hospital. The attack was on the Hamas fighters that are hiding inside a hospital.”

Other administration figures have claimed that the deaths in both the hospital and among the aid workers were not “deliberate,” which is, of course a lie as it was orders through the Israeli chain of command that initiated the killing in both instances. White House spokesman Karine Jean-Pierre also added her profound but utterly predictable insights into who was to blame,

“So look, Hamas should not be operating out of hospitals, we have said that over and over again, and putting civilians at risk.”

And to be sure, while destroying the hospital was an exciting change of pace for the world’s “most moral army” as its snipers summarily executed doctors and patients, as it picked off children looking for food when they crossed into unposted “kill zones,”and as its engineers used bulldozers to bury alive prisoners who were shackled and could not move, it did represent a problem vis-à-vis the international perception of Israel. So Netanyahu, understanding that a little fence mending was in order for PR reasons, quickly admitted that there had been something of a “mistake” made leading to the killing of the seven aid workers which was “tragic” while the army itself is engaged in a desperate cover-up, describing the incident, as a “grave mistake…that followed a misidentification, at night, during the war, in a very complex condition. It shouldn’t have happened.” Per Netanyahu’s official statement on the incident “This happens in war. We are conducting a thorough inquiry and are in contact with the governments. We will do everything to prevent a recurrence.”

National Security Adviser John Kirby, who has taken on the role of chief liar for the Biden regime, was “outraged” by the deaths while adding that “this incident is emblematic of a larger problem,” though he failed to describe just what that problem might be apart from the fact that Israel likes to kill people, including or perhaps particularly foreign charity workers as the clear intention is to let the Palestinians starve to death. Kirby also repeated the lie that the murders by Israel were “not deliberate” and insisted there would be no cutting back on aid to Israel in spite of the mishap, observing that the US would continue to support the Israel military as it has since Hamas “started the war” through its attacks last October.

“They’re still under a viable threat of Hamas. We’re still going to make sure they can defend themselves and the 7th of October doesn’t happen again.” Admiral John stopped just short of “let’s kill them all so they will never do anything naughty again”, but fortunately there are some Republicans standing around willing to take up John’s call to arms more literally.

I have noted previously that it is the Republicans who are seeking to become Israel’s new best friends largely in hopes of diverting their way the many millions of dollars that Jewish donors will likely be spending on the upcoming national elections. Leading Jewish groups headed by no less than the formidable and untouchable American Israel Political Action Committee (AIPAC) are already well advanced on raising hundreds of millions of dollars as a war chest to defeat any and all congressional candidates who are soft or critical on the issue of Israel. In the 2020 congressional election AIPAC boasted how it had endorsed and supported through its Super PAC 198 House and Senate candidates, including 131 incumbents, all of whom won reelection.

Republican Congressman Tim Walberg of Michigan takes the prize for echoing the calls being made by some Israeli politicians to use nuclear weapons on the Palestinians, though he is now claiming that that was not his intent. He said “I don’t think any of our aid that goes to Israel to support our greatest ally, arguably maybe in the world, to defeat Hamas and Iran and Russia, and probably North Korea’s in there, and China, too, with them helping Hamas — we shouldn’t be spending a dime on humanitarian aid. It should be like Nagasaki and Hiroshima. Get it over quick. The same should be in Ukraine. Defeat Putin quick.” First of all, anyone who calls Israel “our greatest ally” is an idiot since it is actually our greatest liability, unless Walberg is referring to the apparent mutually supportive relationship to carry out the genocide of entire nations that we dislike. One has to wonder who the Democrats put up to run against someone like Walberg who apparently does not have two brain cells to rub together.

Another Republican Congressman Representative Andy Ogles of Tennessee has put it more bluntly by calling on Israel to “…kill them all… Everybody in Hamas,” while others including Donald Trump have urged the Israeli government to “finish the job.” And then there is GOP Senator Rick Scott of Florida who said on Sunday that it is imperative that Israel goes into Rafah to “destroy” the Palestinian militant group Hamas. “Number one, [Israel] needs American support; they have to go into Rafah to destroy Hamas,” Scott said during a completely predictable interview on “Fox News Sunday.” Scott, who is being spoken of as a possible GOP vice presidential candidate, has just returned from a trip to Israel, where he met with Israeli Netanyahu and assured him of unlimited US support in his war to get rid of the 1.5 million or so pesky Palestinians starving and awaiting their fate in Gaza.

But my prize for Congress’s ugliest critter in the metaphorical sense has to go to Brian Mast of Florida who recently appeared in the Congressional Office Buildings wearing his Israeli army uniform. He represents a heavily Jewish district in Florida – whose governor Ron DeSantis has boasted to be the most pro-Israel state in the US. He explained his gesture on Twitter, writing that

“As the only member to serve with both the United States Army and the Israel Defense Forces (IDF), I will always stand with Israel.”

Interestingly, one might interpret “always stand with Israel” as including when it is contrary to US interests. Mast reportedly served in the US Army in Afghanistan and then did a tour as a volunteer with the IDF. He is believed to be a Christian Zionist and some have wondered how he got a security clearance, but hey when something like 70% of the top-level folks in the Biden Cabinet are Jewish and many are suspected of having dual loyalty or perhaps singular loyalty to Israel, who’s asking?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected]

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Brian Mast (Source: TUR)

This Week’s Most Popular Articles

April 5th, 2024 by Global Research News

Doctors Report Mysterious Worldwide Cancer ‘Epidemic’

Paul Anthony Taylor, March 31, 2024

Video: FDA Approved a Digital Pill That Contains a Microchip That Transmits Information Once Swallowed. “Compliance” according to Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla

Global Research News, April 1, 2024

Video: “Wiping Gaza Off The Map”: Big Money Agenda. Confiscating Palestine’s Maritime Natural Gas Reserves

Felicity Arbuthnot, March 20, 2024

Bombshell. Who Was Behind the Crocus City Hall Terrorists? Statement by Alexander Bortnikov, Director of Russia’s FSB

Dr. Gilbert Doctorow, March 28, 2024

How CIA and MI6 Created ISIS

Kit Klarenberg, April 1, 2024

German Government Admits There Was No Pandemic

Baxter Dmitry, April 4, 2024

“Netanyahu’s Colonial Project”. Appropriation of All Palestinian Lands. Israel’s Plan to Expand into A “Greater State”. Dr. Philip Giraldi

Philip Giraldi, April 4, 2024

Video: Vaccinated Children Versus Unvaccinated Children. Dr. Paul Thomas

Jessica Rojas, April 2, 2024

“Wiki-Gate”: Julian Assange Was Framed by the People Who Supported Him

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, March 31, 2024

Rockefeller: Controlling the Game

Jacob Nordangard, April 2, 2024

Childhood Vaccines: HPV Vaccine (Gardasil) Injuries and Deaths of Young Boys

Dr. William Makis, April 1, 2024

Why Are So Many Young People Getting Cancer?

Dr. Joseph Mercola, April 1, 2024

Does Wireless Tech Cause Cancer or Is It Just Another “Coincidence” Being Propagated by Tin-foil Hat Conspiracy Theorists?

John C. A. Manley, March 31, 2024

A “Black Swan Event” – General Michael Flynn Raises Questions About Baltimore Bridge Collapse. Chaos in Supply Chains and Trans-Atlantic Trade

Zero Hedge, March 30, 2024

Black Hour For Western Democracy: Neurotechnologies, Machine-brain Interfaces, Electromagnetic Fields, AI Manipulative Techniques to Persuade People “To engage in Unwanted Behaviours”

Mojmir Babacek, April 1, 2024

Israel’s Bombing of the Iranian Consulate in Damascus Was a Strategic Mistake

Andrew Korybko, April 2, 2024

Now Is Finally the Time for Israel to Pay the Price

Hans Stehling, April 1, 2024

Why Is NATO and The Kiev Regime Terrified of Russia’s ‘Zircon’ Hypersonic Missile?

Drago Bosnic, March 29, 2024

Israel’s Attacks on Syria Take a New and Unexpected Direction

Vanessa Beeley, April 1, 2024

Western Countries in ‘Peace Talks’ Without Russia

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida, April 1, 2024

UN Human Rights Council Again Supports US Regime Change Plans for Nicaragua

By Alfred de Zayas and John Perry, April 04, 2024

When the United Nations sets up a “commission of inquiry,” it can result in a powerful analysis of violations of human rights law, such as the one appointed in 2021 to examine Israel’s illegal occupation of Palestinian territories and its Apartheid practices.

Influenza H5N1 Fear-mongering Is Flooding the News. Perfect Candidate for “Disease X”? How to Protect Against H5N1

By Dr. William Makis, April 04, 2024

A sort of “soft launch” of Influenza H5N1 pandemic is already underway with the “dairy cow” story. It seems every day we have a new update and a new type of spread, whether it’s to three cats or dairy farms in six states, etc.

German Government Admits There Was No Pandemic

By Baxter Dmitry, April 04, 2024

Huge news out of Germany as the federal government have been forced to admit that so-called “conspiracy theorists” were right about everything during the Covid pandemic.

Video: Canadians Plunged Into Poverty. Can’t Afford to Eat! Sign of Major Economic Collapse

By Market Mania, April 04, 2024

Canada is going through an economic collapse. Food charities have a waitlist. Is there any sign of utter economic collapse than people who cannot afford to feed themselves? Why is this happening? 

Zionist Israel Can Exist Only If a Free Palestine Has an Equal Right to Exist

By Jerome Irwin, April 04, 2024

In November 2012, the UN General Assembly accepted the resolution upgrading Palestine to a non-member observer state in the United Nations family of nations. The UN Charter supposedly protects the territorial integrity or political independence of any state from the threat or use of force.

“Dangers of the Moment” Have Arrived. The Never Ending War in Ukraine Is on the Docket.

By Renee Parsons, April 04, 2024

As Congress reconvenes after its latest holiday sabbatical, another $60 billion in funding for the never ending war in Ukraine is on the docket.Or it may be, in a spirit of generosity, that Congress increases that funding level even as the southern border continues to flow unimpeded with undocumented illegals of nefarious intent.

NATO at 75: Abolish It Now

By Transnational Foundation and Jan Oberg, April 04, 2024

NATO’s 75th Anniversary on April 4, 2024, is a golden opportunity to discuss its tragic peace-making failure and why it should have been closed down thirty years ago when its raison d’etre—the Soviet Union and the Warsaw Pact—fell apart.

Killing Aid Workers: Australia’s Muddled Policy on Israel

April 5th, 2024 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on January 21, 2024

 

New Year Donation Drive: Global Research Is Committed to the “Unspoken Truth”

***

Psychics or psychopaths at the helm? 

Felicity Arbuthnot, Global Research, January 21, 2024

Highlight

A  “Vaccine” for the Non-existent Hypothetical “Disease X” is slated to be developed  at a Research Centre located at The “Defence Science and Technology Laboratory” [Dstl] at Porton Down, Wiltshire, which is one of the U.K.’s Ministry of Defense most secretive and controversial military research facilities specializing in the testing of biological and chemical weapons. 

 

 

 

Hypothetical “Disease X”

The WHO Pandemic Treaty is A Fraud

by

Michel Chossudovsky

Introduction

WHO Director General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, continues to mislead public opinion Worldwide. 

There is no such thing as  “Disease X”. It’s a hypothetical construct by a WHO expert committee (2017-2018) of virologists and disease analysts. It was then envisaged in the Clade X Simulation (May 2018) and Event 201 Simulation of a Pandemic (October 2019). Both events were held under the auspices of the John Hopkins Center for Heath Security with the support of the Gates Foundation.

It was then announced by Bill Gates at the Munich Security Conference in February 2022:

“The risks of severe disease from Covid-19 have “dramatically reduced” but another pandemic is all but certain”. says Bill Gates.

“A potential new pandemic would likely stem from a different pathogen to that of the coronavirus family” (CNBC).

“We’ll have another pandemic. It will be a different pathogen next time,” Gates said.

How could he know this in advance?

“Predicting” and “Preparing” for “Disease X”, An Unknown Threat

In his presentation at the Davos24 WEF, the WHO Director General Dr.Tedros recanted Bill Gates’ premonition, pointing to the alleged severity of the Covid-19 crisis initiated in early 2020, in blatant contradiction with official WHO data.

Bill Gates is Tedros’ Mentor. They have a close personal relationship, which occasionally borders on “conflict of interest”.

Bill Gates, Tedros et al (supported by the WHO “committee of experts”) are now predicting “Disease X” which stems  from a hypothetical pathogen which is allegedly 20 times more deadly than SARS-CoV-2. What absolute nonsense. 

“Aside from the fact that it will wreak havoc on humanity, the research team has no idea about the nature of the pathogen”

According to Forbes:

Disease X, a hypothetical unknown threat, is the name used among scientists to encourage the development of countermeasures, including vaccines and tests, to deploy in the case of a future outbreak—the WHO convened a group of over 300 scientists in November 2022 to study the “unknown pathogen that could cause a serious international epidemic,” positing a mortality rate 20 times that of Covid-19″

300 scientists to study something which is unknown and hypothetical? The media propaganda buzz, quoting “scientific opinion” is “Disease X 20 times more dangerous than Covid”

A renewed fear campaign 24/7 has been launched, consisting of reports of an alleged new wave of Covid deaths, while totally ignoring the tide of excess mortality and morbidity resulting from the Covid-19 “vaccine”.

Video: A Vaccine for a Hypothetical “Disease X” Pandemic.

Produced by Lux Media. Michel Chossudovsky and Caroline Mailloux

To access Rumble and/or leave a Comment click here or the lower right hand corner of the video screen

To Donate to Lux Media Click Here

Scroll down to read the Section on the Disease X “Vaccine”

“Disease X” Alleged Pathogen “Identified” by WHO Expert Committee Two Years  Prior to the Covid-19 Crisis

In early February 2018  a WHO expert committee convened behind closed doors in Geneva to consider the unthinkable”.

click image to access text

“The goal was to identify pathogens with the potential to spread and kill millions but for which there are currently no, or insufficient, countermeasures available.” 

The Expert Committee had met on two previous occasions, most probably in 2017:  

“It was the third time the committee, consisting of leading virologists, bacteriologists and infectious disease experts, had met to consider diseases with epidemic or pandemic potential.

But when the 2018 list was released two weeks ago [mid February 2018] it included an entry not seen in previous years.

In addition to eight frightening but familiar diseases including Ebola, Zika, and Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS), the list included a ninth global threat: Disease X.” (Daily Telegraph, emphasis added)

It all sounds very scientific based on experts contracted and rewarded by the WHO, under the advice of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation:

“Disease X represents the knowledge [what knowledge?] that a serious international epidemic could be caused by a pathogen currently unknown to cause human disease”.

Experts on the WHO panel say Disease X could emerge from a variety of sources and strike at any time.

History tells us that it is likely the next big outbreak will be something we have not seen before”, said John-Arne Rottingen, chief executive of the Research Council of Norway and a scientific adviser to the WHO committee. 

“It may seem strange to be adding an ‘X’ but the point is to make sure we prepare and plan flexibly in terms of vaccines and diagnostic tests.

“We want to see ‘plug and play’ platforms developed which will work for any, or a wide number of diseases; systems that will allow us to create countermeasures at speed.” (Telegraph)

The work of the “expert committee” was followed by two table top simulations respectively in May 2018 and October 2019. 

The Clade X Simulation: “Parainfluenza Clade X”

A few months following the WHO experts’ meeting in Geneva in early 2018, at which a hypothetical Disease X was categorized as a “global threat’, the Clade X table top simulation was conducted Washington D.C. (May 2018) under the auspices of The Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security.

“The scenario begins with an outbreak of novel parainfluenza virus that is moderately contagious and moderately lethal and for which there are no effective medical countermeasures”.

The virus is called: “Parainfluenza Clade X”

“Disease X” and the 201 Global Pandemic Simulation 

The Hypothetical Disease X Concept developed in 2017-2018 by a WHO Expert Committee of leading virologists and disease experts was simulated in the Event 201 Table Top Simulation of a deadly corona virus pandemic. The Global Pandemic Exercise was held in New York under the auspices of the John Hopkins Bloomberg School of Health, Centre for Heath Security (which hosted the May 2018 Clade X Simulation). The event was sponsored by the Gates Foundation and the World Economic Forum. (Event 201)

An October 21, 2019 report  “Disease X dummy run: World health experts prepare for a deadly pandemic and its fallout confirms that Disease X was part of the 201 Global Pandemic Simulation

On Friday a panel of 15 high-powered international figures gathered in the ballroom of a New York hotel to “game” a scenario in which a pandemic is raging across the world, killing millions.

Health experts fully expect the world to be confronted by a fast-moving global pandemic. The updates were coming into the situation room thick and fast – and the news was not good. The virus was spreading… The former deputy director of the CIA took off her glasses, rubbed her eyes, and addressed the panel.  “We also have to consider that terrorists could take advantage of this situation,” she said. “We’re looking at the possibility of famine. There is the potential for outbreaks of secondary diseases.”

“I fully expect that we will be confronted by a fast-moving global pandemic,” said Dr Mike Ryan, executive director of the World Health Organisation (WHO) health emergencies programme.

Addressing participants – and the 150 observers – before the scenario began, he said that the WHO deals with 200 epidemics every year. It’s only a matter of time before one of those becomes a pandemic – defined as a disease prevalent over a whole country or the world.” (Telegraph, emphasis added)

 

Video: Tedros Stated that  Covid was “The First Disease X”

 

Evidence: No Pandemic in Early 2020. Misleading Statements by Dr. Tedros, Fraudulent Decisions

In a Factual Nutshell: 

  • WHO Director General Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, launched a Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC) on January 30th 2020. There was 83 “confirmed Cases” outside China for a population of 6.4 billion people. 
  • There was no “scientific basis” to justify the launching of a Worldwide Public Health Emergency.
  • On February 20th, 2020At a briefing in Geneva, the WHO Director General Dr Tedros, said that he was “concerned that the chance to contain the coronavirus outbreak was “closing” …“I believe the window of opportunity is still there, but that the window is narrowing.” Those statements were based on 1076 “confirmed cases” outside China. 
  • The WHO officially declared a Worldwide pandemic on March 11, 2020 at a time when the number of PCR cases outside China (6.4 billion population) was of the order of  44,279 cumulative confirmed cases 
  • All so-called confirmed cases are the result of the PCR test, which does not detect the virus
  • In the US on March 9, 2020, there were 3,457 “confirmed cases” out of a population of  329.5 million people. 
  • In Canada on March 9, 2020, there were 125 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 38.5 million people. 
  • In Germany on March 9, 2020, there were 2948 “confirmed cases” out of a population of 83.2 million people.

The above is a summary. Scroll down for references and analysis

The “Disease X” Fear Campaign and the Pandemic Treaty

There is vast literature on the Pandemic Treaty and its likely consequences. 

The Pandemic Treaty consists in creating  a global health entity under WHO auspices. It’s the avenue towards “Global Governance” whereby the entire World population of 8 billion would be digitized, integrated into a global digital data bank.

All your personal information would be contained in this data bank, leading to the derogation of fundamental human rights as well as the subordination of national governments to dominant financial establishment. 

The Pandemic Treaty would be tied into the creation of a Worldwide digital ID system. 

According to David Scripac 

 “A worldwide digital ID system is in the making. [The aim] of the WEF—and of all the central banks [is] to implement a global system in which everyone’s personal data will be incorporated into the Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) network.” 

Peter Koenig describes the underlying process as : 

“an all-electronic ID – linking everything to everything of each individual (records of health, banking, personal and private, etc.).”

Bombshell: A Vaccine for a Hypothetical “Disease X” Pandemic “With an Unknown Pathogen” 

Announced by Dr. Tedros at Davos24, not to mention Bill Gates’ numerous authoritative statements, governments must prepare for the outbreak of   “Disease X”. 

A  State of the Art “Vaccine” allegedly to “Build our Immunity” against “Disease X” (which is a hypothetical construct based on an unknown pathogen) is slated to be developed at Britain’s “Vaccine Development and Evaluation Centre” (UK Health and Security Agency’s (UKHSA) Porton Down campus in Wiltshire, inaugurated in August 2023.

“Ministers have opened a new vaccine research centre in the UK where scientists will work on preparing for “disease X”, the next potential pandemic pathogen.

Prof Dame Jenny Harries said: “What we’re trying to do now is capture that really excellent work from Covid and make sure we’re using that as we go forward for any new pandemic threats.”

She added: “What we try to do here is keep an eye on the ones that we do know. For example, with Covid, we are still here testing all the new variants with the vaccines that have been provided to check they are still effective.

“But we are also looking at how quickly we can develop a new test that would be used if a brand new virus popped up somewhere.” …

“This state-of-the-art complex will also help us deliver on our commitment to produce new vaccines within 100 days of a new threat being identified.”

(The Guardian, emphasis added) 

The “Disease X” “Vaccine” is to be Developed at the U.K. Ministry of Defense Science and Technology Porter Down Campus

“The Vaccine Development and Evaluation Centre” (VDEC) –which has a mandate to develop “The Disease X” Vaccine– is a civilian research entity under Britain’s National Health Service (NHS) managed by the UK Health and Security Agency (UKHSA) headed by Dame Jennifer Harries (DBE).

Of significance VDEC which was inaugurated in August 2023 is located in: 

The “Defence Science and Technology Laboratory” [Dstl] at Porton Down, Wiltshire, which is one of the U.K.’s Ministry of Defense’s most secretive and controversial military research facilities specializing in the testing of biological and chemical weapons.

The UK Health and Security Agency (UKHSA) has initiated a project in global and country-level “Integrated Disease Surveillance” funded by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. A representative of the Gates Foundation is a member of UKHSA’s Advisory Board.

.

.

***

Click above screenshot to the access Daily Star article 

What is required is a Mass Movement to Oppose the Adoption of the Pandemic Treaty at the World Health Assembly. (May 27, 2024).

We also Call for the Immediate Cancellation of the Covid-19 “Killer Vaccine”

Ironically to say the least,  the WHO Director General Tedros, admits that

“the momentum had been slowed down by entrenched positions and “a torrent of fake news, lies, and conspiracy theories”.

 

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, January 22, 2024, Latest Revision January 27, 2024

 

***

 

World Health Organisation Head:

Global Compliance Needed For Next Pandemic

by

Steve Watson 

Original source Modernity

 

In an appearance at the globalist World Economic Forum in Davos, the Director General of the World Health Organisation urged that global cooperation will be needed during the next pandemic, and that national interests” hinder compliance.

In a session titled “Disease X,” Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus stated that in order to be “better prepared” and “to understand disease X,” the WHO’s ‘Pandemic Agreement’ needs to be adopted globally.

“This is about a common enemy,” Tedros continued, adding “without a shared response, we will face the same problem as COVID.”

He explained that the decline for the legislation is May of this year and member states are negotiating between countries to implement it.

“This is a common global interest, and very narrow national interests should not come in the way,” he continued, adding “of course national interests are natural, but they could be difficult and affect the negotiations.”

Tedros also declared that COVID was “the first disease X, and it could happen again.”

Here is the full exchange:

Before the cosy chat, Rebel news reporter Avi Yemini confronted Tedros and asked for his opinion on global lockdowns and vaccination mandates.

He had nothing to say.

 

First published by Modernity

References 

There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemic

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, January 21, 2024

Biggest Lie in World History: There Never Was A Pandemic. The Data Base is Flawed. The Covid Mandates including the Vaccine are Invalid

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, May 14, 2023

The Covid “Killer Vaccine”. People Are Dying All Over the World. It’s A Criminal Undertaking

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, May 24, 2023

*

 


 

The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

Free of Charge for ALL our Readers. Click here to Download 


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

 

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

 

Image

Headlines 

  • Apr. 3, 2024: ‘This could be 100 times worse than Covid’: Bird flu warning from scientists who say HALF of infections with H5N1 in people are fatal – as White House says it’s ‘monitoring’ the situation

  • Apr. 3, 2024: Dairly cows in Ohio tested positive for H5N1 bird flu, making it the 6th state to report cases
  • Apr. 2, 2024: Cats in Texas have died of H5N1 bird flu, according to state officials. 3 cases have been confirmed. The cats were tested in connection with bird flu outbreaks at dairy farms.
  • Apr. 2, 2024: Tests confirm avian flu on New Mexico dairy farm; probe finds cats positive
  • Apr. 2, 2024: H5N1 bird flu found at Texas poultry plant owned by Cal-Maine Foods, the largest producer of fresh eggs in the U.S. 1.6 million laying hens and 337,000 pullets are being culled. USDA says safely handled and properly cooked eggs are safe to eat.
  • Apr. 1, 2024 – Rare human case of highly contagious bird flu confirmed in Texas, “This person had exposure to dairy cattle in Texas presumed to be infected with HPAI A(H5N1) viruses, The CDC said this is the second case of a human testing positive for H5N1 in the United States, after a previous case was observed in Colorado in 2022.
  • Apr. 1, 2024 – A person in the United States has tested positive for highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) A(H5N1) virus (“H5N1 bird flu”), as reported by Texas and confirmed by CDC. This person had exposure to dairy cattle in Texas presumed to be infected with HPAI A(H5N1) viruses. The patient reported eye redness (consistent with conjunctivitis), as their only symptom, and is recovering. The patient was told to isolate and is being treated with an antiviral drug for flu. This infection does not change the H5N1 bird flu human health risk assessment for the U.S. general public, which CDC considers to be low.
  • Mar. 27, 2024 – 21 year old student died of H5N1 bird flu in Vietnam
  • Mar. 26, 2024 – H5N1 arrived on mainland Antarctica in February, and Adélie penguins have tested positive but without showing signs of disease
  • Mar. 13, 2024 – Bird flu strain raises alarm as H5N1 virus kills South American wildlife
  • Feb. 12, 2024 – CDC – Cambodia has reported four recent human infections with avian influenza (HPAI) A(H5N1) (bird flu) virus. These are the first human infections with HPAI A(H5N1) virus identified in Cambodia in 2024. The four infections occurred in three children, one of whom died, and an adult, all of which were identified in late January and early February. All patients reportedly had a history of recent exposure to sick or dead poultry prior to their illness.Currently, there is no indication of person-to-person spread associated with these four cases of H5N1 virus infection in Cambodia
  • Jan. 29, 2024 – Cambodia reports 2 more human H5N1 avian flu infections
  • Jan. 4, 2024 – Avian flu detected in polar bear in Alaska that died

American Institutions

April 2, 2024 (CDC) – Technical Update: Summary Analysis of Genetic Sequences of Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza A(H5N1) Viruses in Texas

This is a technical summary of an analysis of the genomic sequences of viruses associated with an outbreak of highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) A(H5N1) viruses in Texas. This analysis supports the conclusion that the overall risk to the general public associated with the ongoing HPAI A(H5N1) outbreak has not changed and remains low at this time. The genome of the virus identified from the patient in Texas is publicly posted in GISAID and has been submitted to GenBank.

April 2, 2024 – CDC has sequenced the influenza virus genome identified in a specimen collected from the patient in Texas who was confirmed to be infected with highly pathogenic avian influenza A(H5N1) [“HPAI A(H5N1)”] virus and compared these with HPAI A(H5N1) sequences from cattle, wild birds and poultry. The virus sequences are HA clade 2.3.4.4b HPAI A(H5N1) with each individual gene segment closely related to viruses detected in dairy cattle available from USDA testing in Texas.

While minor changes were identified in the virus sequence from the patient specimen compared to the viral sequences from cattle, both cattle and human sequences maintain primarily avian genetic characteristics and for the most part lack changes that would make them better adapted to infect mammals.

The genome for the human isolate had one change (PB2 E627K) that is known to be associated with viral adaptation to mammalian hosts, and which has been detected before in people and other mammals infected with HPAI A(H5N1) virus and other avian influenza subtypes (e.g., H7N9), but with no evidence of onward spread among people. Viruses can undergo changes in a host as they replicate after infection. Further, there are no markers known to be associated with influenza antiviral resistance found in the virus sequences from the patient’s specimen and the virus is very closely related to two existing HPAI A(H5N1) candidate vaccine viruses that are already available to manufacturers, and which could be used to make vaccine if needed. Overall, the genetic analysis of HPAI A(H5N1) viruses in Texas supports CDC’s conclusion that the human health risk currently remains low. More details are available in this technical summary below:

US Department of Agriculture:

 

 

To summarize the propaganda first (as of April 3, 2024): 

  • 0 human to human transmission cases of H5N1

  • 1 dairy cow to human case in Texas (HA clade 2.3.4.4b), exposed to dairy farm, had pinkeye, not hospitalized, is recovering (2nd human case in USA, first was in Colorado in 2022)
  • Texas case has mutation PB2-E627K – adaptation to efficiently replicate in mammalian cells but not enough to spread human to human.
  • Most recent human death: 21 year old Vietnamese student went wild bird trapping, got sick Mar. 11, died Mar. 23 from H5N1.
  • 3 Texas cats tested positive for H5N1 and showed signs of sickness.
  • 6 states where dairy cattle rested positive: Texas, Ohio, Kansas, Michigan, New Mexico, Idaho.
  • Feb. 2024 – First penguins die in sub-Antarctic of H5N1
  • Jan. 2024 – Avian flu detected in polar bear in Alaska that died

Beyond the propaganda:

  • There is a tremendous effort being put in at this time to “soft launch” a new pandemic and it seems like right now, Influenza H5N1 is an excellent candidate for “Disease X”

  • I’ve noticed a 3-pronged attack here in the past few weeks:

    • H5N1 spreading to humans from other mammals
    • an attack on dairy cattle (WEF doesn’t want us eating meat)
    • an attack on cats (WEF wants to kill all pets, including cats)

 

March 29, 2024 – CDC still reporting 56% case fatality rate 

“From 1 January 2003 to 26 February 2024, a total of 254 cases of human infection with avian influenza A(H5N1) virus have been reported from four countries within the Western Pacific Region (Table 1).

Of these cases, 141 were fatal, resulting in a case fatality rate (CFR) of 56%. The last cases in the Western Pacific Region were reported from Viet Nam, with an onset date of 11 March 2024.”

H5N1 Is the Perfect “Disease X” 

  • It is allegedly spreading via mammals, especially those they want to eliminate in the long term

  • High case fatality rate (56%) for the much needed “fear factor”
  • Antivirals available
  • mRNA Vaccines already in the works

H5N1 Antiviral Drugs and Neuropsychiatric Side Effects 

Viral neuraminidases are essential for influenza reproduction, facilitating viral budding and release of replicated virus from infected host cells.

Neuraminidase enzyme inhibitors act against influenza A and B.

Oseltamivir (Tamiflu), Peramivir (Rapivab) and Zanamivir (Relenza) are neuraminidase enzyme inhibitors.

Tamiflu 

“Despite demonstration of limited benefit, the drug is widely used, with a total of 48 million patients receiving prescriptions for oseltamivir worldwide since 2006. Approximately 10% of the drug penetrates the blood-brain barrier, which allows for potential neuropsychiatric side effects” (click here)

The majority of these adverse events have been observed to have occurred in the pediatric population. Neuropsychiatric adverse events include delirium, disturbances in consciousness, perceptual changes, delusions, tremors, anxiety symptoms, seizure disorders, parasomnias, and apocrine and eccrine gland disorders

“Researchers have found increased propensity for mice to jump from 20-cm high platforms when given oseltamivir.”

“Japan contraindicated its use among individuals aged 10 to 19 due to concerns of abnormal behaviors”

Children receiving oseltamivir should be monitored for neuropsychiatric side effects

From a paper titled: “The Tamiflu fiasco and lessons learnt” (click here):

“Serious Adverse Events, especially neuropsychiatric events associated with Tamiflu started getting reported…recent articles have questioned the risk-benefit ratio of the drug…recommendations for stockpiling the drug as given by WHO have been put to scrutiny…many reviewers have labeled Tamiflu saga as a “costly mistake.”

Mar. 20, 2023 – Vaccine makers prep bird flu shot for humans ‘just in case’; rich nations lock in supplies

LONDON, March 20 (Reuters) – Some of the world’s leading makers of flu vaccines say they could make hundreds of millions of bird flu shots for humans within months if a new strain of avian influenza ever jumps across the species divide.

One current outbreak of avian flu known as H5N1 clade 2.3.4.4b has killed record numbers of birds and infected mammals. Human cases, however, remain very rare, and global health officials have said the risk of transmission between humans is still low.

Executives at three vaccine manufacturers – GSK Plc (GSK.L), Moderna Inc (MRNA.O), and CSL Seqirus, owned by CSL Ltd (CSL.AX) – told Reuters they are already developing or about to test sample human vaccines that better match the circulating subtype, as a precautionary measure against a future pandemic.

Others, like Sanofi (SASY.PA), said they “stand ready” to begin production if needed, with existing H5N1 vaccine strains in stock.

In a pandemic, vaccine manufacturers would shift production of seasonal flu vaccines and instead make shots tailored to the new outbreak when needed. They already have the capacity to make hundreds of millions of doses.

Many of the potential pandemic shots are pre-approved by regulators, based on data from human trials showing the vaccines are safe and prompt an immune response, a process already used with seasonal flu vaccines. This means they might not require further human trials, even if they have to be tweaked to better match whichever strain does jump to humans. Data on how well the vaccines actually protect against infection would be gathered in real-time.

In all, the WHO said there are close to 20 licensed vaccines against the broader H5 strain of flu. Existing antiviral treatments for people already infected will also help mitigate the impact.

Moderna’s mRNA vaccine research actually began with pandemic flu, and was modified for COVID, said Raffael Nachbagauer, executive director of infectious diseases at Moderna.

The company plans to launch a small human trial of an mRNA pandemic flu vaccine tailored to the new avian influenza subtype in the first half of 2023, he said, adding Moderna could respond “very quickly” in an outbreak scenario. The results will be closely watched, as the data on Moderna’s seasonal flu candidate was mixed.

*

May 21, 2023 – The current U.S. stockpile of H5N1 flu shots likely won’t offer much protection in the event of a pandemic, vaccine researchers said.

Almost 59 million commercial birds have already been culled in the United States. It’s the broadest outbreak of this type of avian flu, known as H5N1, since it was first identified in China in 1996. 

The U.S. recorded its only human case of H5N1 last April — the person was involved in culling poultry with presumed infections in Colorado.The United Kingdom reported two cases Tuesday, both poultry workers with asymptomatic infections detected via routine testing. Chile reported one infection in March and Ecuador one case in January.

Since arriving in the U.S. last January, avian flu has spread from birds to several other mammals: mountain lions, bobcats, bears, seals, red foxes, coyotes, raccoons, skunks and possums, as well as an otter and a bottlenose dolphin.

Moderna said that later this year, it expects to begin clinical testing of an mRNA vaccine specific to the strain now circulating in birds, called 2.3.4.4b. mRNA technology offers an advantage because it allows vaccines to be produced and updated quickly.

Hensley leads a research team that is testing another mRNA vaccine to target 2.3.4.4b. Data published in April, which hasn’t been peer reviewed, showed that it elicited an immune response in mice and ferrets

Meanwhile, two other pharmaceutical companies, CSL Seqirus and GSK, have partnered with the U.S. government to manufacture experimental vaccine doses that are also closer matches to the current strain

The National Institutes of Health announced this month that it has started testing a universal mRNA flu vaccine among 50 volunteers.

*

My Take… 

I don’t believe there will be a real Influenza H5N1 outbreak but one can certainly be easily simulated and then propagandized by the media.

A sort of “soft launch” of Influenza H5N1 pandemic is already underway with the “dairy cow” story. It seems every day we have a new update and a new type of spread, whether it’s to 3 cats or dairy farms in 6 states, etc.

If this continues, I can certainly foresee a sudden “human to human” spread with some new mutation to explain how it jumped from moving from cattle to cattle, to cattle to human, to human to human transmission.

There is a large enough segment of the population that is braindead enough to demand immediate lockdowns, masking, that includes the 8x mRNA vaccinated doctors who are now more spike protein than human (those who don’t exercise and haven’t died from myocarditis induced sudden cardiac death yet).

In that case, everything would move very quickly in terms of mandatory lockdowns, masking and even limits on airtravel, before people start asking too many questions.

The key approach to a “Disease X” style Influenza H5N1 pandemic would be the following: 

  • non compliance with lockdowns and masking

  • do not take antivirals such as: Oseltamivir (Tamiflu), Peramivir (Rapivab) and Zanamivir (Relenza)
  • do not take any Influenza H5N1 mRNA Vaccine under any circumstances.
  • If there is a limited release of a gain of function influenza (of any kind), in limited geographic locations such as airports, consider taking any of the following which have shown activity against H5N1:

Most importantly, do not panic.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image: MILLIONS OF ANIMALS ARE SLAUGHTERED IN SILENCE. Here, a container with killed chickens from a large chicken farm in Alford, Lincolnshire can be seen. British authorities claim it is due to the largest bird flu outbreak ever in the UK. Across the Western world, millions of chickens are now being gassed to death beyond public awareness. Dairy and meat cattle have also begun to be killed by abandoned European farmers. Still: The Lincolnite / YouTube

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

What is significant is that the German Health authorities based on official data have now been obliged under Freedom of Information to reveal the devastating nature and impacts of the Covid lockdowns imposed on 190 countries, starting March 11, 2020.

Most of the independent studies including those conducted by Global Research have been the object of censorship.

Of Significance,  the official documents of the Germany’s Ministry of Health consistent with the independent reports published in the course of more than 4 years  pertaining to the COVID-19 lockdowns, the mandatory wearing of the face mask, and the experimental mRNA vaccines.

Our thanks to Daily Mail Online. 

Here are some quotations from our archive:

March 11, 2020, Biggest Lie in World History: There Never Was A Pandemic. The Data Base is Flawed. The Covid Mandates including the Vaccine are Invalid

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, March 30, 2024

Today March 11, 2024: Four Years Ago the Covid-19 Lockdown was imposed in one fell swoop by national governments Worldwide. 

The Lockdown implied: “Confining the Labour Force” and “Freezing the Work Place”. 

Not a single economist has acknowledged this relationship. From their standpoint, it was the virus which triggered economic and social collapse. What nonsense. 

What does this imply. The most serious economic and social crisis in World history which four years later is still ongoing, leading to economic chaos and mass poverty Worldwide. 

Destabilizing the social, political and economic structure of 190 sovereign countries cannot constitute  a “solution” to combating the virus. 

But that was the imposed “solution” which was implemented in several stages from the very outset of the corona crisis in January 2020.  

It’s the destruction of people’s  lives. It is the destabilization of civil society.

Fake science was supportive of this devastating agenda. The lies were sustained by a massive media disinformation campaign. 24/7, Incessant and Repetitive “Covid alerts” in the course of the last four years.

The  historic March 11, 2020 lockdown triggered economic and social chaos Worldwide. It was an act of “economic warfare”: a war against humanity. 

This diabolical agenda has undermined the sovereignty of nation states. 

It has contributed  to a wave of bankruptcies. It has impoverished people Worldwide.

It has led to a spiralling dollar denominated global debt. 

Using advanced digital and communications technologies, the lockdown and “closure” of the global economy is unprecedented in World history.

The video below was produced by Global Research in December 2020 prior to the launching of the vaccine. It was released in early 2021. 

It was the object of immediate censorship. It was taken down.

Thanks to Vaccine Choice Canada, this version on Rumble was saved.  

Start the video production at 6′.30′

Click Here to access the Video on Rumble and/or Leave Comment

Our thanks to Vaccine Choice Canada

 

Video: “Planet Lockdown”. A Final Warning to Humanity from Former Pfizer Chief Scientist Michael Yeadon

By Dr. Mike Yeadon, February 08, 2024

 

Listen to Dr. Michael Yeadon, former Vice President and Chief Science Officer of Pfizer, talking about the pandemic, the PCR test and the COVID vaccine.

Watch the video below.

 

\

 

 

Mask Wearer Versus Non-Mask Wearer. Why Most People Couldn’t See the Lies?

By Mark Keenan, February 05, 2024

Covid-19 was a fulcrum event, it created a mental split. There are those that fully accepted the government narrative, restrictions, and wore the masks proudly; and there are those more aware people that could see for themselves what was really happening. Millions of people worldwide have seen through the deception.

However, for the most part, those people that could see the truth couldn’t convince most other people of that truth no matter how hard they tried, and those believing the government narrative couldn’t convince the ‘truthers’ of their truth no matter hard they tried. 

It seemed like an invisible mental barrier manifested itself. Why could the relative few people see through the Covid-19 fake pandemic so clearly amidst the mass insanity around them? and why could most of the people not see the lies? 

Science Is Conclusive: Masks and Respirators Do Not Prevent Transmission of Viruses

By Prof Denis Rancourt, January 03, 2021

Masks and respirators do not work. There have been extensive randomized controlled trial (RCT) studies, and meta-analysis reviews of RCT studies, which all show that masks and respirators do not work to prevent respiratory influenza-like illnesses, or respiratory illnesses believed to be transmitted by droplets and aerosol particles.

Furthermore, the relevant known physics and biology, which I review, are such that masks and respirators should not work.

It would be a paradox if masks and respirators worked, given what we know about viral respiratory diseases: The main transmission path is long-residence-time aerosol particles (< 2.5 μm), which are too fine to be blocked, and the minimum-infective-dose is smaller than one aerosol particle.

The present paper about masks illustrates the degree to which governments, the mainstream media, and institutional propagandists can decide to operate in a science vacuum, or select only incomplete science that serves their interests. Such recklessness is also certainly the case with the current global lockdown of over 1 billion people, an unprecedented experiment in medical and political history.


Lockdowns Could Cause More Harm Than COVID-19

and There Was No Evidence That Wearing Masks Was Useful,

German Health Body Admitted During Coronavirus Pandemic, Released Documents Show

Daily Mail Online

March 26, 2024 

 

Germany‘s top public health agency knew that Covid lockdowns could be more damaging than the virus itself as early as December 2020 and said mask mandates were not backed by evidence, it has been revealed.

Newly published documents from the Robert Koch Institute (RKI) show its researchers explicitly warned that their analysis showed lockdowns in Africa showed ‘an expected rise in child mortality’. 

‘The consequences of the lockdowns are in parts more severe than the virus itself,‘ the December 2020 report said, with another document dated to October 2020 suggesting that there was ‘no evidence’ to support that FFP2 medical masks could prevent the spread of Covid. 

But the findings were never made public, despite researchers clearly advocating for the open communication of their research in meeting minutes, with the German government choosing to pursue legislation their own researchers advised against. 

The revelations come after a two-year legal battle between the RKI and German magazine Multipolar, which ultimately won the court case to publish documents that were heavily redacted by the health agency. 

Multipolar has since launched another legal claim in an attempt to secure full access to the unredacted documents, which may conceal a trove of Covid policy recommendations that the RKI and the German government opted not to share with the public. 

The saga now threatens to trigger a fallout in the German government, with Bundestag Vice President Wolfgang Kubicki telling German media:

‘The protocols of the RKI crisis team, some of which have now been released, raise considerable doubts as to whether the political measures to deal with the corona pandemic were really taken on a scientific basis.’

Protestors seen holding placards that say 'medical freedom' during a demonstration against vaccine mandates in the UK

Protestors seen holding placards that say ‘medical freedom’ during a demonstration against vaccine mandates in the UK

The newly released documents showed RKI researchers found 'no evidence' that masks were effective at preventing the spread of Covid

The newly released documents showed RKI researchers found ‘no evidence’ that masks were effective at preventing the spread of Covid

Kubicki told German outlet Bild that ‘the top of the RKI, of all people, followed the political guidelines of the respective federal government and thus provided the necessary scientific facade for Corona policy.’ 

He also called on Germany’s Federal Minister of Health, Karl Lauterbach, to ‘present all protocols to the public without redactions in order to create complete transparency about the internal discussions and the basis for decisions.

‘If Karl Lauterbach does not follow my request, as a parliamentarian I will work to persuade him to make this disclosure so that the clarification can finally be satisfied.’ 

Meanwhile, the former leader of Germany’s Christian Democratic Union party Armin Laschet has declared the RKI must go public with its findings.

Speaking with German broadcaster ZDF, the parliamentarian said:

‘We have to disclose everything.

‘You can see how differentiated the discussions were at the RKI back then and how little of this diversity of opinion ultimately found its way into concrete policy,’ he continued, recalling how debates over Covid policy became ‘moralised’.

‘Either you are for one measure or you are a Corona denier. But there was a lot in between,’ he concluded. 

Meanwhile, a minute from an RKI meeting in January 2021 expressed concerns with the viability of the AstraZeneca Covid vaccine, with researchers warning its use ‘should be discussed’ because the jab was ‘not as perfect’. 

That same jab – that was offered to millions in the UK – was later discontinued and not offered as a booster after reports surfaced of people developing blood clots in combination with low platelet levels.

The shocking revelations come as public health experts in the UK slammed the government’s Covid inquiry for ‘bias’, claiming it has failed to investigate the harmful impact of lockdown on British society.

More than 50 scholars and academics from some of the UK’s top universities wrote to inquiry chairman Baroness Heather Hallett earlier this month urging her to ‘address its apparent biases, assumptions and impartiality’.

They accuse the inquiry of ‘not living up to its mission to evaluate the mistakes made during the pandemic’, including whether measures such as lockdowns and restrictions on mass gatherings were ‘appropriate’.

Click here to read the full article on Daily Mail Online.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Protest against Corona measures in Berlin on August 1, 2020: Leonhard Lenz, Wikimedia Commons, CCO


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

When the United Nations sets up a “commission of inquiry,” it can result in a powerful analysis of violations of human rights law, such as the one appointed in 2021 to examine Israel’s illegal occupation of Palestinian territories and its Apartheid practices.

But other commissions can become political platforms aimed at demonizing a particular government by crafting narratives that give the semblance of objectivity, while suppressing all evidence that contradicts the prevailing geopolitical consensus.

The ultimate aim of such commissions is not to investigate or to provide advice or technical assistance, but to support a campaign of destabilization. They make it plausible to the world at large that the human rights of the population of the targeted country are being grossly violated and that the doctrine of “responsibility to protect” (known as R2P) should be activated. In other words, regime change, even by force, would be preferable to inaction. This vulgar weaponization of human rights is a favorite device in the tool kit of some hegemonic states. It is aided and abetted by non-governmental organizations financed by the hegemons and disseminated by the echo chambers of the mainstream media.

A case in point is the work of the UN’s “group of human rights experts on Nicaragua” (GHREN), appointed to investigate alleged violations in the country in the period since April 2018.

The date is chosen because it marked the start of violent protests, which quickly turned into an attempted coup d’état. The violence lasted for three months and left over 250 people dead, including opponents of the government, government officials and sympathizers, and 22 police officers.

The group’s first report, in February of 2024, ran to 300 pages. It appeared to be very detailed: for example, it included a 9-page case study of events in one Nicaraguan city, Masaya, during the period April-July 2018. Yet despite this detail, the GHREN ignored the assignment which had been set for its work, which explicitly required it to investigate “all” relevant events. The report either omitted completely, or mentioned only very briefly, the many extreme acts of violence by those involved in the coup attempt. Instead, it focused only on alleged human rights violations by government officials and, in collecting evidence, the group gave preferential access to a number of NGOs which are highly critical of the Nicaraguan government.

The Nicaragua Solidarity Coalition, a group made up of organizations and individuals in the United States and Canada, Europe and Latin America, including Nicaragua itself, responded in detail to the GHREN’s work. Its letter calling for the report to be withdrawn was signed by prominent human rights experts, 85 different organizations and over 450 individuals. Despite the number of people who were in support, the letter and detailed evidence submitted received no response whatever.

Indeed, the GHREN continued its work, and in February of 2024 published a further report, this time without even passing mention of opposition violence. It made no reference to the Coalition’s submissions: it was as if the criticisms of the first report and the evidence substantiating them never existed.

As one of the human rights experts who was critical of the first report by the GHREN, and as one of the organizers of the Coalition response, we have worked together to produce a second letter, which has been sent to the GHREN and to the President and senior officials of the UN Human Rights Council. This new letter says that the latest report is “methodologically flawed, biased and should never have been published.” It contends that “excluding pertinent information submitted to the study group is a breach of responsible methodology, a violation of the ethos of every judicial or quasi-judicial investigation.” The letter is signed by ten prominent human rights experts and activists, 47 organizations and over 250 individuals in Nicaragua, USA and Europe, many with long experience in Nicaragua. (The Coalition is continuing to collect signatures, which will be sent in follow-up at a later date.)

Image: Medardo Mairena at the signing of the proclamation of unity of the National Coalition, February 25, 2020. (Licensed under CC BY 2.0)

undefined

What is wrong with the GHREN’s latest report?

Many examples of bias and omissions can be found within its 19 pages. One is its reference to the amnesty announced by the Nicaraguan government in 2019 for those detained and found guilty of crimes, including even homicide, during the coup attempt.

The amnesty was an outcome of negotiations with the Catholic Church and others, aimed at achieving reconciliation in the aftermath of the coup attempt. However, the GHREN portrays the amnesty as benefiting only the state itself, when in fact its main beneficiaries were more than 400 opposition figures, including coup organizers, who had been convicted of violent offences.

One of the most prominent beneficiaries, Medardo Mairena, had organized several murderous attacks on police stations: the worst, in the small town of Morrito, led to five deaths and nine police officers being kidnapped and beaten. Despite his crimes, Mairena was portrayed as a victim by the GHREN: he was even one of the opposition figures invited to address the UN Human Rights Council in July of 2023.

A second example is the report’s treatment of migration. Initially, the report claimed that 935,065 people had left Nicaragua, i.e., that one in eight of the population had “fled the country since 2018.” This was the figure that received publicity, even though it was absurdly high.

Within a few days the GHREN realized their mistake and revised their report, so that the version currently on the website says instead that 271,740 Nicaraguans have become asylum seekers and 18,545 Nicaraguans are recognized as refugees worldwide (fewer than 1 in 20 of the population).

But the report still gives no attention to the evidence that most migration from Nicaragua in the past five years has been economic in motivation, given the effects of US coercive measures on the country, and the economic downturns which resulted from the coup attempt itself and from the subsequent Covid-19 pandemic. It also takes no account of the fact that many migrants return to Nicaragua after periods of working abroad. In other words, even the lower figure likely exaggerates the numbers of Nicaraguans who (in the report’s original words) “fled the country.”

The most egregious bias in the report is its treatment of opposition figures as victims. Yes, it is true that there have been arrests, imprisonments and the expulsion from the country (with US agreement and facilitation) of many of those arrested. But the GHREN’s report assumes that those affected are innocent of any crime and are merely being persecuted as opponents of the government. It feeds the narrative of Washington, its allies and corporate media that what happened in 2018 was peaceful protest, when in practice the violent coup attempt affected millions of Nicaraguans, with lives lost, public buildings destroyed, homes set on fire and scores of government officials and sympathizers kidnapped, tortured, wounded or killed. The GHREN ignored the plentiful, detailed evidence from the Coalition which presented a more accurate narrative of what happened.

It is vital that the UN Human Rights Council pay attention to these criticisms and thoroughly review its dealings with Nicaragua. It is clear that the current expert group has totally failed in its assignment to consider “all” relevant events since April 2018 and is behaving in a completely unprofessional manner. Its work should be stopped, and a genuine attempt should be made to work with the Nicaraguan government based on a proper understanding of the needs of its people and of their experience of the 2018 coup attempt. Above all, it should urge the removal of the unilateral coercive measures (wrongly referred to as “sanctions”, implying that they are legitimate), which are worsening conditions for Nicaraguans, not improving them.

Coda by Alfred de Zayas

Image is licensed under CC BY-SA 2.0

undefined

The dysfunctional situation described above is not without precedent. During my six years as Independent Expert on International Order (2012-18), I myself observed manipulations and double standards, and duly informed the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR) that in my considered opinion some of my colleague rapporteurs were not rigorously observing their independent status and our code of conduct, particularly Article 6, which requires all rapporteurs to give due weight to all available information and to pro-actively seek explanations from all stakeholders, including the government of the state in questions, respecting the over-arching rule of audiatur et altera pars (“let the other side be heard as well”).

When in the summer of 2017 I sought an invitation to visit Venezuela on official mission, I encountered opposition within OHCHR, which attempted to dissuade me. When I did receive an invitation, thus breaking a 21-year absence of UN rapporteurs from Venezuela, I was surprised to receive letters from three major NGOs who actually asked me not to go, because I was not the “pertinent” rapporteur.

 Evidently these NGOs and some officials at OHCHR were “concerned” with my independence, as already demonstrated in 12 reports to the General Assembly and Human Rights Council,  and feared accordingly, that I would write my own report on Venezuela, which  would not necessarily support the ubiquitous US narrative. 

It became clear to me that some officials at OHCHR were nervous that I would actually conduct a fair investigation, speak to all stakeholders on the ground and then make my own judgment.  Indeed, I read and digested all the relevant reports of Amnesty International, Human Rights Watch, and the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights. When I was on the ground in Venezuela I fact-checked these and other reports, which I found to be seriously deficient.  I also consulted the reports of local non-governmental organizations in Venezuela, including those of Fundalatin, Grupo Sures and Red Nacional de Derechos Humanos, and read the economic analysis by the Venezuelan Professor Pasqualina Curcio. 

When in November/December 2017 I became the first UN rapporteur to visit Venezuela in 21 years, I was subjected to pre-mission, during-mission, and post-mission mobbing.  I endured a barrage of insults and even death threats. 

Notwithstanding an atmosphere of intimidation, my mission resulted in positive results, including the immediate release of opposition politician Roberto Picon (his wife and son appealed to me, I then submitted the case to the then Foreign Minister Jorge Arreaza), the release of 80 other detainees, enhanced cooperation between UN agencies and the government, and new memoranda of understanding.

The mission opened the door to the visits of several other rapporteurs including Professors Alena Douhan and Michael Fakhri, as well as by High Commissioner Michelle Bachelet. My report to the Human Rights Council in September 2018 addressed the root causes of problems, formulated proposals for solutions, incorporating the information received from all stakeholders, including the opposition parliamentarians, Chamber of Commerce, the press, diplomatic corps, church leaders, university professors, students and more than 40 NGOs of all colors.  The report was criticized by mainstream NGOs in the US and Europe, for whom only those rapporteurs are praiseworthy who engage in “naming and shaming” and promote regime change.

The Human Rights Industry eBook by Alfred de Zayas - EPUB Book | Rakuten Kobo Philippines

Chapters 2 and 3 of my book The Human Rights Industry document the endemic problems in the functioning of OHCHR and the Human Rights Council that continue to cater to the priorities of the major donors.  However, the general perception of OHCHR and the Human Rights Council promoted by the mainstream media gratuitously grants both institutions authority and credibility, without addressing the problems already exposed by a number of rapporteurs, including myself.

This dependence of OHCHR and the Human Rights Council on Washington and Brussels explains some of the abstruse decisions and resolutions adopted by the Council.  Part of the problem lies in the ways in which staff members are recruited and in the procedures by which experts, including rapporteurs, independent experts and commission members, are appointed.

For example, it does not advance “geographical representation” simply by hiring someone from Mauritius or Indonesia, if that person has been trained and indoctrinated in US and UK universities.  “Geographical diversity” does not necessarily ensure the representation of a spectrum of opinions and approaches to problems.  It does not mean much when there are so and so many persons who are ticked off against a particular nationality, e.g. US, French, Russian, Chinese, South African.  What is crucial is to ensure that all schools of legal thinking and philosophy, are represented.  What is important is that when a candidate from State X is recruited or appointed, that he/she have first and foremost the interests of the United Nations at heart, and that he/she is not a priori committed to support the interests of the US or one of the European powers. I do not challenge the competence or expertise of staff members and rapporteurs – I challenge their ethos and independence — their commitment to the values of the UN Charter and their commitment to impartiality.

There are other obstacles to impartiality. Indeed, some OHCHR staff members are penalized if they do their work properly and do NOT follow the orders coming from above, which are mostly US-Brussels friendly.  It is a regrettable reality that the donors weigh heavily in setting the agenda.

There is no mechanism to ensure that the code of conduct of rapporteurs is respected, in particular Article 6.  The impunity for openly siding with the US and Brussels and ignoring the rest of the world is notorious.  In other words, OHCHR and the Human Rights Council have been largely “hijacked” – as indeed the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, Inter-American Court of Human Rights, European Court of Human Rights have been.  This raises the issue that Juvenalis formulated in his sixth Satire (verses 346-7): Quis custodiet ipsos custodes? – “who will guard over the guardians?”

Experience shows that being a solid professional does NOT facilitate getting a promotion.  One is likely to be penalized.  Abiding by the “unwritten law” of “groupthink” and supporting the Western narratives does contribute to career development. And, alas, most staffers are first and foremost interested in their careers, and not necessarily in promoting human rights.  As elsewhere, it is a job.

Some outside observers have understood what game is being played and what the rules are.  Reality at OHCHR and the Human Rights Council is closer to Machiavellianism and Orwellianism than to the spirituality of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the ideals of Eleanor Roosevelt, René Cassin, Charles Malik, P.C. Chang and others.  Notwithstanding these problems, we are optimistic that the system can be reformed, and we encourage all non-governmental people of good will and good faith to insist on reforming these institutions so that they serve all of humanity and not only the interests of a handful of powerful states.  Among the NGOs that are making concrete proposals for reform are the International Human Rights Association of American Minorities and the Geneva International Peace Research Institute, both in consultative status with the United Nations.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Alfred de Zayas is Professor of International Law at the Geneva School of Diplomacy and a former UN Independent Expert on International Order (2012-18).

John Perry is based in Masaya, Nicaragua and writes for the London Review of Books, Covert Action, Council on Hemispheric Affairs, Fairness & Accuracy in Reporting, Counterpunch, The Grayzone and other publications.

Featured image: A woman stands near a burning barricade holding Nicaraguan flag, April 2018

First published by Global Research on October 2, 2023

***

We commemorate Miguel d’Escoto Brockmann

“Those of us who do understand the nefariousness of the empire, and the ever-increasing danger it represents, must be clear that the effective defense of life on planet Earth, including that of the human species itself, inexorably demands the existence of an independent and democratic world forum for a genuine and effective defense of the rights of Mother Earth and of humanity.

That is why we insist, repeat and say time and again that the United Nations as it exists today is useless, inoperative, dysfunctional and an instrument of the empire. That is why it no longer enjoys any confidence or credibility whatsoever. 

Miguel d’Escoto Brockmann.  Managua, 28 February 2011

This article is dedicated to the memory of my mentor and lifelong friend Padre Miguel D’Escoto Brockmann.

In 2020, the National University of Nicaragua (UNAN) established the Centro de Desarrollo Miguel d’Escoto Brockman (CEDMEB).

Padre Miguel d’Escoto’s Legacy will Live Forever. 

 

Introduction 

The UN System has over the years become of an instrument of U.S. hegemony. In the words of Miguel d’Escoto Brockmann:

We must wrest it from those who have usurped it so that we, the truly concerned for the future of the Earth, can inject new life, relevance and effectiveness into our world Organization.”  

Appointed by Washington, UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres has more than usurped our trust. He is the epitome of ambiguity and DoubleSpeak, particularly in relation to the dramatic social and economic crisis affecting the Global South. 

“Poverty is increasing and hunger is growing… the conclusion is clear, the world is failing developing countries.” said UNSG General Antonio Guterres in his opening presentation at the September 2023 G77 Conference Venue in Havana.

Global poverty has become part of a convenient political “narrative”. What has Guterres done to reverse the tide of global poverty? Nothing!

“Guterres got the UN job only because he is gullible and corruptible. He is drumming the drums of the ruling elite’s narrative – be it covid, climate or the energy crisis; or whatever else may hit the crisis-board. Fossil fuel causing climate change is a scientifically proven lie. No trillion dollars can undo it.” (Peter Koenig)

Guterres is not only an instrument of the White House, his 2030 UN Sustainable Development Project is being carried out in coordination with Klaus Schwab and the World Economic Forum (WEF), which represents the interests of the global financial establishment. Needless to say, Big Money calls the shots. 

 

The UN-WEF Partnership

A strategic partnership was signed in 2019 at a meeting held at UN headquarters between UN Secretary-General António Guterres and WEF Executive Chairman Klaus Schwab “to accelerate the implementation of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development.”

Signing of the WEF-UN Partnership 

 

The 2030 UN Sustainable Development Project is the WEF’s “Great Reset” by another name. 

This partnership is in blatant violation of the UN Charter. The UNSG is in conflict of interest. He has provided a Green Light to the implementation of the WEF’s Agenda on behalf of powerful financial interests and corrupt politicians, which essentially consists in impoverishing the entire planet. 

What should have been debated by the G77 in Havana in September 2023 is the nature of this insidious WEF-UN partnership. It’s a neoliberal agenda to the nth degree on behalf of “Big Money”, to the obvious detriment of the Global South. It is part and parcel of the WEF’s “Great Reset”:

“The UN-Forum partnership will focus on aligning financial systems and accelerating finance flows toward the 2030 Agenda and the Sustainable Development Goals.

Collaboration will seek to build a shared understanding of sustainable investing, especially in small island developing States, least developed countries and landlocked developing countries, and identify and take forward solutions to increase SDG investments” (emphasis added)

To consult the text of the UN-WEF partnership click here

“Aligning Financial Systems” 

While Guterres refers rhetorically to the failed  “global systems and structures”, he is visibly involved in “aligning financial systems” to the detriment of heavily indebted developing countries, which are the victims of U.S. dollarization. 

While the IMF-World Bank Structural Adjustment Program (SAP) launched in the early 1980s prevails, the Neoliberal chessboard has become increasingly complex.

Aligning financial systems” goes far beyond the imposition of “IMF economic medicine”, which historically has triggered mass poverty throughout the Global South.

While the dollar denominated external debt remains the instrument of economic subservience, “Aligning financial systems” is intent upon opening the door to privatization on a large scale affecting entire sectors and regions of both developing countries and the West. 

The large portfolio investment funds including BlackRock, State Street and Vanguard (coupled with Wall Street’s banking cartels) are the driving force. “Their holdings are colossal. BlackRock manages nearly $10 trillion in investments. Vanguard has $8 trillion, and State Street has $4 trillion” (NYT)

“BlackRock Owns the World”


The portfolio companies have strategic investments in all major regions of the World.

BlackRock operates Worldwide with 70 offices in 38 countries. 

“These oligarchs are accompanied by some super-giant financial institutions, like BlackRock, Vanguard, State Street, Fidelity and more which control an estimated 25 trillion dollars-equivalent in assets, giving them a leverage power of well-over a 100 trillion dollars, as compared to the world’s GDP of some 90 trillion dollars. In other words, they can manipulate, control and pressure every government on Mother Earth to do their bidding. (Peter Koenig)

Video: BlackRock, the Company that Owns the World

Below are three major BlackRock initiatives.

In the case of Ukraine, the levels of indebtedness are beyond description. The agreement with BlackRock is tantamount to the privatization of an entire country.  

BlackRock In Brazil’s Amazon Rain Forest

The amounts invested in the Amazon are colossal under the auspices of the three portfolio investment giants: “The 20 institutional investors plowed a combined $54.1 billion into nine mining conglomerates … “Of that amount, $14.8 billion came from just three U.S. firms — BlackRock, Capital Group [a US Financial Services Company] and Vanguard — with BlackRock alone pouring $6.2 billion into the mining companies.” (Mongabay) 

BlackRock In Kenya

“BlackRock Alternatives’ public-private finance vehicle, Climate Finance Partnership (CFP), has acquired a 31.25% stake in Lake Turkana Wind Power (LTWP), the largest wind farm in Africa. The stake was purchased from Vestas, Finnfund, and the Investment Fund for Developing Countries for an undisclosed sum” (Kenya Wallstreet Journal)

 

Ukraine is Being Bought Up by BlackRock and JPMorgan

In recent developments, BlackRock together with JPMorgan “have  come to the rescue of Ukraine”, whose external dollar denominated debt is beyond description. (See Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, August 2023)  

The stated objective is “to attract billions of dollars in private investment to assist rebuilding projects in a war-torn country”. (FT, June 19, 2023) 

The Privatization of Ukraine was launched in November 2022 in liaison  with BlackRock’s  consulting company  McKinsey, a public relations firm which has largely been responsible for co-opting corrupt politicians and officials Worldwide not to mention scientists and intellectuals on behalf of powerful financial interests.

In late December 2022, president Zelensky and BlackRock’s CEO Larry Fink agreed on an investment strategy.

.

The Hegemonic Triad:

UN-WEF-NATO

UN-NATO “Cooperation”

In parallel with the UN-WEF Partnership, the United Nations under Secretary General Guterres has developed a strategic relationship with NATO.

While it is described as a dialogue, NATO is increasingly embedded in the UN system, allegedly endorsing “peace support and crisis management”. The realities are otherwise: the UN is endorsing the US-NATO hegemonic agenda of Global Warfare:

“The complexity of today’s security challenges has required a broader dialogue between NATO and the UN. This has led to reinforced cooperation and liaison arrangements between the staff of the two organisations, as well as UN specialised agencies. (NATO, July 2023

NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg meets with United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres

 

 

The UN Secretary General’s “Public Relations Ploy”

Providing a “Human Face” to Global Capitalism 

 

UNSG Antonio Guterres has launched a stereotyped public relation’s ploy which is intent upon presenting the UN-WEF-NATO Agenda as a means to resolving the climate crisis, eliminating poverty as well as instating “World Peace”. it’s a lie. 

In 2021, in preparation of the 76th UN General Assembly, the UNSG appointed  “advocates” to endorse the Sustainable Development Goals

In September 2021, the UN Secretary-General appointed four new advocates of the SDGs as part of a reprehensible public relations ploy:
  • the 2014 Nobel Peace Prize, Kailash Satyarthi;
  • the president of Microsoft, Brad Smith;
  • the k-pop superstars BLACKPINK 
  • Chile’s STEM activist – science, technology, Valentina Muñoz. (Chica Rosadita)

This is how public opinion and media coverage is manipulated at the UN General Assembly.

Censorship in applied. Independent analysts are not invited. 

I have high regard and admiration for the k-pop singers, but for UNSG Antonio Guterres to have invited them to present a carefully prepared script (on his behalf) to the UN 76th General Assembly was improper and unbefitting. 

 

 

Also in 2021, Valentina Munoz (La Chica Rosadita) of 19 years old was invited by Guterres to endorse the UN Agenda 2030 in an address to the UN General Assembly: 

 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

On 4 April NATO completes 75 years. This is an appropriate time for questioning, particularly from the perspective of the peace movement, its role, relevance and continuation.

  1. A military alliance can only be justified if it protects against any big threat. Such a threat is difficult to point out after the break-up of the Soviet Union — for over the last three decades. True, China can be quite a bully to some of its neighbors, but there is hardly any chance of China being the one to initiate any attack on any NATO member.
  2. For all practical purposes NATO is under the predominant leadership of a country whose predominant aim is to continue to be the predominant power of the world and to use very aggressive means for achieving this aim. Hence other NATO members get tied more to this aggressive aim than to ensuring their protection.
  3. The most powerful NATO members are increasingly influenced by the military-industrial-political complex. Hence the aims of the NATO get unduly influenced in highly unethical and destructive ways in favor of forever wars due to the profit interests of a small number of persons, probably just one per cent of the total population of NATO countries, or perhaps even less.
  4. It is one of the most important requirements of creating a safer world that any direct confrontation involving the biggest nuclear weapon powers is avoided. This is complicated by the existence of NATO and military alliances like this.
  5. In particular, the violation of earlier agreements to pursue relentless eastward expansion of NATO has greatly escalated the tensions between big powers and the present Ukraine conflict is closely related to this.
  6. Smaller member countries of NATO are not necessarily protected by NATO as in case of aggression against them the more powerful NATO members will weigh their own interests and options; there is no assured commitment on their part to enter into war with the aggressor to protect the small country. They may decide to help in other lesser ways, so that the small country faces a difficult situation. In fact NATO membership may provide an exaggerated sense of security to small countries due to which they may neglect improving relations with other neighbors, or may be unduly, unnecessarily hostile or provocative towards them. When small countries are drawn into big power conflicts by such military alliances, they may become the scenes of highly destructive wars, something which they can avoid by remaining neutral and non-aligned in big power rivalries.
  7. Thanks to NATO, most of Europe becomes tied to a one-dimensional future of remaining tied to the aggressive ambitions of the USA, instead of seeking a world role more in keeping with the objectives of world peace and safety.
  8. The actual role of the NATO in many countries has been mostly that of destruction instead of peace, leading to the avoidable death, due to direct and indirect impacts, of several hundred thousand innocent people, including women and children.
  9. Even many senior diplomats and statesmen of the USA have argued that NATO often involves the kind of overreach on the part of the USA which is not even in its own interests (particularly keeping in mind the unmet needs of millions of poorer US citizens), and it has used NATO in unnecessarily aggressive ways, against the better advice of these statesmen and other important NATO member leaders, as in the context of relentless eastward expansion of NATO.
  10. If NATO continues to be justified on false grounds, then this can also be used as a justification to promote other equally harmful military alliances in other parts of the world.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Protecting Earth for Children, Planet in Peril, Man over Machine and A Day in 2071. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

German Government Admits There Was No Pandemic

April 4th, 2024 by Baxter Dmitry

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

Introductory Note

What is significant is that the German Health authorities based on official data have now been obliged under Freedom of Information to reveal the devastating nature and impacts of the Covid lockdowns imposed on 190 countries, starting March 11, 2020.

Most of the independent studies including those conducted by Global Research have been the object of censorship.

Of Significance,  the official documents of Germany’s Ministry of Health are consistent with the independent reports published in the course of more than 4 years pertaining to the COVID-19 lockdowns, the mandatory wearing of the face mask, and the experimental mRNA vaccines.

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, April 4, 2024

 

***

Huge news out of Germany as the federal government have been forced to admit that so-called “conspiracy theorists” were right about everything during the Covid pandemic.

In fact, according to the German government data, there was no pandemic at all, just a tightly choreographed military grade psy-op to brainwash the masses into accepting an experimental vaccine with disastrous consequences.  

These secret German government documents obtained via a Freedom of Information request and subsequent lawsuit have blown the lid of the global elite’s Covid lies and it’s vitally important that as many people as possible are made aware of the truth.

More and more people all over the world are waking up and seeing the global elite for what they always have been: deranged psychopaths hell bent on destruction and domination.

Germany is no different. The German population suffered some of the most brutal lockdowns and vaccine mandates in all of Europe and now the people are rising up and demanding accountability.

Step forward Paul Schreyer and Multipolar magazine who launched a Freedom of Information request and then launched a lawsuit against the German government when they tried every trick in the book to keep the secret documents under lock and key.

As Professor Steven Homburg explains, the results are stunning, and represent total vindication for everyone who dared to question the narrative of lockdowns and mask and vaccine mandates.

The secret government documents – all 2,000 pages of them – reveal that we were right about nearly everything and the so-called “pandemic” was all fraud.

These facts are damning and prove the official narrative about Covid, pushed by world governments and mainstream media, is completely bogus.

Which makes the tyranny we experienced during the so-called pandemic even harder to swallow, as Professor Homburg explains.

The data also reveals that Sweden, which was the only European country free of masks and lockdowns, performed much better than Germany. Which raises the question, what were the tyrannical lockdowns and mandates really about?

Professor Homburg has the answer – and as it turns out, we were right all along.

Breaking down vaccine hesitancy through brutal lockdowns was always the goal of the global elite. Unfortunately, for those who did not see through the psy-op at the time, the health consequences are dire. Serious questions must be asked.

Unfortunately for the vaxxed, the bad news doesn’t end there. Japanese researchers have linked Covid vaccines to hundreds of diseases.

While a new study out of the US has found that those who have been vaccinated and boosted can expect to meet their maker far sooner than they would have expected.

A disturbing new study has revealed that people who have been “fully vaccinated” with Covid mRNA injections can expect to lose a staggering 25 years from their life expectancy.

Researchers analyzed data from the CDC, Cleveland Clinic Data, and insurance company risk assessment data and uncovered a disturbing trend of plummeting life expediencies among those who had multiple doses of mRNA.

Unfortunately for the vaxxed, the news gets even worse. The chronic damage to health caused by each dose of mRNA does not lessen over time, as previously believed.

In reality, the negative health effects appear to continue indefinitely.

According to the researchers, CDC All-Cause Mortality data reveals that each jab increased mortality by 7% in the year 2022 compared to the mortality in 2021.

This means that people who have had 5 doses – that’s two doses and three boosters – were 35% more likely to die in 2022 than they were in 2021.

Correlating with the German information, the study also confirmed that people who are not vaccinated were no more likely to die in 2022 than in 2021.

These numbers are damning. But anybody paying attention can see that something is very wrong with the vaccinated. They are dropping like flies with heart problems and turbo cancer all over the world.

Professional athletes are supposed to be among the healthiest people on the planet but in the past few years thousands have collapsed with sudden and inexplicable heart conditions.

Fully vaccinated professional athletes are continuing to drop like flies, with four professional soccer players have collapsed suddenly, clutching their hearts, in the last week alone.

Egyptian star Ahmed Refeat became the third professional soccer play to suffer cardiac arrest in front of live TV cameras, with doctors later admitting they “hadn’t seen something like this before.”

Orlando Pirates midfielder Makhelene Makhaula was the second football star to collapse on the field this week, as medical staff were seen desperately attempting to revive the South African star.

Listen as the stunned announcer admits, in his own words, that footballers are dropping like flies all over the world since the vaccine roll out.

On Sunday in the Argentinian top flight, Estudiantes’ Javier Altamirano suffered a seizure and collapsed suddenly in the big match against Boca Juniors, one of the biggest clubs in South America.

It’s not just professional athletes dropping like flies. People from all walks of life, including popular social media influencers, are being struck down with heart conditions and rare forms of cancer at unprecedented rates.

An ethical media would be highlighting these incidents on the front pages, putting their resources into investigating why so many young and healthy people are suffering from cardiac arrests, strokes, and rare forms of cancer.

Instead, the media is attempting to normalize the phenomenon and convince you that professional athletes and young people having heart attacks is par for the course.

However, anybody capable of independent thought understands this situation is far from normal.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Baxter Dmitry is a writer at The People’s Voice. He covers politics, business and entertainment. Speaking truth to power since he learned to talk, Baxter has travelled in over 80 countries and won arguments in every single one. Live without fear.
Email: [email protected]

Featured image is from TPV


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Fundraising: Stop the Pentagon’s Ides of March

***

This video vividly describes economic collapse and the plight of poverty in Canada, without however focussing on the underlying causes, nor the historical context.

Remember the March 11, 2020 Lockdown. Destabilizing the social, political and economic structure of 190 sovereign countries cannot constitute  a “solution” to combating the virus. 

The Lockdown consisted in  The confinement of the labor force” coupled with “The paralysis of the workplace”. Economics 101. I ask my students. What Happens?

Chaos of the Real Economy.

The  March 11, 2020 Lockdown initiated a process of economic and social  crisis Worldwide. It has contributed  to a wave of bankruptcies and poverty. 

The unspoken truth is that a non-existent pandemic launched in March 2020 has provided a pretext and a justification to  precipitate the entire planet into a spiral of mass unemployment, bankruptcy, extreme poverty and despair.

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, April 4, 2024

For details and analysis see:  The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity, by Michel Chossudovsky, PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters, Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

 

***

Canada is going through an economic collapse.

Food charities have a waitlist. 

Is there any sign of utter economic collapse than people who cannot afford to feed themselves?

Why is this happening? 

Watch the video below.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Fundraising: Stop the Pentagon’s Ides of March

***

Introduction

In November 2012, the UN General Assembly accepted the resolution upgrading Palestine to a non-member observer state in the United Nations family of nations. The UN Charter supposedly protects the territorial integrity or political independence of any state from the threat or use of force. What a laugh!

In 2021, the UN Charter provided for peacekeeping and even armed intervention on behalf of Palestine against any outside aggressor that included Israel. Under its P2P Doctrine, the UN must deploy its forces to Palestine to protect Palestine from further Israeli war crimes. Another double-laugh!

The continuing paradox is that in the war in Gaza, the UN Charter is not being enforced, to say the least. The paradoxical levels of external complicity and indifference in its case, particular by the immense clout of malevolent, hard-hearted foreign actors, like the Zionist-riddled U.S. government, and its chief allies in Canada, the UK, Western Europe and rest of the world, is that, for years, they’ve all provided cover with a blind-eye towards Zionist Israel’s illegal military aggressions against Palestine and the Palestinians.

Foreign combatants, like the United States, with a continuing disdain and contempt towards the UN Charter, continue to assist Israel in multitudinous ways – with enormous amounts of their taxpayers illegally-stolen monies, weaponry, and logistical know-how – to unequivocally support Israel’s heinous aggressions against the Palestinians and Palestine that, since 1948, have remained perpetually trapped in a nightmarish, Kafkaesque United Nations Wild, Wild West in which Zionist Israel has no legal right, in itself, to exist, yet has remained above and beyond any man-made law; as if it was the self-proclaimed bully-in-the-playground, along with its thuggish bully mates – the United States and their other bully-mates – who have declared themselves the ultimate rulers, that the rest of the so-called ‘civilized’ world are unable or unprepared to do anything about.

Palestine and the Palestinians, therefore, remain the sacrificial lambs on the world’s banquet table or altar to the gods, to be carved up by ruthless fascists, the equals or worse than any fascist who have come before them. 

Yet the world continues to paralyzed by fear or self-interests, forced to accept Israel’s existence as a state while Palestine is not, world be damned.

In 2022, PLO President Mahmoud Abbas reiterated his appeal for the State of Palestine to become a full-fledged member of the UN family. Abbas then warned the UN General Assembly, “Palestine, the Observer State in this organization for 10 years, now has proved that it qualifies for full membership.” More idle, useless words!

Indigenous Palestine, one of those signatory places in the world where a double standard continues to exist for a nation as old as Palestine, that hasn’t yet received recognition for being a bona-fide state the equal of Israel, the United States or any other member state within the United Nations.

America’s Forced Relocation of 60,000 Five Civilized Tribes & Israel’s Forced Relocation of 1.6 million Palestinians (Source: Jerome Irwin)

World Is Blind When It Comes to Zionist Israel’s Right to Exist

America and Canada’s violent, unnatural birth destroyed Turtle Island, the sacred ancestral indigenous homelands of the First Nation peoples of the New World; massively murdering its original non-human and human inhabitants, relocating the survivors to the then most inhospitable, desolate, places, referred to as reservations or reserves, in what is now the United States, Canada, Central and South America. 

In the Caribbean and Southern regions of the United States, the Black African slaves, and native peasantry the white race imported and kept in chains to do the heavy labor for them that they were unaccustomed to doing, on what became known as ‘plantations’, were kept in bondage until it ultimately took a violent, deadly-vicious turn with a Civil War, first in Haiti and then in the United States, with brothers and sisters fighting violently with one another, before the Black Africans, kept under lock-and-key, finally were freed from their bondage. The same things continued throughout the New World. 

But these violent events, driven by ancient primitive homo sapien concepts in operation for thousands of years, such as: “Might Makes Right”; “Power Rules”, “Money Corrupts”, and; “To the Victors Go the Spoils”, have never gone away; in spite of so much talk by the more evolved among modern humankind’s members, that homo sapiens had indeed evolved to the point that they had arrived at the Age of Aquarius and all the good things that the Human Potential Movement proclaimed it had to offer mankind’s leaders. 

But, as geo-political events over the past century have brutally-shown, it is far-too premature yet for humanity to start glad-handing, patting one another on the back and declaring “You’ve Come Along Way Baby”. The Human Race hasn’t really come that long way anywhere, except that much closer to one nuclear bomb holocaust away from total annihilation. Perhaps, sooner rather than later.

If anything, the past WWI, WWII, and all the wars in between since have only shown, is that the genocidal excesses waged against fellow humans by the Nazis of the recent past haven’t gone away one iota, and now are viscerally alive and well in the Zionist state of Israel and that of its Gentile Zionist allies among the world’s leaders and their followers everywhere in the so-called ‘civilized world’; ever-lauding them with more and more weaponry. monies and stamps of approval for the Zionists ‘showcase’ treatment of the Palestinians.

For three quarters-of-a-century the state of Zionist Israel has been doing the same thing to the Palestinian peoples in their ancestral homelands of Palestine, while the world of so-called ‘united nations’ has looked on dumbfounded, at best, with incompetence and indifference, and, at worst, with cynicism; shocked and indignant by what happened on Oct. 7, but seemingly unshocked and unable to respond to the merciless vengeance and retribution that continues to be waged ever since by the Zionists, worldwide, against the Palestinians.

Zionist Israel Never Has Had a Right to Exist as Constituted

Israel’s Zionist’s apartheid, genocidal, ethnic-cleansing state will only, ever, legally exist in name only; so long as Palestinians are held in their occupied ancestral homelands as prisoners and captives by the Zionists; no differently then when the white Afrikaners ruled South Africa and turned the indigenous Bantu homelands in Southern and Western Africa into ten bandustans, like kennels for the indigenous Black peoples of the region; that kept them excluded under the policies of apartheid and racial segregation; as once did Canada and America through their own reserves and reservation systems of isolation and exclusion.

But now, from the top to the bottom of Zionist Israeli society, from Bibi Netanyahu and his fascist henchmen and women architects of Zionism’s Final Solution, has come their latest fascist spin that calls for, oh my, isn’t that wonderful: humanitarian, Disney-like, fantasy islands that, once the 1.4 million Gaza inhabitants of the region have been forcibly-removed at gunpoint, and force-marched to some unknown place elsewhere, they will be, wonder-of-all-wonders, when no other humanitarian truck convoys from the outside world, thus far, have ever been able to reach the sick, starving, malnourished, masses of Palestinians in their desperate hours and days of extreme need, so long as they now all will peacefully-cooperate, will, If they do, suddenly, will receive,as the United States leading humanitarian humanist on the ground, US Secretary Antony Blinken, himself, so enthusiastically proclaimed: “Palestinians will be flooded with aid”; comprised of all manner of a cornucopia of previously unavailable wonders – tasty food stuffs, all the water they can drink and bathe in, household utensils, bedding, medical supplies, cutting-edge hospital services, everything imaginable.

Daniel Hagari, spokesman for the Zionist Israel’s IDF Army, recently announced to the world that, along with the final blitzkrieg bombing of Rafah, the Zionists already have plans, one way or the other, to forcibly remove all the Palestinians, whether they like it or not, to these humanitarian fantasy islands; somewhere, yet to be determined. One can imagine them to be not unlike the wastelands of Oklahoma Territories in America where once the Five Civilized Tribes of First Nations peoples in the America’s were unceremoniously-exiled.

Isn’t that just lovely! Such a kind, thoughtful and considerate Bibi, ‘Genocide Joe’, Blinken and cast of thousands, with supporters in the: House of Representatives; Parliament; United Nations, and the do-nothings they represent, who will continue to sit on their hands, brains, hearts and feelings and do little more than declare: ”isn’t that just terrible! Maybe we can all: start an Avaaz campaign; plan another protest march, rally, or; or write to our elected member to see what they think”.

Oh, well!! “Upward and Onward!”, as the old saying goes. Life goes on for some unexplainable reason, while homo sapiens search for some higher reason, purpose, meaning of life, or ultimate destination under the Sun. Crimes Against Humanity, Be Damned.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Jerome Irwin is a Canadian-American writer who, in previous lives, has been involved in a wide range of diverse and varied worlds, including the Criminology profession with an American police department, and later for a brief-time in the capacity of clandestine communications with the U.S. Central Intelligence Agency. For decades, in various professional capacities as an educator, researcher, geo-political analyst, and writer. Irwin has sought to call attention to a broad spectrum of world problems pertaining to the degradation and unsustainability caused by a host of environmental-ecological-spiritual-ideological issues that exist between the conflicting world philosophies of indigenous and non-indigenous peoples.

Irwin is the author of the book, “The Wild Gentle Ones; A Turtle Island Odyssey” (www.turtle-island-odyssey.com), a spiritual odyssey among the native peoples of North America that over the decades has produced numerous articles pertaining to: Ireland’s Fenian Movement; native peoples Dakota Access Pipeline Resistance Movement; AIPAC, Israel & the U.S. Congress anti-BDS Movement; the historic Battle for Palestine & Siege of Gaza, as well as; the many violations constantly being waged by industrial-corporate-military-propaganda interests against the World’s Collective Soul. To examine a portion of the eclectic body of his work goggle: “Jerome Irwin, writer” The author and his wife are long-time residents on the North Shore of British Columbia.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

MiG-41 – Russia’s Near-space Interceptor

April 4th, 2024 by Drago Bosnic

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Russian aerospace engineering needs no introduction. Whether it was the Russian Empire, the Soviet Union or modern-day Russia, Moscow was one of the pioneers of aviation and its prowess in relevant technologies stands to this very day and includes a number of world records when it comes to a variety of aircraft developed since the early 1900s. One of the fields in which Russia has been dominating in the last 60 years is developing superfast, high-flying interceptors.

While the Soviet Union already had top-of-the-line interceptors in the late 1940s/early 1950s, with the then virtually unrivaled MiG-15 dominating the skies over Korea, it was during the 1960s that Russia made a tremendous leap forward, eclipsing anything its adversaries have been able to field ever since. Namely, in the early 1960s, Moscow developed the now legendary MiG-25 (NATO reporting name “Foxbat”), boasting a maximum speed of over Mach 3.2 (nearly 4000 km/h), making it the fastest armed military aircraft in history, matched only by the unarmed American SR-71 ISR aircraft.

The venerable MiG-25 set a number of world records, including in sustained supersonic speed over a long distance when the MiG OKB Chief Test Pilot Aleksandr Fedotov reached an average speed of more than 2,319 km/h over a 1,000 km circuit in 1965. Just two years later, his colleague Mikhail Komarov averaged over 2,981 km/h in a closed 500 km circuit, while Fedotov reached an altitude of 30 km with a 1000 kg payload, becoming the first aircraft to do so. Both records were established on the same day.

In 1977, Fedotov set the absolute altitude record for a jet aircraft under its own power, reaching a staggering 37,650 meters (nearly 40 km). MiG-25 went on to set 29 world records during its service, many of which stand to this day. However, perhaps most importantly, the “Foxbat” paved the way for the world’s premier interceptor, the one that’s been unrivaled for over 40 years – the MiG-31 (NATO reporting name “Foxhound”). Much has been said about this fantastic jet that has been unrivaled for decades, keeping Russia’s enemies awake at all times.

Inducted into service in 1981, the “Foxhound” introduced a plethora of improvements over its legendary predecessor. While keeping most of its speed and altitude advantages, MiG-31 was also packed with an absolutely unmatched set of technologies, including the Zaslon radar, the world’s first ESA (electronically scanned array). It took over 20 years before any other nation on the planet introduced an ESA radar, when Japan adopted the J/APG-1 for its F-2 in 2002.

The “Foxhound” had been modernized both in the USSR and Russia to match the advancements of its adversaries, which helped make it not only relevant, but also unquestionably dominant in the ongoing NATO-orchestrated Ukrainian conflict. The R-37M-armed MiG-31BM is effectively a “flying S-400”, while its strike fighter variant, the MiG-31K carrying the deadly 9-A-7660 “Kinzhal” hypersonic missile system, is essentially a “flying ‘Iskander’ on steroids”. Both versions of the “Foxhound” regularly cause panic among NATO and the Neo-Nazi junta personnel alike.

The political West was extremely lucky to see the dismantling of the Soviet Union, as this unfortunate event led to the halt of the MiG-31M program that would’ve made the “Foxhound” even deadlier in the 1990s and 2000s. And yet, just like the world’s best interceptor continued where its predecessor, the MiG-25, left off, the MiG-31 is now giving way to a new jet, one that has the potential to be just as groundbreaking (if not more). Namely, Russia is now developing a successor, colloquially known as the MiG-41, although the actual designation is yet to be revealed.

The secretive project, dubbed Izdeliye 41 (literally Product 41), a part of Moscow’s ambitious PAK DP program, has been underway for around a decade. The stellar performance of the MiG-31 in Ukraine seems to have pushed the development of its successor, as the Russian military saw the need to accelerate the introduction of such aircraft. Moscow claims that the new jet will introduce features not yet seen by the aviation world, which caught the attention of the Indian Air Marshal Anil Chopra (Retd).

According to Chopra, MiG-41 will be a sixth-generation aircraft, encompassing technologies that far surpass the current generation of fighter jets. Quoting Russian experts, Chopra says that the new platform would be capable of speeds of over Mach 4.3, making it near-hypersonic. It would also be equipped with directed energy weapons (specifically lasers), while its flight ceiling would eclipse any jet in use today, reaching near space (45 km). MiG-41 will also incorporate concepts and technologies from the aforementioned MiG-31M.

It will also include the advancements made during the development of the Su-57 and improved Su-57M. According to Chopra’s analysis, Russia is developing a pulse-detonation engine that will power the new jet, as well as an EMP (electromagnetic pulse) gun to engage aerial targets. Considering that the maiden flight is expected in 2025, Chopra assumes most R&D work is already done, although it’s difficult to make any certain predictions because of the project’s high secrecy. Chopra thinks the jet could be operational by 2030 if all goes according to plan.

Just like the “Foxhound”, the new MiG-41 will be an interceptor, with its primary mission being to offset future ISR (intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance) aircraft currently in development in the United States. It may also be able to intercept hypersonic missiles, just like MiG-31 was designed to intercept American cruise missiles during the (First) Cold War. In addition, just like the “Foxhound” (specifically the MiG-31I variant) was supposed to carry anti-satellite (ASAT) weapons, the new MiG-41 will have ASAT lasers and/or missiles.

Chopra says that a ramjet or turbo-ramjet engine could give the jet the previously mentioned Mach 4.3 speed, making it the fastest military aircraft on the globe, while the potential success in developing a reliable pulse-detonation engine would put Russia significantly ahead in the ongoing competition for aerial supremacy. Chopra also warns that many of the technologies for the jet officially still don’t exist, meaning that Moscow has possibly already developed them, but is maintaining secrecy to protect the program.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

How Soldiers of Conqueror Armies Also Suffer

April 4th, 2024 by Bharat Dogra

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Soldiers of conqueror armies are often congratulated and praised by the leaders of their countries, but does anyone really care to ask them what they feel in their hearts? Does anyone really care to find out what impacts all the killings and cruelties of war have on their mind and heart?

If they can be sure that they fought for a very noble cause then it would be easier to recover from any adverse impacts, but if their battlefield experiences further confirm their suspicions regarding the futility or even the injustice of the war which they were asked to fight, then adverse impact on them is really acute and long-lasting as they think repeatedly that the large number of deaths and disabilities caused by the war were without any justifiable reason at all.

A poll of the Pew Research Centre (November 2019) found that 64% of the USA veterans who fought there felt that the Iraq invasion was not justified, while 58% and 55% of the veterans felt the same in the context of the invasions of the Afghanistan and Syria interventions, respectively. This poll found that the percentage of veterans returning from fighting abroad who felt emotionally distressed and traumatized by their war experiences was 47% in the post 9/11 phase, increasing significantly from the earlier phase.

There are nearly 18 to 20 million veterans in the USA (the data in this article on veterans is in the context of US veterans). Many years after they fought in wars, mostly in far-away places, many of them have continued to suffer from the after-effects of what they did and what they saw, apart from the injuries and the disabilities they suffered or the diseases they acquired from being exposed to toxicity of weapons, ammunitions and bombs. A large number of them have suffered from mental health problems. Some of their more common problems include Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PSTD), Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI), increased suicidal tendencies, substance abuse including excessive alcohol consumption, violent behaviour (also towards family members), difficulties in adjustment, unemployment and homelessness. Several problems keep coming up years later.

A RAND survey highlighted that 48% of veterans of far-away wars (particularly Afghanistan and Iraq) experienced stress in family-life while 47% had sudden outbursts of anger. This and other surveys reveal about 20% of them suffer from PTSD and major depression. According to a paper on Veterans and Mental Health Issues (NIH-StarPearls) written by Catarina Inoue, Evan Shawler et al, over 6000 veterans have been dying by suicide every year (while other estimates place this closer to around 8000 per year, or 22 per day). This paper says that the suicide rate in the US armed forces doubled during 2000-2012. In 30% of suicides among military personnel and 20% of deaths caused by high risk behaviour, substance abuse was involved.  

While these and other deeply worrying statistics have been around for quite some time, these have not been adequately and strongly linked, as these should be, to making a very strong case against war. If solders on the conquering side, the invading side suffer so much and for so long (and of course the soldiers and civilians of the weaker side, the victim side suffer even more), then if both sides are suffering so much, then isn’t it time to say a strong ’no’ to all wars? 

The soldiers of the invading armies are given very cruel tasks by their governments. But beneath their helmets and uniforms they too are human beings with fears and feelings. This war will affect them in two different ways. Firstly there is the risk of personal injury and exposure to many toxic weapons. Secondly, there is the less visible but nevertheless perhaps even more significant risk of how their minds and hearts will be affected on a permanent basis when they have performed the very cruel and unjust responsibilities that have been assigned by their governments. After all these young men and women have absorbed some ideals in their family and educational institutions and before being sent here they were encouraged to think of themselves as liberators. When they see that their actual responsibility is highly unethical and cruel, this is bound to have a very disturbing impact on the minds of these young soldiers of the invading army.

Speaking of their experience of two earlier wars (most discussed in the present context), the veterans of the US armed forces said in a statement, “In the last Gulf War, as troops, we were ordered to murder from a safe distance. We destroyed much of Iraq from the air, killing hundreds of thousands, including civilians. We remember the road to Basra – The Highway to Death – where we were ordered to kill fleeing Iraqis. We bulldozed trenches, burying people alive. The use of depleted uranium weapons left the battlefields radioactive. Massive use of pesticides, experimental drugs, burning chemical weapons depots and oil fires combined to create a toxic cocktail affecting both the Iraqi people and Gulf War veterans today. One in four Gulf War veterans is disabled.

American POWs recently released from North Vietnamese prison camps, 1973 (Licensed under the Public Domain)

“During the Vietnam War we were ordered to destroy Vietnam from the air and on the ground. At My Lai we massacred over 500 women, children and old men. This was not an aberration, it’s how we fought the war. We used Agent Orange on the enemy and then experienced first-hand its effects. We know what Post Traumatic Stress Disorder looks, feels and tastes like because the ghosts of over two million men, women and children still haunt our dreams. More of us took our own lives after returning home than died in battle.”

It is evident from this statement of war veterans, who have seen and experienced present day military invasions more than anyone else, that –

  • So dangerous are present day weapons that even the winning side of a one-sided war is likely to suffer heavy physical damage.
  • Even in one-sided wars, soldiers of the stronger side are habitually asked by superiors to inflict massive unbearable cruelty and kill without any need for killing.
  • All this cruelty is of course terrible for the victims but it also leaves permanent scars on the victors, on soldiers who are forced to inflict these cruelties.

Thus last aspect, frequently ignored, is very important for understanding the enormous costs of war for the victors. As the veterans of US armed forces have clearly said of the Vietnam experience,

“More of us took our own lives after returning home than died in battle.”

The parents of many American soldiers going to war are aware of these risks, as is evident in several statements released by the organisation ‘Military Families Speak Out before the Iraq invasion.’ One parent Stephen Cleghorn said, “If we go to war in Iraq, the loss of innocent civilian lives will be high and horrific … The soldiers in the area will know what they have done. They will see it with their own eyes or they will see it in the eyes of their fellow soldiers.” Nacy Lessin and Charley Richardson have said about their son, “We don’t want him to be wounded or die. We don’t want him to be forced to wound or kill innocent Iraqi civilians. That would kill a part of him – and a part of us.” 

This then, is the invisible cost of war. Reader’s Digest has described the suffering of a child, Kim Phuc at the time of bombing of Trang Bang (Vietnam) by US planes (R.D. November 1997),

“The bombs, canisters filled with napalm, had smashed into ground behind Kim and instantly ignited. The jellified gasoline, designed to stick to and incinerate anything it touches, splashed onto Kim’s back. Her flowered cotton shirt and pants – even her sandal – combusted. She was engulfed in a cloud of smoke and fire as napalm peeled away the skin from her back and left arm. Terrified, Kim kept running. At first she could feel nothing. Then she felt as if she had been thrown onto an open fire. In horror she saw the skin drop off her arm like clothes off a doll. As she ran naked down the road that led out of the village, she began screaming, “Too hot! Too hot! Please help!”

This magazine also noted the impact of this suffering on the sensitive mind of the pilot who caused this suffering: “Now he stared at the picture of Kim Phuc, her agony caught for eternity. His own son Louis was about the same age. He could almost smell the child’s burning flesh.

“… Later he kept his role in the bombing of Trang Bang secret, locked deep within his soul. It surfaced in the form of a nightmare. First Plummer would see a picture of Kim, with arms outstretched and mouth frozen in a silent scream. Then the image would widen to include Kim’s brother and cousins running alongside her. Finally, he would hear their screams, louder and louder until he felt surrounded by the accusing children. To drown his guilt, Plummer began drinking heavily. In July 1973 he married for the second time, but he still kept his secret. No one can understand, he thought. John Plummer’s drinking cost him his marriage in 1979. It was a vicious circle; he drank to put the bombing out of his mind, but the drinking made him more obsessed.”

Apart from tormenting the sensitive mind forever, war – time cruelties can also have a somewhat different impact. In order to come to terms with the cruelties inflicted by them, some soldiers deliberately train their minds to become very insensitive to human suffering. This insensitivity later enters into their close personal    relationships and can destroy them. Spousal abuse has been reported to occurring at a very high rate in US Army- much higher than the civilian rate. 

A person (or group or nation) who inflicts injustice and injury on others, will either live with a guilt complex (if he wants to retain some sensitivity) or else he’ll have to reduce himself to a level of insensitivity that will prevent him from feeling small but precious joys of everyday life and this in turn is bound to adversely affect his closest relationships including those with his family members. Thus relationships of conquest, destruction and dominance are not only destructive, these are also self-destructive. This link should be effectively established to make a very strong case for peace in various contexts.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Planet in Peril, Protecting Earth for Children, Earth without Borders and A Day in 2071. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: A U.S. Army Soldier from the A Company, 1-503rd Battalion, 173rd Airborne Brigade Combat Team, conducts a patrol with a platoon of Afghan national army soldiers to check on conditions in the village of Yawez, Wardak province, Afghanistan, Feb. 17, 2010. Partnership between the U.S. Army and the Afghan national army is proving to be a valuable tool in bringing security to the area. (U.S. Army photo by Sgt. Russell GilchrestReleased)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

As Congress reconvenes after its latest holiday sabbatical, another $60 billion in funding for the never ending war in Ukraine is on the docket. Or it may be, in a spirit of generosity, that Congress increases that funding level even as the southern border continues to flow unimpeded with undocumented illegals of nefarious intent.

What defies understanding is that America is no longer the industrial giant which once waged a WW II kind of war; nor is it the country that still values God’s divine providence nor does it have the spiritual awareness of the country’s founding but no one has bothered to inform Congressional elitists who are driving the country into a ditch. 

Sen. Ron Johnson (Wisc) recently dropped a series of truth bombs that ought to scare the bejesus out of most Americans. 

Johnson urged Americans to “pull their heads out of the sand, open their eyes and understand that the country is going down a very dangerous path, a path laid out and planned by an elite group of people that want to take control over our lives.”  

Johnson explained

“that’s what they’re doing, bit by bit, they do it by increasing government spending and increase the size of government. These WHO amendments that are going to be voted on in 2024 are frightening (emphasis on frightening) as it risks taking away all our sovereignty.  The American people need to wake up to the dangers  of the moment.”  

The WHO amendments Johnson referred to are Biden Administration’s “extensive’ drafted amendments that allow unilateral intervention in the event of a purported international health emergency including arbitrary establishment of global emergencies without regard to national sovereignty. Will those amendments come before the Senate for ratification since they are not identified as a ‘treaty’ requiring Senate approval? It may be recalled that Trump ended US involvement with the WHO in July, 2020. 

As Sen. Johnson alerts the country, Ukraine is only one extreme VIP topic to be dealt with by the 2024 Congress which has proven to be a force of collusion between the globalist/uniparty career politicians. Those defectors are intent on disregarding tough contentious topics that desperately need perseverance and a decision including international foreign policy crisis, the Houthis and Russian warships in the Red Sea, American supported genocide in Israel, awakened sleeper cells and cyber attacks, mid eastern Israel war with Lebanon, Syria and Iran, ceaseless streams of undesirable immigrants, second amendment violations, American ‘defense’ of Taiwan, BRICS and the US dollar, utter fiscal catastrophe; well, you get the idea.  

In an Easter interview, Speaker Mike Johnson has been openly negotiating with the Democrats since the Republican House majority may be down to perhaps one vote. He also suggested the addition of “some important innovations” to the funding bill, which may include some sort of loan guarantee which will never be repaid. Meanwhile, House Intel Chair Rep. Mike Turner (Ohio) predicted that Ukraine will have ‘overwhelming support’ in Congress. 

It is impossible to grasp that Members of Congress including the Speaker still believe the Ukraine war is necessary to American national security interests when it is well known that the war is more like homage to its military donor base; a warped financing triage which allows Electeds to grovel for reliable campaign funds.   

As Rep. Tom Massie (Ky,) who serves on the Rules Committee predicted, Speaker Johnson will bring the Ukraine appropriation to the House Floor with a suspended rule meaning there will be no meaningful debate or amendments allowed. 

Despite expertise from Scott Ritter, Col. Douglas MacGregor, Larry Johnson, Elon Musk and others the US lost the war some months ago. However, the US Hegemon rarely accepts defeat as a tireless pursuit of military conquest has become an ingrained tradition rather than a quest for peace; just as US presence remains in Syria to continue the pilfer of Syrian oil years after Putin blocked HRCs no-fly zone. 

The moral is that once the US gets a foot in the door, the rest is history. The difference is that the collective west is foolish to believe that, as a result of the recent Crocus City Hall attack, Russia is vulnerable to continued drone attack while its massive valuable natural resources remain more attractive than anything Syria ever had to offer. 

As Ukraine remains the most immediate, pivotal issue indicative of US willingness to instigate WW III, Russian President Vladimir  Putin put out a red line regarding the recent US built nuclear-capable F 16 fighter jets. Putin identified the plane as

“legitimate targets if they are used against Russian troops by third countries wherever they might be.  Since the F16 could carry nuclear weapons, Moscow would have to take account of that in its military planning….  If they supply F16s and as pilots are being trained, we will destroy the aircraft just as we destroyed today’s tanks, armoured vehicles and other equipment including multiple rocket launchers.”

Putin further affirmed,

“We have no aggressive intentions to these states; the idea we will attack other Baltic states, is nonsense, complete drivel.   If western nations or NATO put F16’s in other Baltic countries, Russia will attack F16 wherever they are located.” 

Since F16 runway requirements are not available in Ukraine, presumably Poland may become the fighter plane’s home base.

Soon after the Crocus attack with 144 fatalities, Putin vowed retribution. 

“It is important for us to expose both the perpetrators and all links in that chain, including the beneficiaries of that crime.” “We know that the crime was carried out by the hand of radical Islamists with an ideology that the Muslim world has fought for centuries,” Putin said. “We want to know who ordered it.”

Several days after the attack, Alexander Bortinov, Director of the FSB, Russia’s powerful heir to the KGB declared authoritatively that

“We believe that the action was prepared by both the Islamist radicals themselves and was facilitated by Western special services.” 

Nikolai Patroshev, secretary of the Russian Federation Security Council reiterated there were ‘many indications of Ukraine involvement.” If in fact Ukraine is responsible, how far behind is the CIA?

Soon after Crocus, Russian Duma Deputies submitted an appeal to the Russian Prosecutor General’s Office demanding that western ‘judiciaries’ lead an investigation of its own western intel services; suggesting that only western politicians would have interest in such an attack as a “manifestation of the inhumanity, hatred and cruelty” of Russia’s “external enemies.”

Citing other international anti-terrorism conventions including a UN Security Council resolution, under Chapter VII of the UN Charter, all states are required to prevent and suppress the financing of terrorist acts, and to freeze assets and funds of any persons guilty of terrorism.

In addition, chief of Russia’s Foreign Intel Service Sergey Naryshkin disclosed the US and UK as sources of the Nord Stream explosion. 

“We had indirect clues to who did it. These indirect signs were left by the perpetrators themselves. The mosaic has come together. And this mosaic obviously points to the authors.”

*

Four days after the Crocus attack, at 5 am during a full moon on March 26, the Francis Scott Key Bridge outside of Baltimore suffered what may have been a cyber attack by unknown sources – given the lack of substantiated evidence and many unanswered questions, the status of an investigation remains uncertain.  Curiously, the video shows lights go off and then on as almost the entire bridge collapses in one strategic fell swoop as if barely in contact between the cargo ship and load bearing pylons.   

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Renee Parsons served on the ACLU’s Florida State Board of Directors and as president of the ACLU Treasure Coast Chapter. She has been an elected public official in Colorado, staff in the Office of the Colorado State Public Defender, an environmental lobbyist for Friends of the Earth and a staff member of the US House of Representatives in Washington DC.   

She is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

CJPME: Canada’s Stalling on Arms Embargo Violates Parliamentary Vote

April 4th, 2024 by Canadians for Justice and Peace in the Middle East

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Canadians for Justice and Peace in the Middle East (CJPME) is calling on Foreign Affairs Minister Mélanie Joly to fully respect the intent of the Palestine motion adopted by Parliament on March 18 and impose a comprehensive embargo on all arms exports to Israel. While Joly has indicated that she is planning on enacting parts of the motion, she has said that any ban on arms exports will exclude trade under existing arms export permits, a massive loophole that contradicts the plain language understanding of the March 18 motion. CJPME reminds Joly that Parliament voted for a comprehensive end to arms transfers, and insists that she cancel all existing permits for weapons to Israel.

“Two weeks ago, Canada’s Parliament voted to stop arms transfers to Israel, and we intend to hold the Trudeau government to this standard,” said Michael Bueckert, Vice President of CJPME. The March 18 motion, moved by the NDP and heavily amended by the Liberal government, ultimately called on Canada to “cease the further authorization and transfer of arms exports to Israel to ensure compliance with Canada’s arms export regime.” “Despite Minister Joly’s suggestions that existing permits will be excluded from this policy, a plain language reading of the motion makes clear that any further transfer of military goods to Israel would expressly violate the democratic will of Parliament,” added Bueckert.

The day after the non-binding vote, Minister Joly claimed that the ban on arms exports was “a real thing,” and added that the ban would continue “until we can ensure full compliance with our export regime.” Canada had already temporarily ‘paused’ new export approvals since January, but in theory, this would formalize the ban as a matter of policy. However, as of today, there is no indication that she has notified exporters about any change in policy.

Importantly, CJPME warns that Minister Joly has also tried to introduce loopholes that significantly reduce the policy’s effectiveness, in particular by saying that export permits approved before January 8 will “remain in effect.” CJPME points out that allowing arms exports under previously approved permits would be a significant violation of the plain language understanding of the motion’s intent, Canadian law, and the Arms Trade Treaty. In the three months following Oct. 7, Canada approved a record-breaking $28.5M of arms exports to Israel. “Allowing these permits to stand would dramatically contradict the embargo that the democratic will of Parliament sought to enact. It is important that Canada immediately revoke these permits before the weapons reach Israel,” added Bueckert.

Global Affairs Canada has defended this loophole by saying that “given the nature of the supply chain, suspending all open permits would have important implications for both Canada and its allies.” First, CJPME argues that, if that were indeed a concern, the Liberals should have considered this before approving language that says something entirely different. Second, CJPME argues that such vulgar economic considerations are vastly outweighed by the grave implications that those exports pose to human rights in Gaza. “The Canadian government is explicitly putting the profits of Canadian companies ahead of the lives of Palestinians and the rule of law,” said Bueckert.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image: Foreign Affairs Minister Melanie Joly (The Canadian Press/Adrian Wyld)

NATO at 75: Abolish It Now

April 4th, 2024 by Transnational Foundation

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

TFF is your independent go-to think tank for fundamentally critical NATO analyses. On our present homepage alone, you’ll find more than 600 such articles and videos – and equally many on our archive sites.

NATO’s 75th Anniversary on April 4, 2024, is a golden opportunity to discuss its tragic peace-making failure and why it should have been closed down thirty years ago when its raison d’etre—the Soviet Union and the Warsaw Pact—fell apart.

Its out-of-area operations – beginning with the bombings in Yugoslavia 25 years ago – is one long, painful violation of its own Treaty from 1949. That treaty is clearly defensive, a copy of the UN Charter with Article 5 for mutual defence among its members added.

Any organisation that consistently does the opposite of its own statutes should be investigated.

NATO’s de facto rhetoric, psychopolitical projections, concepts, threat inventions and doctrine – including nuclear first-use, deterrence, forward defence, etc. – as well as its reckless expansion in violation of all Western promises given to Russia’s Gorbachev about not expanding “one inch” – make it indisputably offensive, provocative, and war risk-increasing. Militaristic. Anti-peace.

In today’s anti-intellectual foreign and security policy world, liking and adhering to NATO is a matter of emotionalism, populism, and pure faith. NATO is a church-like institution run by religious phrases and mantras. It has nothing to do with rational analysis of pros and cons. Whatever NATO has done and does, it is for ‘stability, security and peace’ but, as everybody knows, Europe is now closer to major war than at any point since 1945.

Trillions upon trillions of dollars of taxpayers’ money have been wasted on NATO’s Military-Industrial-Media-Academic Complex, MIMAC, which is making every citizen in its member states less and less secure.

For years, NATO has developed into a militarist emperor, and somebody has to say: But – look – he wears no clothes!

TFF is competent and happy to do so – and will continue to do so. Why? Because it is one of Western civilisation’s biggest and most well-documented lies that NATO is theroad to peace and that peace could not be created by means of completely different thinking and policies at a much lower price. We just have to begin to think – and think differently.

Since TFF is completely independent of state and corporate funding and relies only on citizens’ donations we continue to speak truth to power as we have since 1986.

Here is what we could have done thirty years ago: “Leaving the Cold War Behind. How the West Can Create Cooperation and Build Peace With the Soviets” written in 1989.

Here is why Russia as a huge threat to NATO is humbug. Here is a unique analysis with 30 arguments for closing down the peace-eroding, offensive, warmongering NATO. And here is a concrete future vision of how to make global peace and common security.

And here are the other 600+ TFF articles that critically contrast—with concepts, facts, and alternative thinking—the undignified propaganda mainstream research, politics, and the media use to make you believe in militarism, fake threat analyses, and our own infallibility and innocence.

Use this until NATO is abolished #NOTONATO.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image source

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

[This interview was conducted in July 2016.]

In order to understand Brexit in its full historical context, we must know about the origins and motivations for the formation of the European Union and the forces that have shaped the EU bureaucracy into an arm of the IMF/World Bank-led Wall Street hegemon.

Today Professor Michel Chossudovsky joins us to expose the EU as the imperial project that it always was, and the growing movement against EU domination as an anti-imperial movement of world historical importance.

Transcript

James Corbett: Welcome friends. This is James Corbett of Corbettreport.com coming to you in a conversation that is being recorded on the 12th July 2016, and as we sit here in the second week of July 2016 the European Union is embarking on a new era in the wake of the BREXIT Referendum that was held last month in the United Kingdom, and the question mark covering over the European Union is causing a lot of people to scratch their heads, even about what the European Union is. Even people living under the European Union don’t necessarily know what it is, and very few of them know about the deep history going back not just to the Cold War era, but even preceding it that set the groundwork for this organisation and what it has become, so joining us today to help us sort through this and understand better what is really happening in Europe, we are joined once again by the Director for the Centre For Research and Globalisation at globalresearch.ca, Michel Chossudovsky. Michel, thank you very much for your time today.

Michel Chossudovsky: Delighted to be on the programme.

JC: Perhaps you can begin by telling us about the real origins of the European Union, not just the origins that everyone knows about – The Treaty of Rome and the Maastricht Treaty, and things of that nature – but maybe the pre-history of the European Union that situates that in the proper context for us to understand what the objective of this union is.

MC: We first have to recall that in the immediate wake of WW2 we had what we call the Marshall Plan. It was a reconstruction programme, largely initiated by the United States, and it was also a means for the United States to establish a corporate hub within Western Europe. While the Marshall Plan was ongoing, we also had the onset of the Cold War, which consisted essentially in isolating the Soviet Union.

The ‘Iron Curtain’ was not strictly a political curtain, it was also an economic curtain, and its main objective was to prevent any kind of trade and investment relations taking place between Western Europe and the Soviet Bloc countries, and ultimately when the European Community was created under the Rome Treaty in 1957, this was essentially a Cold War structure. It was also a US initiative, indirectly, as part of a broader hegemonic project. I think this is coming to light through recent events, though wasn’t clear at the time. What happened is that the European space in the 1950s was essentially divided into three areas.

One, you had the first six members of the European Community – The Europe of the Six – and then it started to expand, then you had the European Free Trade Agreement, which re-grouped a number of what we might call neutral countries, and these neutral countries weren’t associated with NATO: they were Scandinavia, Switzerland, Austria, and that formed a separate trade agreement, and I should mention that the European Community as it evolved essentially started to coincide with NATO (the North Atlantic Treat Organisation), which was the main instrument of Cold War geopolitics which was consistently threatening Russia. 

Now it’s interesting to note that in recent developments this week, the notion of the EU and NATO more or less merging so to speak, a melding together, is a talking point of analysis and opinion.

So that is the background.

The Cold War created a situation that isolated Russia and the Soviet Union, and what happened subsequently is that the Soviet Union started to establish trade with other countries, including the Non-aligned Movement, the countries of the 3rd world which had become independent, and also in a sense encroaching on traditional colonial trading relations, because these were former colonies of the West, and then eventually what happened in the wake of the Cold War is that all these structures started to tumble. I should mention that the Soviet Bloc countries had their own trading system which was called COMICON; it was the Council of Mutual Economic Cooperation, which they developed with the countries of Eastern Europe as well as other countries like Vietnam, Cuba, and so on, and then there was also a period of trade with China.

Now, there’s another important element in all this and that is going back to the early 1920s when there was a conference in Genoa, the Genoa Conference, in which nations of Western Europe and the Soviet Union met. The Soviet Union at the time announced its principal of “peaceful co-existence between competing economic systems, and the notion of Socialism in one country.” They expressed the desire to have trade with the West. Now that was never an option for Western Europe largely as a result of US influence, and I should mention that in the 20s Russia had traded with Germany during the Weimar Republic, but it didn’t have trade with the western powers, which were, of course, supporting the insurrection in Southern Russia. So, that is the background.

Now we’ve reached a point of evolution.

First of all, after the Cold War, we saw a large number of new countries entering, and these countries were former members of the Soviet Bloc so to speak – Poland, Romania, Bulgaria and so on – and then there were other countries, which were more on the periphery of the European economy, such as Portugal, Spain, Greece, the Republic of Ireland, which joined the EU and the evolution that took place from the late 50s/early 60s to the 90s was the Maastricht Treaty in 1992.

Now, why is the Maastricht Treaty so important? Essentially, the Maastricht Treaty embeds a neoliberal economic policy perspective within its Articles of Agreement, but specifically it refers to monetary policy, and it creates conditions whereby the individual member states are not allowed to use monetary instruments to mobilise internal resources and deal with internal debt operations. In other words, you can’t finance your internal development without borrowing money from outside, and now eventually what happened was that the Maastricht Treaty then evolved toward the Eurozone. Of course not all members of the European Union are members of the Euro Zone, but the Euro Zone essentially means you have a European Central Bank which then controls monetary policy in each of the member states and ultimately creates debt, and that’s the plight let’s say of Greece, it’s the plight of several countries whereby the centralised power of the European Central Bank ultimately creates conditions of economic collapse and mass indebtedness precisely because it disallows countries to use their Central Banks to mobilise resources, and also putting forth this notion of Central Bank, namely that the Central Bank operates separately from the Government, so that is a little bit the background. 

Today, I would say that the European Central Bank is controlled by Wall Street, and that the same thing is true for the Bank of England: both of them are led by former employees/officials of Goldman Sachs.

JC: So does this mean in this reading that the European Union is still an economic dagger aimed at the heart of Russia, essentially, that this is a form of economic warfare that drives the wedge between Europe and Russia?

MC: I would say yes, I think it does drive a wedge because the European bureaucracy, which really takes its origin with the Lisbon Treaty of 2007 – of course it existed previously – but it provides it with a legal framework, and it prevents individual countries from really having bilateral trade agreements let’s say with other countries without going through the Brussels bureaucracy, and the dynamics today, particularly with the geopolitics, the threats directed against the Russian Federation, NATO’s expansion, what it is essentially is to restore the iron curtain, to restore the economic iron curtain, and at the same time, it is there also to preclude the ability of the Russian Federation to enter into agreements with other countries which are outside the European space such as Brazil, many countries in Africa,  and so forth, which they had during the Cold War era in the 1950s. So essentially it is a policy to isolate Russia from an economic standpoint, and it more or less merges with NATO because NATO is the military arm of the Western Alliance, of the Atlantic Alliance, but it encompasses most of the member states of the European Union, and as a consequence now the confrontation between the West and the Russian Federation is also in the realm of trade, then there’s the issue of sanctions when in fact what is now happening is that the European Union is impoverishing the member states, and I should say there’s another element when I said the neo-liberal agenda is embedded in the European Union, well in effect it really embeds, so to speak, the IMF/World Bank perspective.

The ‘Washington Consensus” is embedded in the European Union’s bureaucracy and the European Commission, so that when they act in relation to individual countries, they are in effect replicating the actions of the International Monetary Fund in relation, let’s say, to 3rd World countries, except these are not 3rd World countries, and so ultimately what is happening is that the Washington Consensus of the Bretton Woods Institutions, the US Treasury, the Think Tanks – I would add of course also Wall Street – is behind all that, and ultimately what we see unfolding is the US colonisation of the European Union where ultimately this entity is indirectly part of a hegemonic project, and of course the end game is the TTIP (Transatlantic Trade & Investment Partnership). It’s the Trade and Investment Atlantic Partnership which is really contiguous to the Atlantic Alliance and military affairs and it would then merge the EU, including the former members of COMICON, into a giant trading agreement encompassing the United States – of course Canada would also be included, but there’s a separate agreement which is called SETA – and the European Union, and essentially that is an imperial project. Now, we have to see how this is going to evolve because the European countries have their own people, their own agendas and their own movements, and there’s increasing awareness of the nature of this project. So, we’ve gone from WWI Genoa Conference to the TTIP. That is the trajectory.

JC: It’s an interesting trajectory and it raises the question the BREXIT vote and the various movements in various European countries that are agitating for leaving the European Union at this moment represents in this view a type of anti-imperialist movement, an attempt to strike a blow against the imperial project, and yet it is portrayed as mindless right wing, neo-Nazi nationalists who just hate immigrants. That’s the way it’s being portrayed. Is there a discrepancy between the consciousness of the people who are involved in this anti European movement and the actual end goal of the anti-European movement?

MC: Well, there are various political cleavages that are operating simultaneously with different agendas, different ideological perspectives, so it’s very difficult to give a straightforward answer to that question. I would say on the one hand there are people within individual countries that realise that the European Union has destroyed their society and their national project. I think Greece is the most notorious example, but you might add Spain as well and Portugal possibly. People are starting to realise that the European Union is in fact a form of IMF in disguise and it’s derogating their social programs and their identity as nation states.

Now, there’s another perspective, and I think it’s also a very valid perspective, and that’s that people in Western and Eastern Europe realise their historical links and they still believe in a European project, but that European project is not going to be controlled by the Washington Consensus or the Brussels bureaucrats. It’s a union of values and people, all of which in effect have common origins. I mean Britain is really created by Scandinavian tribes that invaded the Angles and then the Saxons and then the Normans, and so on, and France is really a construct as a result of the Germanic invasions – the  Franks were Germanic. So the European people have this identity, and I think it’s important that both the nationalism, which is required to maintain economic and social sovereignty by the member states, which would be an exit, let’s say, from the prevailing European Union, that of course is an important undertaking, and the two things are not incompatible, but at the same time is the notion that we should ultimately democratise the European Union, get rid of the bureaucrats, get rid of the Washington Consensus, and build a Western Europe which has links with other countries, with the Russian Federation, with China and so on and so forth, and then it raises the issue of what kind of society do we really want.

Do we want global capitalism, do we want to restore some of the democracies, social democracies, which existed historically, and so on and so forth, but I think that’s the way I would see it evolving at this moment, and of course the main thing is for the European people, whatever their perspective, to oppose the TTIP, because the TTIP is ultimately an instrument of conquest which will essentially transform the European member states into territories of the US imperial project.

JC: It’s a very astute analysis and one that I think cuts a lot deeper and closer to the bone than a lot of the analyses that we see certainly in the mainstream media, even in a lot of the progressive press and other places that are simply reacting in a knee jerk fashion to what’s going on here, rather than looking at that more holistic picture, so I thank you for bringing that perspective to the table. Michel Chossudovsky of Globalresearh.ca, thank you for your time.

MC: Thank you very much and delighted to be on the program again.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from TruePublica

“Netanyahu’s Colonial Project”. Appropriation of All Palestinian Lands. Israel’s Plan to Expand Into a “Greater State”. Dr. Philip Giraldi

By Philip Giraldi, April 04, 2024

Israel’s plan to expand into an Eretz or “Greater” state incorporating large chunks of its neighbors’ land starts with eliminating the pre-1948 inhabitants of a place once known as Palestine.

‘Shocking Cover-up’: DOJ Lawyers Committed Fraud in Vaccine Injury Case, CHD Attorney Alleges in Motion Filed Today

By Dr. Brenda Baletti, April 03, 2024

Rolf Hazlehurst, a Children’s Health Defense (CHD) staff attorney and father of a son with autism, today filed a motion in federal court alleging lawyers representing the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) fraudulently concealed evidence that vaccines can cause autism.

Conspiracy Theory

Who Must Go? Permanent Government vs. the People. “Electoral Politics” and “The Deep State”

By Dr. T. P. Wilkinson, April 03, 2024

Allen Dulles resigned from his office as Director of Central Intelligence to preside over the committee that would disprove Kennedy‘s naive belief in an American system of responsible government in the hands of popularly elected representatives. 

The Government Wants to Play God. What Does That Mean for Our Freedoms?

By John W. Whitehead and Nisha Whitehead, April 03, 2024

Abortion may still be front and center in the power struggle between the Left and the Right over who has the right to decide—the government or the individual—when it comes to bodily autonomy, the right to privacy, sexual freedom, the rights of the unborn, and property interests in one’s body, but there’s so much more at play.

Iran Condemns Israeli Attack on Embassy in Syria. UN Security Council Hearing, Statement by Deputy Ambassador Zahra Ershadi

By Abayomi Azikiwe, April 03, 2024

A deadly airstrike on the embassy of the Islamic Republic of Iran in Damascus, Syria has prompted outrage throughout the West Asia region. This attack continues a long line of atrocities committed by the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) and the United States Pentagon.

France Sending Obsolete Weapons to Ukraine

By Lucas Leiroz de Almeida, April 03, 2024

Despite the deterioration of its defense industry, the West still appears willing to continue arming Ukraine. Without the ability to produce modern weapons in sufficient quantity and at an appropriate time to supply Kiev, the only alternative left to the regime’s sponsors is to resort to obsolete and disused arms – which, if they were not sent to Ukraine, would be discarded.

Shifting Strategic Alliance and Erdogan’s Neo-Ottoman Ambitions. Will Turkey Fully Support Ukraine’s Neo-Nazi Junta in Exchange for Return to F-35 Program with America?

By Drago Bosnic, April 03, 2024

Washington DC is set to significantly expand the import of military-grade explosives from Ankara, all in order to support the expansion of the fledgling American and NATO artillery shells production, a field in which Russia dominates with a production capacity that’s around three times larger. The US hopes this could help replenish its seriously depleted domestic stockpile.

Parece não haver limites para o terrorismo levado a cabo pelo regime neonazista. Recentemente, o Serviço Federal de Segurança da Federação Russa (FSB) interceptou um carregamento de explosivos enviado da Ucrânia. As bombas estavam disfarçadas de ícones religiosos ortodoxos. Se não tivessem sido rapidamente capturados pelas forças de segurança russas, estes explosivos certamente matariam muitas pessoas inocentes.

A carga foi apreendida na fronteira entre a Rússia e a Letônia. A origem dos pacotes era a Ucrânia, mas vários países europeus foram atravessados ​​na viagem, como Romênia, Hungria, Eslováquia, Polônia, Lituânia e Letônia. A carga incluía “quatro bombas caseiras, 10 kg de explosivos plásticos de alta indústria, 91 detonadores eletrônicos e partes de uma ogiva RPG-7”. Em declarações à comunicação social, especialistas afirmaram que este equipamento seria suficiente para destruir um bloco de apartamentos de cinco andares.

O conteúdo perigoso e tóxico da carga chocou as autoridades. Os pacotes continham hexogênio, um poderoso explosivo plástico consideravelmente mais forte que o TNT. Também foram encontrados “fusíveis produzidos industrialmente com mecanismos de retardo”. Especialistas disseram à mídia que este equipamento é frequentemente utilizado por unidades de forças especiais para operações de sabotagem, o que sugere a participação de grupos especializados na tentativa de entrar na Rússia com a carga.

Um detalhe curioso é que os explosivos estavam disfarçados de ícones ortodoxos. Para escapar do controle das autoridades, os terroristas utilizaram materiais religiosos, evitando gerar suspeitas, mas mesmo assim foram rapidamente identificados pela inteligência russa. Claramente, a inteligência estrangeira está a tentar usar as tradições, costumes, cultura e religião russas para disfarçar tentativas de infiltração para realizar ataques terroristas.

Além disso, na mesma região, um homem foi detido enquanto tentava contrabandear explosivos através da fronteira. Ele admitiu às autoridades que o destino final da sua viagem era a capital russa, Moscou, onde se esperava que os explosivos fossem utilizados. Aparentemente, tem havido fortes movimentos de sabotadores e agentes de inteligência ucranianos e ocidentais nas fronteiras russas nos últimos tempos. Espalhar o terror em território russo parece ter-se tornado uma prioridade para os inimigos do país.

Desde 22 de março, quando ocorreu o massacre da Câmara Municipal de Crocus, as autoridades russas estão em alerta máximo. Há uma enorme operação antiterrorista em todo o país. Os alvos foram identificados e rapidamente neutralizados, evitando a ocorrência de novas tragédias. Entre as autoridades russas, já parece claro que houve algum nível de participação ucraniana no ataque ao Crocus, razão pela qual a Rússia intensificou os seus ataques contra centros de comando ucranianos.

No mesmo sentido, é necessário sublinhar que, se há participação ucraniana, então obviamente há também participação ocidental, uma vez que o regime de Kiev não atua sozinho, sendo apenas um proxy dos seus patrocinadores. Isto tende a aumentar ainda mais seriamente as tensões entre Moscou e a OTAN, criando um cenário extremamente preocupante para o futuro próximo.

Na verdade, parece que os inimigos da Rússia não estão dispostos a parar as suas ações tão cedo. As incursões terroristas contra o país estão a tornar-se cada vez mais frequentes. Como se não bastassem os bombardeios contra áreas civis em Belgorod e Kursk, agora há constantes tentativas de infiltração de sabotadores para realizar ataques a cidadãos ainda mais distantes da zona de conflito. O regime de Kiev, que é o principal responsável por tais ataques, está claramente a tentar usar o terror como mecanismo de guerra assimétrica.

Incapaz de vencer no campo de batalha, o regime tem como alvo civis inocentes e tenta desestabilizar a coesão social russa. O objetivo é tornar as pessoas comuns hostis ao governo. Ao tentar fazer com que o povo russo se sinta inseguro, Kiev espera gerar insatisfação com a situação política do país e, assim, mobilizar a sociedade russa contra o presidente Vladimir Putin e a operação militar especial. No entanto, é evidente que os planos estão a falhar.

Os resultados eleitorais recentes mostram que a sociedade russa está mobilizada em apoio ao governo e às medidas políticas e militares tomadas para proteger o país. Quanto mais os russos são atacados, mais tendem a apoiar o governo e a mobilizar-se em apoio à operação militar especial, uma vez que sabem quem está a atacar o país e compreendem que a única forma de se protegerem do terror é derrotar o inimigo.

A coesão social russa não será de forma alguma desestabilizada pelo terror. A reação natural do povo a uma ameaça é o fortalecimento da mobilização e da união. No mesmo sentido, Kiev não conseguirá obter dos russos qualquer reação extrema que possa chocar a opinião pública global e justificar uma escalada ocidental. Moscou já demonstrou que as suas retaliações continuarão a ser contra alvos militares e de inteligência, sem afetar a população civil ucraniana.

Por mais que o regime neonazista tente expandir a guerra para áreas civis, os russos deixam claro que o conflito será decidido no campo de batalha.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglês : Kiev regime using religious icons to infiltrate bombs in Russia, InfoBrocs, 3 de Abril de 2024.

Imagem : InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, jornalista, pesquisador do Center for Geostrategic Studies, consultor geopolítico.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://twitter.com/leiroz_lucas

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

.

First published on January 29, 2024, revised February 1 and 4, 2024

Update. A New Wave of Criminal Initiatives

The ICJ Judgment of January 26, 2024 assigns the Netanyahu government representing the State of Israel –accused by the Republic of South Africa of genocide against the People of Palestine– with a mandate to “take all measures within its power” to “prevent and punish” those responsible for having committed “Genocidal Acts”. (under Article IV of the Genocide Convention)

Sounds contradictory? What the ICJ judgment intimates –from a twisted legal standpoint– is that Netanyahu’s Cabinet “appointed” to implement  the “prevent and punish” mandate cannot be accused of having committed “Genocidal Acts”.

In substance, this contradictory mandate –which was intended to protect the people of Gaza–, provides the Netanyahu government with a pretext to “prevent and punish” Palestinians for allegedly having committed genocidal acts against Israelis. i.e. Netanyahu can not “Prevent and Punish himself”. (See our detailed analysis below in the section on “Fake Justice”).

Netanyahu is Rejoicing

The ICJ not only refused to propose a “Cease Fire”, its January 26, 2024 Judgment failed to question the role of the Likud coalition government, which was largely responsible for the planning prior to October 7 of a comprehensive genocide agenda, with the support of Washington. 

We had predicted that this vote would contribute to a new wave of criminal initiatives on the part of the Netanyahu government. On January 26,   Netanyahu confirmed that the genocide was ongoing and would continue despite the ICJ Judgment.  

“We will not compromise on anything less than total victory. That means eliminating Hamas, …” 

Israel’s Plan: Mass Starvation

While rhetorical condemnations against Israel prevail, what the peace movement fails to acknowledge is that no legal obstruction or hindrance was formulated by the World Court with a view to curbing the tide of atrocities against Palestinians including an Israeli project to engineer starvation throughout the Gaza Strip. 

“Gaza is experiencing mass starvation like no other in recent history. Before the outbreak of fighting in October, food security in Gaza was precarious, but very few children – less than 1% – suffered severe acute malnutrition, the most dangerous kind. Today, almost all Gazans, of any age, anywhere in the territory, are at risk.

There is no instance since the second world war in which an entire population has been reduced to extreme hunger and destitution with such speed. And there’s no case in which the international obligation to stop it has been so clear.” 

These facts underpinned South Africa’s recent case against Israel at the international court of justice. The international genocide convention, article 2c, prohibits “deliberately inflicting [on a group] conditions of life calculated to bring about its physical destruction in whole or in part”. (Guardian)

Washington Supports the Genocide. The Issue of “Conflict of Interest” and “Recusal”

Amply documented, the Genocide is a joint Israel-U.S. project. The President of the ICJ, Joan Donoghue —former Legal Advisor to Hillary Clinton– is in conflict of interest, which would required her Recusal.  (See:  Recusals of Arbitrators and Judges in International Courts and Tribunals, Chiara Giorgetti)

Escalation of the Genocide

What is at stake is the criminalization of the international judicial process. The ICJ has granted Israel with the full endorsement of the U.S. a de facto “green light” to continue and “escalate the genocide”.

Criminal acts are now being committed in the occupied West Bank, coupled with an increase in the deployment of IDF forces. 

 

In Gaza, IDF commanders have ordered soldiers to “Setting fire to homes belonging to non-combatant civilians, for the mere purpose of punishment”,

Barely a few days after the ICJ Judgment, plans were announced to establish a cohesive network of Jewish settlements in Gaza.

 

 

The Biden administration responding to Netanyahu has ordered to cut  funding to the UN Relief and Works Agency (UNRWA), which is slated to trigger  famine and the collapse of social services:

UNRWA provides food, shelter, health care, education … for the 5.7 million UNRWA-registered Palestinian refugees in East Jerusalem, the West Bank, Gaza, Jordan, Lebanon and Syria.

 

 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, February 1, 2024, February 4, 2024

.

.

Part I

.

The Criminalization of International Law

.

“Fake Justice” at The Hague

.

The ICJ “Appoints” Netanyahu to “Prevent” and “Punish”

.

Those Responsible for “Genocidal Acts”

 

by

Michel Chossudovsky

 

 

Introduction

While the ICJ has rejected Israel’s attempt to dismiss South Africa’s assertions, the Judgment –which is full of contradictions– is ultimately supportive of the Likud government. 

Moreover, no ceasefire was declared by the ICJ with a view to saving lives. Since October 7, amply documented, the atrocities committed against the People of Palestine are beyond description. At least 10,000 children have been killed: “That is one Palestinian child killed every 15 minutes… Thousands more are missing under the rubble, most of them are presumed dead.”

 

Of significance: The Judgment intimates that the Israeli military rather than the Netanyahu government should be held responsible for committing criminal acts in violation of Article 2 of the Genocide Convention. What this “statement” suggests is that “Netanyahu’s hands are clean”. Nonsense!

There is ample evidence that the genocide was carefully planned well in advance of October 7, 2023 by Netanyahu’s Cabinet. 

There is a command structure within the Israeli military. Israeli soldiers and pilots obey the “illegal orders” emanating from the Netanyahu government.

America Endorses The Genocide

In many regards, The World Court’s Judgment contradicts its own mandate: Presided by a former legal advisor to Hillary Clinton, this should come as no surprise.

The ICJ is under Washington’s Spotlight. Let us be under no illusions, the U.S has firmly endorsed Israel’s criminal undertaking:

“The US said the ICJ ruling was consistent with Washington’s view that Israel has the right to take action, in accordance with international law, to ensure the October 7 attack cannot be repeated. 

“We continue to believe that allegations of genocide are unfounded and note the court did not make a finding about genocide or call for a ceasefire in its ruling and that it called for the unconditional, immediate release of all hostages being held by Hamas,” a State Department spokesperson said. Al Jazeera, January 26, 2024, emphasis added)

The President of the ICJ Joan E. Donoghue was a legal advisor to Secretary of State Hillary Clinton under the Obama administration.  Joan Donoghue takes her instructions from Washington.

Moreover, the conduct of the genocide is a joint Israel-US endeavor with US forces involved in Israel’s combat units. 

Nobody in the media nor in the peace movement has underscored the fact that the President of the ICJ is de facto  in “conflict of interest”.

“The anger of the World has been pacified for a while with the false celebration of a fake “victory” at The Hague. The US chief judge at ICJ must be laughing.

Israel’s genocide will continue while the US and its chief justice at the ICJ keep the world at bay for very long with new false words and delaying actions.” (Karsten Riise, Global Research emphasis added)

Video: Palestine. “Fake Justice” and Genocide

Michel Chossudovsky with Caroline Mailloux, Lux Media

 

click her to access Rumble, leave a comment

Click to Donate to Lux Media

Video: Youtube Version

The Crimes Committed by Israel are “Genocidal In Character”

According to The Republic of South Africa —referring to Article II of the Genocide Convention–, the crimes committed by the State of Israel “are genocidal in character because they are intended to bring about the destruction of a substantial part of the Palestinian national, racial and ethnical group. …”:

“The acts in question include killing Palestinians in Gaza, causing them serious bodily and mental harm, and inflicting on them conditions of life calculated to bring about their physical destruction.

…  That intent is also properly to be inferred from the nature and conduct of Israel’s military operation in Gaza, having regard inter alia to Israel’s failure to provide or ensure essential food, water, medicine, fuel, shelter and other humanitarian assistance for the besieged and blockaded Palestinian people, which has pushed them to the brink of famine.

The acts are all attributable to [The state of] Israel, which has failed to prevent genocide and is committing genocide in manifest violation of the Genocide Convention.  … “ (emphasis added)

(See The Republic of South Africa’s 84 page document submitted to the ICJ

The Republic of South Africa’s Legal Team, ICJ, The Hague

 

click the above to access the full test of the Genocide Convention 

“Fake Justice”. C’est le monde à l’envers

Persons committing genocide or any of the other acts enumerated in article III shall be punished, whether they are constitutionally responsible rulers [politicians], public officials or private individuals

The main actors behind the genocide against Palestine are the “Constitutionally Responsible Rulers”, namely “civilian politicians”.

In the Judgment –referring to Article IV— (see below) the ICJ calls upon the Netanyahu government acting on behalf of the State of Israel, to prevent and punish those individuals who allegedly committed crimes of genocide:

“The State of Israel shall, in accordance with its obligations under the Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide, in relation to Palestinians in Gaza, take all measures within its power to prevent the commission of all acts within the scope of Article II of this Convention. (ICJ, emphasis added)

The exact text of the motion is:

“The State of Israel shall take all measures within its power to prevent and punish the direct and public incitement to commit genocide in relation to members of the Palestinian group in the Gaza Strip;…”

What the ICJ judgment intimates is that the “Constitutionally Responsible Rulers (CRRs)”  acting on behalf of the State of Israel  (identified in Article IV), namely the members of Netanyahu’s Cabinet are “Innocent”.  They cannot “prevent and punish” themselves.

And that is where “Fake Justice” comes in  

“Constitutionally Responsible Rulers (CRRs)” Netanyahu, Galant, Ben-Gvir, Katz,  Smotrich, et al are the architects of the Genocide. Yet they have been assigned by the ICJ  with a mandate “To Prevent and Punish the Direct and Public Incitement to Commit Genocide…” (See text of Motion above). 

The CRRs within Netanyahu’s Cabinet acting on behalf of the State of Israel-– who carefully planned prior to October 7, 2023 a genocidal attack against the People of Palestine have been “appointed” by the ICJ to “take all measures within its power” to “prevent” and “punish” “public officials”, private individuals”, members of the Military who are carrying out acts of “direct and public incitement to commit genocide”.

Prevention and Punishment is not contemplated against Israel’s Netanyahu Clique of CRRs “who have blood on their hands.”  

What does this imply?

De facto the main architects of the genocide are the “Constitutionally Responsible Rulers (CRRs)” —referred to in Article IV of the Genocide Convention. (It’s as if the Category “Constitutionally Responsible Rulers” had been removed from Article IV of the Genocide Convention). 

Under present circumstances, this “take all measures within its power” concept is tantamount to the criminalization of International Law: The CRRs “Criminals in High Office” (Netanayahu et al) are invited to take law enforcement in their own hands. 

The option to entrust Netanyahu’s Cabinet with the “Prevent and Punish” assignment was a decision of the World Court. The 17 Judges could have demanded that the Israeli government cease all genocidal actions. They could also have recommended that the “prevent and punish” mandate be assigned to a United Nations body, including the UN Security Council. 

The Netanyahu government has ordered the most hideous crimes against the People of Palestine. 

And now the World Court has instructed a criminal government led by Netanyahu (who has a criminal record) to “take all measures within its power” to “prevent” and “punish” “public officials, “private individuals” (Article IV) as well as combatants within the Israeli military.

Visibly, the prevent and punish requirement is not meant to apply to the so-called “Constitutionally Responsible Rulers (CRRs)”, namely “civilian politicians” (i.e. “the good guys”) namely the “REAL CRIMINALS” in  blatant contradiction of Article IV.

It’s an absurd proposition.  It unfortunately disallows Netanyahu to “prevent and punish himself”.

And this is really what is required under international law

Ceasefire Denied

While the Court acknowledges that criminal acts may have been committed by the State of Israel,  it categorically refuses South Africa’s provisional demands including a “Ceasefire”, which would have served to interrupt at least temporarily the ongoing atrocities against the People of Palestine.

Does this not constitute a “criminal act” by the ICJ, which indelibly will result in countless deaths of Palestinian civilians? Or is a “mistake” in the formulation of the Motion? 

What this signifies is that Netanyahu’s Genocide (from a strategic angle) is virtually unscathed, while sustaining rhetorical and meaningless condemnations against the State of Israel.

Throughout history, wars and war crimes have invariably been instigated by “civilian politicians”.  

The Israeli military has been “Obeying Illegal orders” emanating from a government which is firmly committed to the conduct of genocide against the People of Palestine.

And now the IJC Judgment enables Israel’s “Constitutionally Responsible Rulers”, namely civilian politicians to place the blame on the Israeli Military.

In a bitter irony, the ICJ’s  “prevent and punish  mandate” will allow the Netanyahu clique to reinforce their stranglehold on the Israeli protest movement as well as target Israelis who have taken a firm stance against the genocide. 

 

 

The Road Ahead: Resistance within the Armed Forces. “Disobey Illegal Orders. Abandon the Battlefield”

There is resistance within the Armed Forces. Voices within Israel’s military have spoken out against the Netanyahu government. There is a Protest Movement in Israel. 

In response to the ICJ slanted decision, what is required is to initiate a Worldwide campaign entitled:

Abandon the Battlefield and Disobey Illegal Orders under Principle IV of the Nuremberg Charter 

The objective is to undermine the conduct of the genocide as well reverse the course of history.

It is a proposal which sofar has not been the object of debate by anti-war activists in solidarity with Palestine.

Principle IV of the Nuremberg Charter  defines the responsibility of combatants “to refuse the orders of Government or a superior … “provided a moral choice [is] possible“.

Based on the Nuremberg Charter, what is required is a campaign encouraging:

Israeli, American and NATO Combatants to “Disobey Unlawful Orders” and “Abandon the Battlefield”. 

The Campaign would focus on making that “moral choice” possible, namely to enable enlisted Israeli, American, and NATO service men and women to “Abandon the Battlefield”.

The Abandon the Battlefield campaign will in large part be waged in Israel. In regards to Israel, already there are unfolding divisions in the IDF command structures, political divisions, coupled with a mass protest movement against Netanyahu. The use of a False Flag  justification to wage the Genocide is amply documented.

IDF soldiers and commanders must be informed and briefed on the significance of Nuremberg Principle IV.

Inasmuch as the U.S. and its allies are waging a hegemonic war in major regions of the World, Abandon the Battlefield should be a call for action by the anti-war movement Worldwide.

 

Click  title page to access full document (pdf)

Now let me turn my attention to Nuremberg Principle VI, which defines the crimes punishable under The  Nuremberg Charter.

Nuremberg Charter. Principle VI 

Both Prime Minister Bibi Netanyahu as well as President Joe Biden are responsible for “war crimes”, “crimes against peace” and “crimes against humanity” as defined under Principle VI of the Nuremberg Charter:

The crimes hereinafter set out are punishable as crimes under international law:

(a) Crimes against peace:

(i) Planning, preparation, initiation or waging of a war of aggression or a war in violation of international treaties, agreements or assurances;
(ii) Participation in a common plan or conspiracy for the accomplishment of any of the acts mentioned under (i).

(b)  War crimes:

Violations of the laws or customs of war which include, but are not limited to, murder, ill- treatment or deportation to slave-labour or for any other purpose of civilian population of or in occupied territory, murder or ill-treatment of prisoners of war, of persons on the seas, killing of hostages, plunder of public or private property, wanton destruction of cities, towns, or villages, or devastation not justified by military necessity.

(c)  Crimes against humanity:

Murder, extermination, enslavement, deportation and other inhuman acts done against any civilian population, or persecutions on political, racial or religious grounds.

Disobey Unlawful Orders, Abandon the Battlefield 

According to Principle IV of the Nuremberg Charter:

“The fact that a person [e.g. Israeli, U.S.soldiers, pilots]  acted pursuant to order of his [her] Government or of a superior does not relieve him [her] from responsibility under international law, provided a moral choice was in fact possible to him [her].”

Let us make that  “moral choice” possible, to enlisted Israeli, American, and NATO service men and women.

Let us call upon Israeli and American soldiers and pilots “to abandon the battlefield”, as an act of refusal to participate in a criminal undertaking against the People of Gaza.  

Disobey Unlawful Orders, Abandon the Battlefield”. A campaign under Nuremberg Charter Principle IV.

While it is predicated on international law, its conduct does not require the political rubber stamp of the ICJ. It is part of a grassroots campaign in Israel and the Middle East as well as Worldwide.

Solidarity With Palestine

Let us have tears to our eyes in solidarity with the People of Palestine, in building a mass movement Worldwide, which confronts the ongoing slaughter before our very eyes. 

Let us recall The Christmas Truce of 1914, more than 109 years ago:

“Something happened in the early months of the “War to End All Wars” that put a tiny little blip of hope in the historical timeline of the organized mass slaughter that is war. The event was regarded by the professional military officer class to be so profound and so important (and so disturbing) that strategies were immediately put in place that would ensure that such an event could never happen again.” (Dr. Gary G. Kohls)

The men learned in many ways that the official enemy was in fact not the real enemy, that the soldiers on the other side were human beings just like themselves.” (Dr. Jacques Pauwels)

Let It Happen Again

Today, we are “fraternizing” and acting in solidarity Worldwide with the People of Palestine against the hegemonic agenda of the U.S. and it allies  which are waging an all-out war against humanity. 

Principle IV of the Nuremberg Charter defines the rights of soldiers and pilots who have the responsibility to Disobey Illegal Orders and Abandon the Battlefield

Nuremberg Principle IV is not only a “Legal Text”, It is A Guiding Light in a Worldwide campaign against Acts of Genocide.

(Principle IV was not available in 1914)

 

Part II. Forthcoming 

 

***

 

 

 

 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Fundraising: Stop the Pentagon’s Ides of March

***

Israel’s plan to expand into an Eretz or “Greater” state incorporating large chunks of its neighbors’ land starts with eliminating the pre-1948 inhabitants of a place once known as Palestine.

That nearly all of those who think of themselves as Palestinians must be killed or otherwise removed is perhaps reduced to an aphorism, like “Israel has a right to defend itself,” to absolve the Israeli state and its rampaging army of any guilt in the process. Indeed, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s ability to avoid any serious consequences for his behavior is remarkable, and it generates further atrocities that might have been unimaginable when the fighting in Gaza started back in October.

Al Jazeera has reported how Netanyahu is now pushing ahead to formalize what has been referred to as the “colonial project,” whereby “the appropriation of all Palestinian Lands will follow on… the outright exclusion of the Palestinian people from their homeland.” Bibi said in a speech to supporters that

“These are the basic lines of the national government headed by me: The Jewish people have an exclusive and unquestionable right to all areas of the Land of Israel. The government will promote and develop settlement in all parts of the Land of Israel — in the Galilee, the Negev, the Golan, Judea and Samaria.”

Journalist Patrick Lawrence, writing at Consortium News, recently described how “Israel’s savagery in its determination to exterminate the Palestinians of Gaza — and we had better brace for what is next on the West Bank of the Jordan — marks a turn for all of humanity. In its descent into depravity the Zionist state drags the West altogether down with it.” Indeed, and the United States of America is the foremost great power to be reduced to the status of a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Jewish state, unable to advance its own interests when confronted by the juggernaut of the so-called Israel Lobby and associated Jewish and Zionist-Christian organizations that have corrupted and controlled American foreign as well as select domestic policies.

Witness what has occurred in the last several weeks when the international community has rallied to end the slaughter and deliberate starvation of largely defenseless Gazan civilians. First came a United Nations Security Council move by the United States, which introduced a resolution calling for, but not demanding, an immediate though possibly temporary cease fire in Gaza. When the resolution came up for a vote it was vetoed by Russia and China. There were several problems with the text as it inevitably sought to give Israel considerable flexibility in managing the situation. It included an admonition that the effort to secure a ceasefire must be “in connection with the release of all remaining hostages,” which is an Israeli demand with the willingness of Israel to participate at all very much dependent on the hostage issue. The resolution allowed the fighting to continue and it put control of the entry and distribution of urgently needed relief supplies under the ”security” management of the Israeli army.

Then came a Russian and Chinese resolution, approved by all members of the council but the US which “abstained.” The US immediately declared the resolution to be “non-binding” and while the document was meant to permit a ceasefire through the end of Ramadan, it has yet to be enacted by Israel which continues to block food and medicine relief shipments and has focused its latest attacks on the few remaining hospitals, killing hundreds more Gazans. Even though the resolution demanded action on the ceasefire and access to relief supplies Israel has ignored it and so has Washington. As only the United States can compel Israel to change course the fact that it continues to fund Israel and provide it with secret shipments of planeloads weapons, without which Netanyahu would be unable to continue his war, speaks for itself in terms of who is controlling whom.

And don’t be fooled by President Joe Biden’s alleged pressure on Netanyahu to “protect civilians” even as Bibi draws up plans with his war cabinet to invade Gaza’s southernmost Rafah Region, where 1.5 million Palestinians have sought refuge and are now confronted by imminent death with no way out. Biden is responding to opinion polls in the US that indicate that more than half of Americans are opposed to what Israel is doing in Gaza and the percentage is steadily growing, so he is pretending to have humanitarian impulses and a conscience, neither of which is true, in a cynical effort to support his possible reelection.

To be sure both the White House and Congress, supported by the Jewish dominated media, are totally in Netanyahu’s pocket, something which he has admitted to publicly more than once, saying that the United States is “easily moved” by someone like him.

But if one really needed proof positive about who is in charge in the US-Israel relationship, one need only look at the recent omnibus federal government budget bill of $1.2 trillion.

Activist Pascal Lottaz has taken the time to go through the complete 1,012 page document detailing where the money goes and discusses his findings in a 9 minute podcast on YouTube. Lottaz has confirmed both the immediate cash payment of $3.8 billion in “tribute money” to Israel plus the already reported blocking of any federal government funding of United Nation Relief and Works Agency for Gaza (UNRWA) for at least a year. As UNRWA is the key humanitarian aid agency, the latter is a prohibition completely inconsistent with Biden’s expressed desire to confront the “surging” humanitarian aid crisis for the Gazans who are facing starvation in the context of an active genocide. The prohibition is in spite of the continuing lack of evidence to substantiate Israel’s claims of “terrorism support” leveled against the UN agency and despite the famine conditions already present in Gaza. In his review of the document, Lottaz has also discovered those and other specific benefits that involve Israel in 10 sections of the bill.

The bill also seeks to protect Israel from accountability under existing or new international law and to limit Palestinian efforts to resist or defend themselves. It requires any organization receiving US funding to show that it is actively taking steps “to combat anti-Israel bias” and it prohibits any funding to support Palestinian statehood unless it is shown that a list of specified conditions are met including satisfactory “cooperation with Israeli security organizations.” It prohibits any funding to the Palestinian Authority if Palestine is granted statehood status by the UN or any UN agency without Israel’s consent. It oddly prohibits any security support to the West Bank or Gaza unless it is shown that satisfactory steps are being taken by the Palestinian Authority to “end torture and other cruel, inhuman, and degrading treatment of detainees.” It should be noted that the Palestinians, not Israel, are required to end abuse of detainees even though it is Israel that routinely engages in those practices. The detailed sections of the bill expanding on what is blocked or prohibited are as follows:

  1. The bill forbids any US funding of the UN International Commission of Inquiry investigation into Israel’s unlawful occupation of Palestinian territory: Sec. 7848(C)(2) None of the funds appropriated by this Act may be made available for the United Nations International Commission of Inquiry on the Occupied Palestinian Territory, including East Jerusalem, and Israel.
  2. The bill defunds the UN Human Rights Council unless the organization drops all inquiry into human rights violations by Israel: Sec. 7048(b)(2)(c) UNITED NATIONS HUMAN RIGHTS COUNCIL. (1) None of the funds appropriated by this Act may be made available in support of the United Nations Human Rights Council unless the Secretary of State determines and reports to the appropriate congressional committees that participation in the Council is important to the national interest of the United States and that such Council is taking significant steps to remove Israel as a permanent agenda item and ensure integrity in the election of members to such Council.
  3. The bill requires any international organization, department, or agency receiving US funding to show that it is taking “credible steps to combat anti-Israel bias”: SEC. 7048. (a) TRANSPARENCY AND ACCOUNTABILITY. Not later than 120 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of State shall report to the Committees on Appropriations whether each organization, department, or agency receiving a contribution from funds appropriated by this Act under the headings ‘‘Contributions to International Organizations’’ and ‘‘International Organizations and Programs’’:
  4. The bill prohibits funding of any support to Palestinian Statehood except under US State Department confirmation that its government meets specified conditions including that is is “cooperating with appropriate Israeli and other appropriate security organizations.”
  5. The bill prohibits any support to the Palestinian Broadcasting Corporation: SEC. 7038. None of the funds appropriated or otherwise made available by this Act may be used to provide equipment, technical support, consulting services, or any other form of assistance to the Palestinian Broadcasting Corporation.
  6. The bill prohibits any funding to security assistance to the West Bank or Gaza unless the State Department reports on “the steps being taken by the Palestinian Authority to “end torture and other cruel, inhuman, and degrading treatment of detainees”: 7039(C)(2) SECURITY ASSISTANCE AND REPORTING REQUIREMENT. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, none of the funds made available by this or prior appropriations Acts, including funds made available by transfer, may be made available for obligation for security assistance for the West Bank and Gaza until the Secretary of State reports to the Committees on Appropriations on the steps being taken by the Palestinian Authority to end torture and other cruel, inhuman, and degrading treatment of detainees, including by bringing to justice members of Palestinian security forces who commit such crimes.
  7. The bill prohibits any funding of the Palestinian Authority if Palestine achieves recognition of statehood by the UN or any UN agency without Israel’s agreement or if the Palestinians initiate an investigation of Israel in the International Criminal Court: Sec.7401(k)(2)(A)(i) None of the funds appropriated under the heading ‘‘Economic Support Fund’’ in this Act may be made available for assistance for the Palestinian Authority, if after the date of enactment of this Act the Palestinians obtain the same standing as member states or full membership as a state in the United Nations or any specialized agency thereof outside an agreement negotiated between Israel and the Palestinians or the Palestinians initiate an International Criminal Court (ICC) judicially authorized investigation, or actively support such an investigation, that subjects Israeli nationals to an investigation for alleged crimes against Palestinians.
  8. The bill extends existing loan guarantees to Israel under the Emergency Wartime Supplemental Appropriations Act through September 30, 2029: SEC. 7034(k)(6).
  9. The bill grants $3.3 billion in “Foreign Military Financing” to Israel, to be disbursed within 30 days: 7401(d) ISRAEL.—Of the funds appropriated by this Act under the heading ‘‘Foreign Military Financing Program’’, not less than $3,300,000,000 shall be available for grants only for Israel which shall be disbursed within 30 days of enactment of this Act: Provided, That to the extent that the Government of Israel requests that funds be used for such purposes, grants made available for Israel under this heading shall, as agreed by the United States and Israel, be available for advanced weapons systems, of which not less than $725,300,000 shall be available for the procurement in Israel of defense articles and defense services, including research and development.
  10. The bill authorizes half a billion dollars in military aid to Israel for “Iron Dome” and other missile defense systems: SEC. 8072. Of the amounts appropriated in this Act under the headings ‘‘Procurement, Defense-Wide’’ and ‘‘Research, Development, Test and Evaluation, Defense-Wide, $500,000,000 shall be for the Israeli Cooperative Programs.

The bill has passed through Congress, is written into law, and is on its way for Joe Biden’s signature. In other words, the US is willingly complicit in thousands of deaths already plus the impending deaths of some tens of thousands more innocent people. It is funding Israel’s war of extermination against the Palestinians and is opposed to any attempts by the Palestinians to either defend themselves or their interests as a people. It is shameful and our government is behaving monstrously, controlled by a foreign power that has thoroughly corrupted it. And the rot is spreading throughout our political system to include the death of our own right to freedom of speech. Only last week Governor Greg Abbott of Texas boasted of new legislation to stamp out alleged antisemitism and as criticism of Israel or the behavior of Jews is defined as being antisemitic it is likely that students demonstrating against the Jewish state and in support of Gaza will be expelled from universities and even prosecuted. And it is also reported that the Israel Lobby in the US is busy assembling a war chest of $100 million to fund the removal of politicians and other public figures who are critical of Israel. This is serious stuff that will affect all of us. Time to wake up America!

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected].

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Displaced Palestinians take refuge at the Nasser Medical Complex in Khan Younis, southern Gaza, on 15 December. Ismael Mohamad UPI

A Finlândia apoia guerra aberta contra a Rússia.

April 3rd, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

Aparentemente, a posição de Emmanuel Macron sobre o conflito ucraniano está a ganhar vazão entre os pró-guerra europeus. Numa declaração recente, a Ministra dos Negócios Estrangeiros finlandesa, Elina Valtonen, apoiou o plano de enviar tropas para a Ucrânia no futuro, caso Kiev se mostre incapaz de continuar a lutar. O caso é mais uma prova de como a paranóia anti-russa está a atingir níveis preocupantes entre os Estados europeus, levando-os a quase entrar em guerra aberta com Moscou.

Segundo Valtonen, Macron está assumindo uma posição de “ambiguidade estratégica” necessária para o atual estágio do conflito. Esta “ambiguidade” consiste em não deixar claro se serão ou não enviadas tropas da OTAN para a Ucrânia. O momento exato da possível implantação também permanece desconhecido. Valtonen vê esta posição como correta, pois, segundo ela, os países ocidentais devem deliberar sobre tal decisão estratégica, escolhendo o momento para se envolverem abertamente no conflito.

A sua opinião é que o Ocidente deveria evitar linhas vermelhas auto-impostas. Ela elogia Macron por não descartar a intervenção direta, pois isso dá ao Ocidente liberdade para decidir como e quando agir. Em entrevista ao Financial Times, Valtonen afirmou que não vê necessidade de intervenção ocidental no conflito para já, mas apoiou o plano de envio de tropas num futuro próximo, se “necessário”. Para ela, o mais importante é que não haja limites estratégicos para o Ocidente, tendo os países da OTAN a máxima liberdade para tomar qualquer decisão relativa ao conflito.

“Agora não é hora de mandar tropas para o terreno e nem estamos dispostos a discutir isso nesta fase. Mas, a longo prazo, é claro que não devemos descartar nada (…) Porque é que nós, especialmente sem saber para onde vai esta guerra e o que acontecerá no futuro, revelaríamos todas as nossas cartas? Eu realmente não saberia (…) O que gostei em dois anúncios recentes do Presidente Macron é que ele disse: por que deveríamos impor-nos linhas vermelhas visto que Putin não tem linhas vermelhas?”, disse ela aos jornalistas.

Como podemos ver, o oficial finlandês considera o envio direto de tropas como um “selo postal” ocidental. Ela parece não se importar – ou simplesmente não compreender – as consequências catastróficas de um conflito aberto entre a OTAN e a Rússia. Isto demonstra, além de uma elevada belicosidade, uma verdadeira incapacidade diplomática, o que é particularmente preocupante uma vez que ela é a chefe da diplomacia finlandesa.

É interessante notar o quão falacioso é o discurso de Valtonen. Ela afirma que os europeus não devem excluir a intervenção direta porque “Putin basicamente não tem limites”. No entanto, desde o início da operação militar especial, é a Rússia, e não o Ocidente, que impôs limites estritos sobre como agir na Ucrânia. Moscou modera deliberadamente a sua intensidade militar para evitar efeitos secundários e baixas civis. Em vez de lançar uma operação de alta intensidade por um período prolongado, os russos preferem uma tática focada no desgaste e no ganho territorial lento, reduzindo assim os danos à população civil ucraniana.

Os bombardeios contra infraestruturas críticas ucranianas acontecem raramente, quase sempre em retaliação a anteriores ataques terroristas perpetrados por Kiev na fronteira. Se a Rússia realmente não se auto-impusesse linhas vermelhas, não haveria mais qualquer infra-estrutura na Ucrânia e Kiev já teria entrado em colapso há muito tempo. Moscou vê claramente o conflito como uma tragédia e esforça-se por evitar que as suas consequências sejam ainda mais graves para pessoas inocentes.

Por outro lado, o Ocidente claramente não tem limites quando se trata de agir na Ucrânia. Nas primeiras semanas da operação militar especial, os países da OTAN prometeram limitar o seu apoio ao envio de dinheiro e ajuda humanitária. Em pouco tempo, começaram a ser enviadas armas e, alguns meses depois, mísseis de longo alcance chegaram a Kiev. A OTAN simplesmente travou uma guerra total por procuração através do regime neonazista – mas foi rapidamente derrotada.

Com os ucranianos a tornarem-se incapazes de continuar a lutar e o complexo militar-industrial ocidental a entrar em colapso face à sua incapacidade de produzir mais armas para Kiev, o Ocidente só pode escolher entre recuar ou avançar para a guerra direta. Macron, tentando melhorar a sua imagem interna e internacional, lançou um “golpe de relações públicas” falando sobre o envio de tropas para a Ucrânia, mas não mostrando nenhuma capacidade real ou vontade de dar este passo perigoso.

O problema é que entre o público de Macron há líderes europeus infectados com a paranóia anti-russa espalhada pela OTAN. Estes líderes foram enganados pela propaganda dos seus próprios “aliados” e agora acreditam verdadeiramente que se não tomarem “decisões difíceis” serão “invadidos pela Rússia” no futuro. Finalmente, parece que a falta de racionalidade e de sentido estratégico está a levar os países europeus a cometer um erro grave.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglés :

Finland Supports Open War Against Russia

InfoBrics

Imagem : InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, jornalista, pesquisador do Center for Geostrategic Studies, consultor geopolítico.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://twitter.com/leiroz_lucas

 

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Last week, Ruth Maclean, writing for the New York Times, reported on how democracy is stumbling in the Former French colonies in Africa – this is just part of the story, though. One may recall that on January 2, 2024, two weeks after the African country’s coup, Paris announced it had closed down its embassy in Niger ”until further notice”.

The new Nigerien military leadership in fact expelled the French, after ousting and house-arresting the former leader Mohamed Bazoum (on July 26, 2023). Five military agreements with France were revoked by the military government in August last year, and the last contingent of the 1,500 troops Paris deployed in Niger left in December. This put an end to a decade of French anti-jihadist missions in the West African Sahel region. The French troops also left Mali and Burkina Faso, in what has been described as a “domino effect”.

The Niger disaster (from a French perspective) was indeed preceded by the Mali disaster – not to mention Chad. Apart from the local coups and foreign policy shifts, there is a change in the political and emotional climate as well. Macron, like other French leaders, might talk about a “communauté de destin” or a common destiny in Africa, especially in the so-called Franc Zone, but African leaders and public opinion are increasingly hearing “neocolonialism” instead.

French neocolonial hold over part of Africa in fact materializes in many forms, which include a military presence, but also monetary institutions. All of them are being questioned.

Take Italy’s Prime Minister Giorgina Meloni spot-on comments on a 2019 video (which resurfaced in 2022), for instance. In her recorded talk, which caused quite a fuss, Meloni exposed France’s neocolonial grip over 14 former colonies in West Africa and Central Africa, all of which still employ the CFA Franc, a colonial currency issued by Paris, the CFA standing for “Communauté Financière Africaine” (French for “African Financial Community”). Her points should to be taken seriously.

To be more precise, there are two currencies both currently called “CFA Franc”: one is the West African CFA franc, and the other is the Central African CFA franc. The former is used by the West African nations of Niger, Mali, Senegal, Benin, Burkina Faso, Côte d’Ivoire, Guinea-Bissau, and Togo. All these countries are part of the West African Economic and Monetary Union (UEMOA), and the West African CFA franc is actually issued by the Central Bank of West African States (BCEAO), located in Dakar (Senegal). The CFA franc notes themselves, however, since the currency’s creation in 1945, have been produced by the Bank of France at Chamalières. The currency was introduced by French colonial authorities, replacing the previous French West African franc.

The Central African CFA franc in turn (whose notes are also produced by the Bank of France since colonial times) is the currency of the Republic of the Congo, Cameroon, the Central African Republic, Chad, Equatorial Guinea, and Gabon.

This monetary situation has been the target of much African criticism and angry protests over the last years.  Among other things, with both CFA currencies, the central banks of all of the African nations involved are to keep at least 50% of their foreign assets in the French Treasury, which supposedly keeps the currency stable, at the cost of limiting the economic independence of these nations.

The fixed exchange rate has affected the Central African economies mostly, due to their high levels of excess liquidity (from oil revenues) – and also the West African ones, which suffer from external shocks, according to Landry Signé, a senior fellow in the Global Economy and Development Program and the Africa Growth Initiative at the Brookings Institution. Signé argues that the CFA franc zone has brought about an intense vulnerability to such external shocks, has limited intra-regional trade in Central Africa, has narrowed the industrial base, and has made countries highly dependent on producing a limited number of primary commodities to be exported. It does sound quite colonial, doesn’t it?

It is no wonder the larger Economic Community of West African States (ECOWAS), of which the members of UEMOA are also members, is planning to introduce its own common currency for its member by 2027

Paris is currently involved in  a competition with Moscow in Africa, for providing security and counter-terrorism assistance. This can be seen in the Libya crisis too, which has been a major setback for France and a real “end of an era” development. The problem, for Paris, is that anti-French feelings are on the rise in the African continent (from the Sahel to Central Africa and West Africa), with political repercussions, while pro-Russian feelings are far from being a new thing in the region: since the early decolonization period in the1950s, the Soviet Union supported a large part of the African independence struggles.

Macron’s recent sudden “tougher” stance on Russia, which actually started to gradually take shape last year, has also a lot to do with Paris’ attempt to show strength (that is, greater autonomy from Washington) and to “flex muscle”, preparing for a Trump presidency scenario.

One should not expect too much from Trump’s supposed isolationism – any American president can only do so much when it comes to countering the US “double government” system.  Likewise, one should not bet on Paris’ (or Berlin, for that matter) flirt with “strategic autonomy”. European powers, France included, are too entwined in NATO’s structures to go too far in that regard – and Paris now faces its own geopolitical crisis in Africa and abroad. It is quite possible Washington will feel the need to get more and more involved in Africa in any case, with Biden’s redeployment of US forces in Somalia being perhaps just a warm-up – despite its failure.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Uriel Araujo is a researcher with a focus on international and ethnic conflicts. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from The Cradle

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

Rolf Hazlehurst, a Children’s Health Defense (CHD) staff attorney and father of a son with autism, today filed a motion in federal court alleging lawyers representing the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) fraudulently concealed evidence that vaccines can cause autism.

In a motion filed in the U.S. Court of Federal Claims, Hazlehurst alleged that U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) lawyers who represented HHS in vaccine injury cases repeatedly defrauded the judicial system — from the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program (NVICP) to the U.S. Supreme Court.

That fraud led to thousands of families of vaccine-injured children being denied the right to compensation and the right to have their cases heard, according to the motion.

“This motion makes very serious and well-substantiated allegations of a massive scheme of fraud on the courts,” said Kim Mack Rosenberg, CHD general counsel who also is of counsel to Hazlehurst in the federal case.

“The evidence submitted in support of the motion clearly shows that attorneys from the Department of Justice concealed and misrepresented highly relevant information from the special masters in the Vaccine Injury Compensation Program and the judges in the courts,” Mack Rosenberg told The Defender.

Hazlehurst’s son Yates regressed into autism after being vaccinated as an infant. In the early 2000s, his family and thousands of others filed cases seeking compensation for vaccine-induced autism through the NVICP.

The program consolidated all of the petitions into the Omnibus Autism Proceeding (OAP) and selected six representative “test cases” — of which Yates’ was the second — as the basis for determining the outcome of the remaining 5,400 cases.

Unbeknownst at the time to the petitioners and the NVICP special masters, the DOJ’s star expert medical witness, Dr. Andrew Zimmerman informed DOJ attorneys during the ongoing omnibus proceedings that he had reversed his original opinion and determined that vaccines can and do cause autism in some cases.

In what Hazlehurst alleges was “a shocking cover-up,” instead of allowing Zimmerman to share his revised opinion, the DOJ attorneys relieved Zimmerman of his duties as a witness.

However, they continued to use excerpts from his unamended written opinion to make their case that vaccines did not cause autism — misrepresenting his position and committing “fraud on the court.”

According to the motion, the DOJ’s first act of fraud snowballed into a scheme of deception with far-reaching implications in which DOJ attorneys repeatedly misrepresented Zimmerman’s opinion and concealed other evidence that emerged during the test case hearings in the OAP in subsequent cases before multiple courts.

“As a result, thousands of cases in the Omnibus Autism Proceeding were denied compensation and the impact beyond the OAP is enormous,” Mack Rosenberg said. “This fraud affected the Vaccine Injury Compensation Program — especially the Omnibus Autism Proceeding — the Court of Federal Claims, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit and even the U.S. Supreme Court.”

Hazlehurst said he is “asking the court to give this motion the serious attention it deserves.” He added, “At a minimum, the court should allow discovery and hold a hearing on this motion.”

Overturning a ruling due to fraud on the court is an extraordinary remedy reserved for extraordinary cases but according to Hazlehurst, “This motion we filed shows that this indeed is an extraordinary case.”

The DOJ has until April 30 to respond to the motion.

CHD CEO Mary Holland told The Defender, “Vaccines most definitely do cause autism, and the government has been lying about this reality for decades.”

Holland added:

“With others, I published a law review article in 2011 showing that the government absolutely knew that vaccines cause autism — and yet they have covered it up and lied about it since the inception of the Vaccine Injury Compensation Program.

“How many hundreds of thousands of children and families would have been spared the heartaches and crushing financial burdens of autism had the government come clean?”

‘Exceptionally Difficult’ to Obtain Compensation Through NVICP

In the late 1980s, a substantial number of lawsuits for vaccine injuries related to Wyeth’s (now Pfizer) DPT vaccine, combined with “grossly insufficient compensation” for victims of vaccine injury, threatened the vaccine program’s viability.

In response, Congress passed the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act of 1986, which established the “vaccine court.” The law gave the pharmaceutical industry broad protection from liability and proposed to compensate vaccine-injured children through the new NVICP.

The NVICP originally was designed to be a “swift, flexible, and less adversarial alternative to the often costly and lengthy civil arena of traditional tort litigation.”

To receive compensation, parents file a claim with the program.

The Court of Federal Claims (which oversees the program) appoints “special masters” — typically lawyers who previously represented the U.S. government — to manage and decide the individual claims. Attorneys may represent the petitioners, and the DOJ represents HHS.

NVICP proceedings are more informal than a typical courtroom. Unlike regular court proceedings, petitioners in the “vaccine court” have no right to discovery.

If a petitioner files a claim for a vaccine covered under the program and listed on the Vaccine Injury Table — the list of known vaccine side effects associated with certain vaccines within set time frames — it is presumed that a vaccine caused the petitioner’s injury and the petitioner is eligible for compensation without proof of causation.

However, if a petitioner experiences an “off-table injury” — an injury not listed on the table or that didn’t happen in the recognized injury time frame — the petitioner must prove by “a preponderance of evidence” that the vaccine caused the injury. Evidence includes medical records and expert witness testimony.

Claims must be filed within three years of the first symptom or two years of death.

Petitioners must provide a medical theory of the cause, a sequence of cause and effect, and show a temporal relationship between vaccine and injury.

However, the NVICP does not specify the required volume and type of evidence, so meeting the “preponderance of evidence” standard is largely at the discretion of the special master.

Petitioners can appeal NVICP cases to the Court of Federal Claims, the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit and ultimately to the U.S. Supreme Court.

It is “exceptionally difficult” to obtain compensation within the NVICP, Hazlehurst told The Defender. The proceedings are often turned into drawn-out, contentious expert battles and the backlog of cases is substantial.

The Vaccine Act of 1986 is unjust for petitioners, Hazlehurst alleges. And that injustice reached its zenith with the OAP, when the DOJ perpetrated fraud right under the noses of the special masters, signaling the beginning of the fraud on the courts that continues to this day.

Hazlehurst told The Defender he hopes his motion will shed light on the damage inflicted by this law and that it will ultimately help end the autism epidemic.

“The Vaccine Act of 1986 is one of the fundamental causes of the autism epidemic,” Hazlehurst said. “Understanding why this is true, and how the United States Department of Justice perpetrated fraud upon the courts, including the Supreme Court of the United States, is the key to ending the autism epidemic.”

A Short History of the Autism Omnibus Proceedings

By 2002, to address a “massive influx” of petitions alleging vaccine-induced autism, the Office of Special Masters combined over 5,000 claims into the OAP to determine whether vaccines cause autism and if so, under what conditions.

Initially, the NVICP planned to investigate causation issues and apply those general findings to individual cases. However, the program changed its strategy and instead selected six “test cases” by which it would examine the evidence for injuries caused by the measles mumps rubella (MMR) vaccine, thimerosal-containing vaccines (TCV), or a combination of both.

Then it would apply the findings of the test cases to other similar cases.

In doing so, Hazlehurst alleges, the court conflated general causation evidence with specific causation evidence from a few cases, without allowing for rules of discovery or evidence that would apply in an actual court.

This, Hazlehurst said, “was a recipe for disaster” as each test case was then used to determine the outcome for the remaining 5,000 cases.

Three cases — Cedillo v. HHS, Hazlehurst v. HHS and Poling v. HHS — are at the center of the alleged fraud by the DOJ.

Fraud #1: The Zimmerman Testimony

Hearings for the first OAP test case, Cedillo v. HHS, began in 2007. Zimmerman had worked with the DOJ to prepare an expert report on behalf of HHS finding that Michelle Cedillo’s autism had likely not been caused by the MMR vaccine.

Zimmerman later wrote in a 2018 affidavit that he attended the Cedillo hearing and listened to the testimony of Dr. Marcel Kinsbourne, another world-renowned expert in pediatric neurology.

On that basis, Zimmerman stated, he decided to clarify his written expert opinion about Michelle Cedillo, concerned it would be taken out of context.

Zimmerman spoke with DOJ attorneys to clarify that his expert opinion in the Cedillo case “was not intended to be a blanket statement as to all children and all medical science,” according to the 2018 affidavit.

He specified that advances in science, medicine and his own clinical research had led him to believe there were exceptions in which vaccinations could cause autism.

He also referred the attorneys to a paper he published with colleagues in 2006, the Poling paper, describing the case of an unidentified child who suffered regressive autism following vaccine adverse reactions. The paper suggested a possible association between mitochondrial dysfunction, vaccinations and regressive autism.

After communicating this evidence to DOJ attorneys, the DOJ dismissed Zimmerman as a witness but continued to use his written opinion as general causation evidence.

The DOJ was also allowed to use that report, submitted in one test case, as general causation evidence in other test cases.

None of the petitioners in the test cases could cross-examine Zimmerman, because he was no longer a witness. This was only possible because the federal rules of evidence do not apply in NVICP proceedings.

Yates’ case, Hazlehurst v. HHS, was the second test case in the OAP. His treating neurologist, Dr. Jean-Ronel Corbier testified Yates’ autism was likely caused by a genetic predisposition combined with an environmental insult in the form of vaccinations administered when Yates was ill. (Yates was a patient of Zimmerman in 2002.)

Corbier’s theory of causation in Yates was similar to the theory developed by Zimmerman in the Poling paper and shared with DOJ attorneys.

Yet, despite knowing Zimmerman had concluded that in a subset of children like Yates, vaccines can cause autism, the DOJ “intentionally and fraudulently” misrepresented Zimmerman’s expert testimony in its closing statements in Yates’ case, Hazlehurst alleges.

DOJ attorneys selectively quoted Zimmerman’s expert report from the Cedillo case, telling the court that Zimmerman found there was “no sound evidence to support a causative relationship with exposure to both or either MMR and/or mercury,” when Zimmerman had explicitly told the DOJ that his opinion was the opposite, according to the affidavit.

Fraud #2: The Hannah Poling Case

Three weeks after closing arguments in Yates’ case, the DOJ quietly conceded Hannah Poling’s case, which was on the verge of becoming the fourth test case.

Hannah regressed into autism over several months after being vaccinated against nine diseases at one doctor’s visit.

In 2003, Poling’s father, Jon, a physician and trained neurologist, and mother, Terry, an attorney and nurse, filed an autism petition against HHS under the NVICP for their daughter’s injuries.

Jon Poling was a co-author of the 2006 paper with Zimmerman that analyzed an unnamed child, later revealed as Hannah Poling, who had a mitochondrial disorder — a condition with which Yates was later diagnosed.

In 2007, just three weeks after the lead DOJ attorney misrepresented Zimmerman’s opinion during the hearing in Hazlehurst, the same DOJ attorney submitted a report to the special masters conceding that in the case of Poling v. HHS, Hannah’s “regressive encephalopathy with features of autism spectrum disorder” (i.e., regressive autism) was caused by a vaccine injury, based upon a preponderance of the evidence standard.

This was the same neurological diagnosis Zimmerman had made for Yates in 2002.

According to court documents, if HHS had not conceded Poling, Poling v. HHS would have been designated as a test case. However, because the DOJ conceded the case, it was taken out of the omnibus and the DOJ had the case records sealed —- although they were later leaked to the press and published in the Huffington Post in 2008.

In March 2008, Hannah’s parents moved to make the proceedings transparent and available to the public, but the DOJ opposed the motion and the NVICP deferred a ruling on the motion for 60 days.

During those 60 days, the DOJ filed amendments to its report conceding the Poling case. It retroactively changed the basis for compensation to say that Hannah had a “table injury.”

This meant that instead of conceding that the petitioners had proven with a preponderance of evidence that the vaccines caused her autism, they said she had a presumptive injury on the vaccine table, in which causation is presumed.

By conceding the Poling case, opposing the parents’ motion for complete transparency and changing the basis for compensation, the DOJ was able to conceal fraud and critical material evidence of how vaccines cause autism, according to Hazlehurst.

Fraud #3: Appellate Courts and the U.S. Supreme Court

On Feb. 12, 2009, the special masters denied compensation in the first three cases. They found the petitioners failed to establish causation between MMR or TCV vaccines and autism.

In Hazlehurst’s case, the NVICP explicitly relied on the portion of Zimmerman’s expert report that DOJ attorneys misrepresented.

The Hazlehursts appealed to the Court of Federal Claims and the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, both of which upheld the special master’s decision — by relying on Zimmerman’s misrepresented opinion and knowingly fraudulent statements made by a DOJ attorney, according to Hazlehurst.

Those prior decisions directly influenced the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision in the Bruesewitz v. Wyeth.

In that case, Wyeth, now Pfizer, argued that a decision favoring the Bruesewitz family — who was attempting to sue the company for their daughter’s vaccine injury — would lead to a “flood of frivolous lawsuits,” including by the families from the omnibus.

Amicus briefs from the American Academy of Pediatrics, GlaxoSmithKline, Merck and Sanofi Pasteur on behalf of Wyeth relied on Hazlehurst v. HHS and other OAP decisions that were based on the misrepresentation of Zimmerman’s testimony that there was “no scientific basis” that vaccines cause autism.

The Supreme Court ruled that the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act, and the NVICP it created, preempt all design-defect claims against vaccine manufacturers by individuals seeking compensation for injury or death.

In oral arguments and in their written opinions, the justices explicitly cited the portions of the amicus briefs citing Hazlehurst v. HHS and other OAP rulings that relied on the DOJ misrepresentations in their rulings.

Since that ruling, the special masters have continued to rely on the DOJ’s fraudulent claims to deny compensation to families filing complaints in the NVICP.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr., CHD chairman on leave, and Hazlehurst in September 2018 filed a complaint with the DOJ Office of Inspector General outlining what they then knew about the DOJ’s fraud during the OAP.

The DOJ Office of Professional Misconduct investigated and responded in a June 2019 letter that it found no wrongdoing.

In that letter, however, the Office of Professional Responsibility conceded the DOJ had in fact kept Zimmerman’s testimony while dismissing him as a witness in order to avoid creating the appearance that he had changed his opinion and to prevent the petitioners from cross-examining him, according to Hazlehurst.

The ‘Fraud on the Court’ Doctrine 

It has taken 17 years, Hazlehurst said, since the DOJ’s first alleged act of fraud upon the court, for him to gather all of the admissible evidence necessary to “connect the dots and reveal the DOJ’s web of deceit” to make this claim under the “fraud on the court” doctrine.

Under this doctrine, codified as Rule 60(d)(3) in the rules of the Court of Federal Claims, there is no time limit for the court to overturn a judgment made on the basis of fraud on the court.

The petitioner must demonstrate that there was fraud, intent to defraud and that the fraud affected more than one instance of litigation — putting the integrity of the judicial process at stake.

Hazlehurst alleges DOJ attorneys committed fraud by knowingly making false statements and offering evidence they knew to be false and that they did not take remedial action to disclose information they knew to be false and misleading to the court.

The special masters themselves have an obligation to consider all relevant evidence, but didn’t, in this case, Hazlehurst said. Instead, they ignored the contradictions in Zimmerman’s opinions and ignored the Poling evidence.

This is particularly problematic for NVICP cases, where petitioners can’t conduct meaningful discovery or cross-examination and the special masters’ oversight is the only meaningful safeguard to prevent the DOJ’s abuse of power, according to Hazlehurst.

“There is nothing fair about a government proceeding where the government controls the admissibility of evidence,” he said.

Hazlehurst said that by forcing people injured by vaccines into an administrative program, petitioners are deprived of the basic constitutional rights to due process and equal protection under the law. “It should be declared unconstitutional,” he said.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Brenda Baletti Ph.D. is a reporter for The Defender. She wrote and taught about capitalism and politics for 10 years in the writing program at Duke University. She holds a Ph.D. in human geography from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a master’s from the University of Texas at Austin.

Featured image is from CHD

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

The government wants to play god.

It wants the power to decide who lives or dies and whose rights are worthy of protection.

Abortion may still be front and center in the power struggle between the Left and the Right over who has the right to decide—the government or the individual—when it comes to bodily autonomy, the right to privacy, sexual freedom, the rights of the unborn, and property interests in one’s body, but there’s so much more at play.

In the 50-plus years since the U.S. Supreme Court issued its landmark ruling in Roe v. Wade, the government has come to believe that it not only has the power to determine who is deserving of constitutional rights in the eyes of the law but it also has the authority to deny those rights to an American citizen.

This is how the abortion debate has played into the police state’s hands: by laying the groundwork for discussions about who else may or may not be deserving of rights.

Despite the Supreme Court having overturned its earlier rulings recognizing abortion as a constitutional right under the Fourteenth Amendment, the government continues to play fast and loose with the lives of the citizenry all along the spectrum of life.

Take a good, hard look at the many ways in which Americans are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

American families who have their dogs shot, their homes trashed and their children terrorized or, worse, killed by errant SWAT team raids in the middle of the night are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

Disabled individuals who are being strip searched, handcuffed, arrested and “diagnosed” by police as dangerous or mentally unstable merely because they stutter and walk unevenly are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

School-aged children as young as 4-years-old who are leg shackled, handcuffed and strip searched for violating school zero tolerance policies by chewing a Pop Tart into the shape of a gun and playing an imaginary game of cops and robbers, or engaging in childish behavior such as crying or jumping are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

Unarmed citizens who are tasered or shot by police for daring to hesitate, stutter, move a muscle, flee or disagree in any way with a police order are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

Likewise, Americans—young and old alike—who are shot by police because they pointed a garden hose at a police officer, reached for their registration in their glove box, relied upon a cane to steady themselves, or were seen playing with air rifles or BB guns are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

Female motorists who are unlucky enough to be pulled over for a questionable traffic infraction only to be subjected by police to cavity searches by the side of the road are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

Male pedestrians and motorists alike who are being subjected to roadside strip searches and rectal probes by police based largely on the color of their skin are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

American citizens subjected to government surveillance whereby their phone calls are being listened in on, their mail and text messages read, their movements tracked and their transactions monitored are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

Homeowners who are being fined and arrested for raising chickens in their backyard, allowing the grass in their front yards to grow too long, and holding Bible studies in their homes are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

Decorated military veterans who are being arrested for criticizing the government on social media such as Facebook are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

Homeless individuals who are being harassed, arrested and run out of towns by laws that criminalize homelessness are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

Individuals whose DNA has been forcibly collected and entered into federal and state law enforcement databases whether or not they have been convicted of any crime are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

Drivers whose license plates are being scanned, uploaded to a police database and used to map their movements, whether or not they are suspected of any crime, are being denied their rights under the Constitution. The same goes for drivers who are being ticketed for running afoul of red light cameras without any real opportunity to defend themselves against such a charge are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

Protesters and activists who are being labeled domestic terrorists and extremists and accused of hate crimes for speaking freely are being denied their rights under the Constitution. Likewise, American citizens who being targeted for assassination by drone strikes abroad without having been charged, tried and convicted of treason are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

Hard-working Americans whose bank accounts, homes, cars electronics and cash are seized by police (operating according to asset forfeiture schemes that provide profit incentives for highway robbery) are being denied their rights under the Constitution.

So, what is the common denominator here?

These are all American citizens—endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, rights that no person or government can take away from them, among these the right to life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness—and they are all being oppressed in one way or another by a government that has grown drunk on power, money and its own authority.

If the government—be it the President, Congress, the courts or any federal, state or local agent or agency—can decide that any person has no rights, then that person becomes less than a citizen, less than human, less than deserving of respect, dignity, civility and bodily integrity. He or she becomes an “it,” a faceless number that can be tallied and tracked, a quantifiable mass of cells that can be discarded without conscience, an expendable cost that can be written off without a second thought, or an animal that can be bought, sold, branded, chained, caged, bred, neutered and euthanized at will.

It’s a slippery slope that justifies all manner of violations in the name of national security, the interest of the state and the so-called greater good.

Yet those who founded this country believed that what we conceive of as our rights were given to us by God—we are created equal, according to the nation’s founding document, the Declaration of Independence—and that government cannot create, nor can it extinguish our God-given rights. To do so would be to anoint the government with god-like powers and elevate it above the citizenry.

Unfortunately, we have been dancing with this particular devil for quite some time now.

If we continue to wait for the government to restore our freedoms, respect our rights, rein in its abuses and restrain its agents from riding roughshod over our lives, our liberty and our happiness, then we will be waiting forever.

The highly politicized tug-of-war over abortion will not resolve the problem of a culture that values life based on a sliding scale.  Nor will it help us navigate the moral, ethical and scientific minefields that await us as technology and humanity move ever closer to a point of singularity.

Humanity is being propelled at warp speed into a whole new frontier when it comes to privacy, bodily autonomy, and what it means to be a human being. As such, we haven’t even begun to wrap our heads around how present-day legal debates over bodily autonomy, privacy, vaccine mandates, the death penalty, and abortion play into future discussions about singularity, artificial intelligence, cloning, and the privacy rights of the individual in the face of increasingly invasive, intrusive and unavoidable government technologies.

Yet here is what I know.

Life is an inalienable right.

By allowing the government to decide who or what is deserving of rights, it shifts the entire discussion from one in which we are “endowed by our Creator with certain inalienable rights” (that of life, liberty property and the pursuit of happiness) to one in which only those favored by the government get to enjoy such rights.

If all people are created equal, then all lives should be equally worthy of protection.

Likewise, as I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, all freedoms hang together.

We must never stop working to protect life, preserve our freedoms and maintain some semblance of our humanity.

Freedom cannot be a piece-meal venture.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on The Rutherford Institute.

Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute. His most recent books are the best-selling Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the award-winning A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, and a debut dystopian fiction novel, The Erik Blair Diaries. Whitehead can be contacted at [email protected].

Nisha Whitehead is the Executive Director of The Rutherford Institute. Information about The Rutherford Institute is available at www.rutherford.org.

They are regular contributors to Global Research.

Featured image is from Boise State Public Radio

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

***

A deadly airstrike on the embassy of the Islamic Republic of Iran in Damascus, Syria has prompted outrage throughout the West Asia region.

This attack continues a long line of atrocities committed by the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) and the United States Pentagon.

The Islamic Revolution Guards Corps (IRGC) identified two of the deceased as Brigadier General Mohammad Reza Zahedi, a commander of the IRGC’s Quds Force, along with his deputy General Mohammad Hadi Haji Rahimi being among the seven people killed in the IDF attack.

Washington and Wall Street are the largest backers of the settler-colonial regime which has occupied Palestine for more than three-quarters of a century. Despite the façade of disagreements between Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and U.S. President Joe Biden, weapons are continuing to flow into Israel for the genocidal war against the Palestinian people in Gaza and throughout the entire Occupied Territories.

Iran demanded a hearing before the United Nations Security Council on April 2 where Deputy Ambassador Zahra Ershadi spoke for the government in Tehran. The leadership inside Iran have vowed to retaliate for the Israeli bombing of its embassy in Syria.

In a report published by Press TV on April 2 about the Security Council hearing explained that:

“Addressing the event on Tuesday in New York, the U.S., Iran’s mission to the UN called on the world body to categorically denounce Israel’s violation of international regulations. Zahra Ershadi, Iran’s deputy permanent representative to the United Nations, said Israel is seeking to escalate tensions in the region while avoiding full responsibility for its actions. She said the regime defies Security Council resolutions and shows disregard for its international obligations.

She added that Monday’s crime also clearly breached the basic principle of diplomatic and consular immunity, as well as the 1961 Convention on Diplomatic Relations, the 1963 Vienna Convention on Consular Relations, and the 1973 Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of Crimes.” 

Obviously, the Zionist state has no regard for international law and norms governing relations between governments. A Security Council resolution calling for a ceasefire in Gaza has been disregarded by the Netanyahu administration. Although the U.S. Ambassador Greenfield abstained during the vote, the White House and State Department decided that it would not be opportune to veto yet another ceasefire resolution.

Political opinions related to the Biden administration’s pivotal role in the Gaza genocide has seriously damaged its bid for reelection. Mass demonstrations throughout the U.S. and within other imperialist states has illustrated the growing discontent over the unconditional support provided to the State of Israel.

The deaths in Damascus did not occur within a political vacuum. Inside Gaza tens of thousands of people have been massacred by the IDF including children, women, the elderly and infirm. Hospitals have been bombed into rubble along with places of worship, schools, universities, businesses, transportation infrastructure, residential areas and aid distribution centers.

Nonetheless, the Palestinian people have remained determined to resist the occupation and its most recent military onslaught. Ten different brigades are fighting the IDF in the Gaza Strip inflicting casualties and damage to military hardware.

The Hezbollah resistance movement based in southern Lebanon has been engaging the IDF in solidarity with Gaza. Yemen has imposed its own blockade on Israeli ports prompting numerous airstrikes by the Pentagon and the British Royal Air Force. Other resistance organizations in Syria and Iraq are launching missiles and drones at U.S. and Israeli targets.

This persistent resistance by the Palestinians and their allies in Lebanon, Syria, Iraq and Yemen has caused frustrations in Tel Aviv and Washington. In their efforts to maintain Israel as an outpost for imperialist interests in West Asia and North Africa, the ruling class in the U.S. has sought to suppress criticism related to its foreign policy on the Palestinian question.

A clear indication of the will to be free and independent of imperialist influence was a conversation held between Iranian President Ebrahim Raisi and his Syrian counterpart President Bashar al-Assad. The two leaders agreed that the attacks in Damascus on the Iranian embassy are acts of desperation by the Zionist regime. Both the Iranian and Syrian presidents committed their governments to continue supporting the resistance in Palestine and throughout the entire region.

However, failed efforts by the Biden administration, Britain and the European Union (EU) to shift the narrative on the Palestinian situation, has been countered by the Republic of South Africa which filed a lawsuit during late 2023 charging Tel Aviv with violations of the Genocide Convention. The International Court of Justice (ICJ) ruled that the charges of genocide by the African National Congress (ANC) government in South Africa are plausible.

Each military and political setback on the part of Tel Aviv and their imperialist facilitators will breed further acts of state-sponsored terrorism aimed at dampening and degrading the capacity and willingness to struggle among the oppressed. Nonetheless, if developments over the last six months are an indication of the mood among the people in West Asia and internationally, the ability of imperialism to maintain its hegemony in the region will be seriously weakened.

Security Council Session Hears Condemnations of Israel

During the discussions before the UN Security Council on April 2, several governments spoke out against Tel Aviv. Iranian Foreign Minister Amir Abdollahian issued a statement calling upon the Security Council to denounce Israel for its actions in Damascus.

In the same Press TV article quoted above, it explains the session emphasizing:

“Moscow said Israel’s actions are set to fuel the ongoing regional conflict further and must immediately stop. Slamming the ‘flagrant violation’ of Syria’s sovereignty, UN envoy Vasily Nebenzia told a Security Council meeting that Russia was ‘of the view that such aggressive actions by Israel are designed to further fuel the conflict. They are absolutely unacceptable and must stop.’ China’s envoy also condemned Israel’s attack as a grave violation of the UN Charter and international law and a breach of the sovereignty of both Syria and Iran. The Security Council session was held at the request of Russia over the Israeli strike on Tuesday afternoon.”

Tel Aviv and Washington have remained quiet about the attack on the Iranian embassy in the Syrian capital. This approach to foreign policy can only spark more widespread opposition inside and outside the U.S.

Palestine, Iran and Presidential Politics

In a recent Gallup Poll of adults and registered voters in the U.S., only 27% of those surveyed approved of Biden’s policies in Palestine and throughout the West Asia region. Even among Democratic Party voters, only 47% approved of his handling of the situation in Gaza and other territories in neighboring countries.

Many people today are questioning the historic approach to Palestine by the U.S. seeing that it is only resulting in more deaths, destruction and displacement. In regard to Iran, tensions have remained between Tehran and Washington since the Islamic Revolution in 1979.

Iran has weathered a consistent storm of sanctions, military strikes, diplomatic antagonism and psychological warfare by successive administrations in the White House and within Congress, irrespective of party affiliations. During this 45-year period of attempted destabilization and overthrow of the Iranian government, the country has grown in influence and infrastructure.

An Axis of Resistance spanning the West Asia territories from Palestine to Yemen and Iran now poses a serious threat to the imperialist domination of the region. Anti-imperialists, antiwar organizers and peace activists as a whole must view the crisis in Palestine as part and parcel of the struggle against imperialism.

Despite the negative U.S. media propaganda against Iran, Yemen, Syria and Iraq, these states have an inherent right to self-determination and sovereignty. It should not be the role of the ruling class interests in the U.S. to impose governments on the peoples of other geopolitical regions.

This hegemonic thrust by imperialism has already brought about tens of thousands of deaths and millions of civilians displaced since October 7. People around the globe have no alternative other than escalating their protests demanding a ceasefire in Gaza and the military disengagement from the entire region.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Abayomi Azikiwe is the editor of the Pan-African News Wire. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. 

Featured image is from the author